Promotional Exam

Promotional Handbook
For promotion from

Clerical to Trainee officer/JMGS-I
&
Officer JMGS-I to MMGS-II
(Promotion Year: 2018-19)
vkjksg.k&2018
(2nd Edition)
~:Compiled by:~
Neeraj Kumar Sahu
(Deputy Manager)
(Restricted to Internal Circulation Only)
Updated Up To: 31st December 2017

Foreword…
Dear Aspirants,
I am feeling immense pleasure while presenting the sincere efforts made

by Mr. Neeraj Kumar Sahu in preparing a Promotional Handbook
keeping in view the upcoming promotional exams for the promotion year
2018-19. Our Organization has always been in the forefront of updating
the skills, knowledge gaps etc. of our employees through various training
programs and periodicals, the handbook “vkj¨g.k” is an initiative of the
same as the title “vkj¨g.k” itself gives a message to keep moving upwards.
The 2nd edition of the book is more relevant now and is aimed to meet the
expanded needs of the aspirants. This edition will assist the aspirants in
preparing well and acquiring requisite knowledge in various segments of
banking to get through the tests. The contents incorporated in the
handbook are based on the current developments as per the circulars /
instructions / guidelines issued by our organization as well as other
respective departments from time to time.
I am confident that the aspirants will have most from the handbook
“vkj¨g.k” in grooming themselves for upcoming test.
Let the success be with our aspirants.
Arvind Kumar Gupta

Regional Manager
State bank of India
Regional Business Office-V
Administrative Office- Allahabad
Lucknow Circle Date: 31.12.2017
AROHAN-2018 Page | 2
Introduction…
Dear Aspirants,
I am feeling privileged in introducing the publication “vkj¨g.k”, an effort of

my colleague Mr. Neeraj Kumar Sahu, which has achieved overwhelming
response from the aspirants across the country. The 1st ever edition of
“vkj¨g.k” has been successful in meeting the needs of the aspirants in view
of acquiring knowledge in various banking law & practices, products and
promotional exam as well.
This time 2nd edition of your favourite publication “vkj¨g.k” is coming in a

much enlarged way i.e. covering almost all topics chapter-wise. Further,
a need of Aspirants regarding Situational / Banking Problem related
contents have been felt and incorporated in 2nd edition of “vkj¨g.k”. It has
been prepared keeping in view the needs of the aspirants also who are
going to get promotion from Officer, JMGS-I to MMGS-II. The contents
are updated in accordance with the current developments as per the
circulars / instructions / guidelines. I am sure that the aspirants will
experience something new with this edition and it will be successful in
getting your acceptance as well.
I am confident that the aspirants will definitely aquire knowledge for

their day-to-day banking practices and to get through the promotional
test as well.
“I wish you All the Very Best”
Rakesh Kumar Bishnoi

Manager (Processing)
State bank of India
Circle Audit Office (earstwhile ZIO)
Lucknow. Date: 31.12.2017
Preface…
Dear Readers,
There has been overwhelming response to the 1st edition of the book
“vkjksg.k”. Therefore, I am pleased to place before the readers a
thoroughly revised, enlarged and updated edition of “vkjksg.k” for the
promotion year 2018-19.The new edition of the book is more relevant now
and is aimed to meet the expanded needs of the aspirants. This edition will
assist the aspirants in preparing well and acquiring requisite knowledge
in various segments of banking to get through the tests.
The contents compiled by me are based more on the current developments
as per the circulars / instructions / guidelines.
Every Endeavour has been made by me to prepare this edition error-free.
However, readers are advised to refer the relevant circulars / guidelines,
for more details.
I express my gratitude to my friend Daljeet Singh (Dy. Manager,
Lucknow circle) for his encouragement to bring out the publication
“vkjksg.k” for the wel-being of the aspirants.
I am confident that readers would continue to response their faith in this

edition as well. The constructive comments and concrete suggestions to
further improve the book are also warmly welcomed and shall be
gratefully acknowledged.
Let the success be with my readers.
All the best

Neeraj Kumar Sahu
Deputy Manager (Lucknow Circle)
(T.O.-2015) “It’s better to read a book Ten Times
neeraj.sahu@sbi.co.in rather than reading Ten Books”
Mobile- +919918003642
Syllabus
(Trainee Officers Examination – Revised Test pattern)
Particulars No. of
Marks
Section-I : 120 Questions (120 Minutes) Questions
General Awareness about Banking Environment, KYC, Legal Issues 20 10

General Banking, handling of customer grievances and Preventive Vigilance (The
test will contain passages relating to practical day-to-day situations in
20 20
branches/offices, about 10-15 lines with 5 objective questions on each passage to
identify the best option)
Knowledge about products & services of our Bank including retail finance, our
associates, & subsidiaries and of other banks. (Focus on USPs of our products & 20 20
services) and Financial Inclusion.
Knowledge of CBS and other IT products in use in the Bank and IT related
20 15
security concerns.
Alternate Channel Products 20 10
Latest Financial results, performance indicators of the Bank and Productivity &
20 5
profitability related concerns of the Bank, Organizational Structure and History.
SECTION: II (Qualifying marks 50% For General & 45% For SC/STs): Duration 30 Minutes)
Writing Essay on banking related topics (250 words)
1 out of 3 20
(For evaluating comprehension skill and communication skill).
TOTAL(Overall qualifying marks 65% For General & 60% For SC/STs)::
121 100
Duration 150 Minutes
(Officer JMGS-I Examination – Revised Test pattern)
Particulars No. of
Marks
140 Questions (150 Minutes) Questions
General Banking, KYC, Legal Issues, System & Procedures in our Bank 50 25
CBS & Computer Awareness, computer security related questions 20 15
Products & Services of the Bank, Associates & Subsidiaries, Other banks,
30 15
Alternate Channel & IT Products, Financial Inclusion.
Latest Financial results, performance indicators of the Bank and productivity
10 5
& profitability related concerns of the Bank.
Objective type questions on practical problems in general banking 10 20
General Awareness 10 10
Organisational Structure & Policy guidelines of the Bank 10 10
Total (Duration : 150 minutes) 140 100
(Officer MMGS-II Examination – Revised Test pattern)
Particulars No. of Marks per
Marks
Questions (120 Minutes) Questions Question*
Product Features- Deposit/ Liability Product 20 0.50 10

Product Features- Advances/ Asset Product 20 0.50 10
IT Channels, Payment Solutions, Transaction Products etc. and
10 0.50 5
questions on other new initiatives
Systems & Procedures in Branches and CPCs (both System and
20 0.50 10
Manual), Organizational Structure and questions related to HR area
Forex/ Treasury/ International Banking 5 0.50 2.5
Government Business, Cross Selling Products and Financial Inclusion 15 0.50 7.5
Laws relevant to Banks 15 0.50 7.5
Macro-economic environment/ General Awareness 10 0.50 5
Pre-sanction/ Post-sanction processes & NPA management in Loans
15 0.50 7.5
and advances
English Language Comprehension 20 0.50 10
Total (Duration : 120 minutes) 150 75
*Negative marking of 25% of the marks for that question for every wrong answer.
General Awareness about Banking Environment ................................................................... 7
Know Your Customers, PMLA & FATF Guidelines ................................................................. 19
Safe Deposit Locker ......................................................................................................................... 25
Settlement of Claim of Deceased Constituents ........................................................................ 27
Legal Aspects of Banking & Information related to Various Acts ..................................... 29
General Banking, Cash System & Procedure and Remittances ......................................... 38
Situation Analysis (Banking Problems) ................................................................................... 48
Any-time Channels, and Technology Products ....................................................................... 54
Prepaid Cards ................................................................................................................................... 75
Core Banking Solution (CBS) ....................................................................................................... 77
Risk Focused Internal Audit (RFIA) ........................................................................................... 82
Government Business & Financial Inclusion........................................................................... 86
Govt. Small Savings Schemes ....................................................................................................... 93
Foreign Exchange ............................................................................................................................ 96
Non-Resident Indian (NRI) Services .........................................................................................103
Loan Policy 2017-18 ........................................................................................................................106
NPA Management ...........................................................................................................................109
Policy Guidelines 2017-18 .............................................................................................................112
Customer Relationship Management (CRM) .........................................................................114
Organizational Structure & Bank’s Financial Results ........................................................115
Important COMMITTEEs of Banks ............................................................................................119
General Rules regarding Liabilities (P-segment) / Deposit Products .............................120
Liability (P-Segment) Products / Deposit Products .............................................................122
Home Loan (General Rules) ........................................................................................................126
Home Loan- (Products & Features) ...........................................................................................130
Other P-Segment (Products & Features) ..................................................................................134
Education Loan (Products & Features) ....................................................................................137
Auto Loan (Car Loan) Products ..................................................................................................140
Auto Loan (Car Loan) General Rules ........................................................................................142
P-Segment & SME Advance (General Rules) ...........................................................................146
SME Advance- Products & Features ..........................................................................................150
Agriculture Advance- Products & Features.............................................................................154
Priority Sector Lending ................................................................................................................163
General Awareness about Banking Environment
Sl. No. Questions Answers

India’s first International Financial Services Centre GIFT- IFSC has ranked at
01 _______ place in the latest September 2017 edition of Global Financial 10th Place
Centres Index 22 (GFCI) of London.
In which field Jeffrey C Hall, Michael Rosbash and Michael W Young
02 Physiology Or Medicine
awarded received 2017 Nobel Prize?
On 2nd October 2017, World Habitat Day was observed all over the world. ‘Housing Policies:
03
The theme for World Habitat Day 2017 is ___ Affordable Homes’
What is India’s position on World Bank’s latest edition of ‘ease of doing
04 100th
business’ index?
05 Who is the new CEO of Paytm Payments Bank? Sudhanshu Jain
Which insurance company has come up with India’s first ever insurance cover
06 Bajaj Allianz
for individual victims of cyber crime?
07 Who is appointed as the whole-time member of SEBI? Sanjeev Kaushik
Which private sector bank entered into a partnership with MobiKwik company
08 IDFC Bank
to launch a cobranded virtual Visa prepaid card for customers of MobiKwik?
The government raised the maximum amount that a central government
09 employee can borrow from the government to Rs ____ lakh for new Rs. 25 Lacs
construction/purchase of new house/flat.
FEMA norms eased to spur investment from overseas. This notification by
10 FEMA 20 & FEMA 24
RBI has combined which of the 2 existing regulations?
Name the Private sector life insurance company that has entered into a tie-up
11 with Bank of Bahrain and Kuwait (BBK) to sell retail and group insurance PNB Metlife
products to BBK’s customers in India?
Which city had hosted the 34th annual conference of the Asian Bankers
12 Mumbai
Association (ABA) on 16th and 17th November 2017?
13 Which country hosted the 10th South Asia Economic Summit (SAES)? Nepal
Who has been appointed as the new chairman of the leading stock exchange
14 Sethurathnam Ravi
BSE?
Who was appointed to the Financial Stability Institute Advisory Board of the
15 Urjit Patel
Bank of International Settlement (BIS)?
In which city the BSE Institute Limited (BIL) and DLT Labs together have
16 Mumbai
planned to set up the India’s first state-of-the-art Block Chain Lab?
Jawaharlal Nehru Port in
17 In which port, India’s first mega coastal economic zone (CEZ) was set up?
Maharashtra
According to recent Moody’s upgraded Sovereign Credit Rating, What is the
18 Baa2
rating given to India?
According to Moody’s Investors Service upgraded ratings, how many Indian
19 9 (Nine)
public sector firm’s rating got upgraded from Baa3 to Baa2?
With which bank, the Reliance General Insurance, a subsidiary of Reliance
20 Capital, has signed a comprehensive bancassurance-corporate agency Yes Bank
agreement?
21 Who is the newly appointed executive director of SEBI? Anand Rajeshwar Baiwar
According to the data released by Union Commerce and Industry Ministry
22 Core Industries
which sectors registered a growth of 5.2% in September 2017?
Which is the India’s 1st wallet unveiled by Yes Bank that is fully integrated
23 with all the IndiaStack APIs and National Payment Corporation of India BHIM Yes Pay
(NPCI) products?
Reserve Bank of India (RBI) issued a notification, directing corporate
24 borrowers having exposure of Rs 5 crore and above to mandatorily obtain 20 (Twenty)
____digit Legal Entity Identifier (LEI).
Which bank has received an approval from Reserved Bank of India (RBI) to
25 operate as Scheduled Commercial Bank and has thereby been included in the AU Small Finance Bank
Second Schedule of Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934?
26 India’s current account deficit is what % of GDP this fiscal year 2017-18? 1.5%
Which Bank along with APPLE, launched India’s first voice-based
27 international remittance service to enable non-resident Indians (NRIs) to send ICICI Bank
money to any bank in India?
With an aim to promote a digital economy, which bank has made online
28 HDFC Bank
transactions through RTGS and NEFT free of cost from 1st November 2017?
Which commercial Bank formed a human chain to create awareness among the
29 Syndicate Bank
public to fight corruption in Bangalore?
Back to Index
The Economic Research Department of which bank has released a report on oil
30 price hike and how unlikely it is to impact the Current account deficit (CAD) State Bank of India
and how inflation could stretch fiscal?
Ratings firm Crisil along with which bank has signed a Memorandum of
31 Understanding (MoU) to launch CriSidEx, a sentiment Index for Micro, Small SIDBI
and Medium Enterprises (MSME)?
Digital payments services company, Paytm has entered in to a tie-up with
32 which private Bank to jointly launch Bank Postpaid method that offers short- ICICI Bank
term credit to their common customers?
Which capital market company has acquired South Africa-based First Rand
33 Centrum Capital
Bank’s (FRB’s) microfinance business in India?
According to the latest World Economic Outlook report of the International
34 Monetary Fund (IMF), India is in which position out of 200 countries in terms 126th
of Gross Domestic Product (GDP) per capita?
Which Bank has signed an MoU with Innovation Centre Denmark – India
35 (ICDK India), to bring financial technology innovations and startups from Yes bank
Denmark to India?
36 Where is the Headquarters of Standard Chartered Bank located? London (UK)
Mswipe has partnered with which company to digitise merchant acquisition
37 which enables a shopkeeper anywhere in India to acquire a card swipe MasterCard
machine?
Name The App Which Announced Its Tie-Up With Airtel Payments Bank For
38 Hike Messenger App
Its Mobile Wallet Product?
Which bank became the first one to be added to the Financial Stability Board’s
39 Royal Bank of Canada
(FSB’s) list of global systemically important banks (G-SIB)?
Which Insurance company has launched ‘Pro-fit’, a platform that will act as a
40 Bajaj Allianz
one-stop solution to all the health-record tracking needs of customers?
RBI relaxes ___% debt-equity conversion cap for asset reconstruction
41 26%
companies (ARC’s)?
What is the rating given to India by the rating agency Standard & Poor’s
42 Stable
(S&P)?
Which private sector bank has launched an instant international payment
43 Axis Bank
services using RippleNet (Ripple’s enterprise blockchain technology solution)?
Which payment company has launched cryptocurrency exchange ‘Coinome’ in
44 BillDesk
India offering trading of Bitcoin and Bitcoin Cash?
Which insurance company has become the first private Life Insurer in India to
45 implement Electronic – National Automated Clearing House (e-NACH) ICICI Prudential Life
service of the National Payment Corporation of India?
Which Insurance company has launched India’s first-ever micro-insurance
46 IndiaFirst Life Insurance
plan ‘insurance khata’?
47 Who was appointed as the chairman of 15th Finance Commission? N. K. Singh
48 Which is the India’s only mobile first bank providing zero balance accounts? PayTM Payment bank
Singapore’s DBS Bank has lowered India’s Gross Domestic Product (GDP)
49 growth forecast for current fiscal (FY 2017-18) to _____% from the previous 6.6%
6.8%.
First demonetization: January, 1946
50 Demonetization history : Second : 16.01.1978
Third: 08.11.2016
India’s first International Financial Services Centre GIFT- IFSC has ranked at
51 _______ place in the latest September 2017 edition of Global Financial 10th
Centres Index 22 (GFCI) of London.
Name the Life Insurance Company has launched Neo, a servicing bot for HDFC Standard Life
52
Twitter, to improve customer service. Insurance
Where did Reserve Bank of India (RBI) open its new branch in Uttarkhand on
53 Dehradun
October 3, 2017?
Under the chairmanship of whom RBI forms High-level Task Force on Public
54 Yeshwant M. Deosthalee
Credit Registry?
Name the Mobile wallet provider renamed its payment gateway on 5th Oct.
55 MobiKwik
2017
Who led SEBI panel on corporate governance reforms for independent
56 Uday Kotak
directors and greater transparency?
Which of the following entity launch Chatbot ‘Eazy Connect’,a online
57 TATA AIA LIFE
customer service through social media?
In which two sectors Central Board of Direct Taxes (CBDT) has signed two Automobile and Healthcare
58
more advance pricing agreements (APAs) with taxpayers? consulting sectors
Back to Index
Which Private Sector bank has announced that it has completed the acquisition
59 Axis Bank
of Freecharge?
State Bank of India (SBI) has announced the setting up of its 15,000 square
60 feet Innovation Centre, India’s largest Innovation Centre, in which part of Navi Mumbai
India?
International Monetary Fund (IMF) has lowered India’s growth forecast from
61 6.7%
its earlier estimate of 7.2% to ______% .
According to India Ratings & Research , India’s GDP growth to fall to
62 6.7%
_______ in the financial year 2017-18
According to World Bank India’s growth forecast is lowered from 8.6% to
63 7%
_____% ?
According to DBS India’s GDP growth likely to slip below how much % this
64 7%
fiscal year?
Credit Rating Agency Fitch Ratings has lowered India’s economic growth
65 6.9%
forecast for Financial Year 2017-18 to _________.
What percent UBS has lowered India’s GDP growth forecast for Financial
66 6.6%
Year 2018?
67 As per Nomura India’s GDP growth for Fiscal Year 2018 is likely to rise at? 7.1%
Which state government’s Directorate of Treasuries and Inspection signed a
68 Odisha
MoU with SBI, for integration of SBI e-Pay with cyber treasury?
Which is the first country in the world to accept Bitcoin in exchange for
69 Vanuatu
citizenship?
Who was appointed as Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of
70 Suresh Sethi
India Post Payments Bank (IPPB)?
Who is the newly appointed chief executive of Association of Mutual Funds in
71 N S Venkatesh
India (AMFI)?
Name the bank has announced the launch of SmartUp zones in its branches
72 HDFC Bank
across India.
Which bank’s domestic as well as foreign currency bond programmes are rated
73 State Bank of India
by Moody’s Investors Service?
Which Bank in collaboration with financial technology firm Zeta has launched
74 a multi-wallet digital prepaid solution for salaried employees named Kotak Mahindra Bank
‘Paymint’?
State Bank of India (SBI) has launched second edition of its Hackathon. This
75 ‘Digitize For Bank’
hackathon has been named ____.
What is India’s position on World Bank’s latest edition of ‘ease of doing
76 100th
business’ index?
Who has been appointed as the new Secretary, Department of Financial
77 Rajiv Kumar
Services, Ministry of Finance on 1st sept. 2017?
Which bank becomes second to get in-principle nod to operate as wholly-
78 DBS Bank
owned unit in India On September 4,2017?
Which bank bagged the ‘best bank’ award among small banks for the use of
79 technology for financial inclusion in IDRBT Banking Technology Excellence Karnataka Bank
Awards 2016-17?
80 Where did the 9th BRICS summit was held from 3-5 September, 2017? Xiamen
Find the name of third bank (apart from SBI & ICICI) that RBI list as D-SIB
81 HDFC Bank
or ‘too big to fail’ on 4th Sept.2017.
State Bank of India
82 Which Bank has launched SIA Chatbot for Customer Care to assist customers? (SIA stands for SBI
Intelligent Assistant)
HDFC Bank. It has replaced TCS in the
Which Bank becomes the second most valuable company on
83 2nd position now
BSE?
(Reliance industry is on 1st position)
Which company has tiedup with Bank of Baroda to offer micro loans to
84 Amazon
sellers?
____ Bank has retained its No.1 position in the BrandZ India Top 50 report of
85 HDFC Bank
the year 2017, for the forth time.
Name the first payments bank in India to integrate the Unified Payments
86 Airtel Payment Bank
Interface (UPI) on its digital platform announced on 17th of Sept. 2017
Which digital payment app has launched by Google in India on 18th of Sept.
87 TEZ
2017?
Name the platform has been regulated by RBI by treating them as Non-
88 P2P
Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs).
Find the name of bank has launched its mobile banking app called BPay in
89 Fino Payment Bank
India.
Back to Index
90 Who is a chair person of Economic Advisory Council (EAC)? Bibek Debroy
Name the GST committee on exports has been constituted by the Union
91 Hasmukh Adhia committee
Finance Ministry.
How much percentage of stake that IDBI Bank has sold in Small Industries
92 9%
Development Bank of India (SIDBI)?
Which Bank has launched a new home loan product ‘CashBack’that offers 1 %
93 cash-back for every EMI (Equated Monthly Instalment) during the entire loan ICICI Bank
period?
Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency (IREDA) becomes first Indian
94 Green Masala Bonds
financial agency to raise funds overseas. These fund are also termed as__
Which bank has tied-up with Sa-Dhan to develop digital ecosystem for India’s
95 HSBC Bank
unbanked segment?
96 Which Bank has partnership with ADB to provide loans to rural women? IndusInd Bank
Which public sector bank has recently introduced a biometric attendance
97 register in the place of the existing system of signing attendance in the Punjab National Bank
attendance register?
Markets regulator SEBI has introduced an online registration mechanism for
98 Custodian of Securities
____________ to make it convenient for them to do business.
Which among the following has received markets regulator Securities and
MCX (Multi Commodity
99 Exchange Board of India (SEBI)’s approval to launch country’s first gold
Exchange)
options contract?
Which of the following entity has launched a dedicated platform for trade and
100 exchange of digital currencies such as bitcoin, litecoin, ether, Lisk, monero, BitBay
dash and game credits ?
RBI has issued guidelines to banks to provide funds to women self-help
101 groups, SHGs in rural areas at __% under the Deendayal Antyodaya Yojana- 7%
National Rural Livelihood Mission (DAY-NRLM).
Who among the following has been appointed as Chief Executive Officer of
102 Dilip Asbe
National Payments Corporation of India (NPCI)?
Which among the following Indian company has become the third most funded
103 Flipkart
private company globally?
104 Bank Board Bureau (BBB) is headed by Vinod Rai
105 Principal Adviser of NITI Aayog. Shri Ratan P. Watal
106 CEO of NITI Aayog. Shri Amitabh Kant
107 The Chairman of BCSBI A. C. Mahajan
108 The Chairman of MUDRA Dr. Kshatrapati Shivaji
109 ____ is new head of WHO w.e.f. 01.07.2017. Tedros Adhanom
110 SEBI was established in 1992. Chairman of SEBI is___ Ajay Tyagi
111 CEO of UIDAI ____ Ajay Bhushan Pandey
112 Part-time Chairman of UIDAI, J. Satyanarayana
113 NASSOCOM chairman is___ Raman Roy
114 NABARD chairman is___ Harsh Kumar Bhanwala
115 Chairman of CBDT (Central Board of Direct Taxes) _______ Sushil Chandra
116 IBBI (Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board of India) Chairman is____ M.S. Sahoo
117 IRDA Chairman is T. S. Vijayan
118 IBA’s Chairman is____ Rajeev Rishi
119 CEO of IBA (Indian Bank’s Association) is ____ V G Kannan.
120 Chairman of NSE (National Stock Exchange) Amitabh Chawla
121 Chairman of Central Board of Excise & Customs (CBEC)____ Vanaja N. Sarna
122 TATA Sons Chairman is Natarajan Chandrasekaran
123 UPSC Chairman is___ David R. Syiemlieh
124 Chairman of the Financial Stability and Development Council (FSDC) Finance Minister
125 Chief Economic Adviser to the Government of India is__ Arvind Subramanian
126 World Bank President is____ (Heqd Quarter- Washington) Jim Yong Kim
127 The Managing Director & CEO of IMF is____ (Heqd Quarter- Washington) Christine Lagarde
128 Head Quarter of WHO (World Health Organisation) is in_____ Geneva Switzerland
Back to Index
129 Head of World Trade Organisation is (H.Q.- Geneva Switzerland) Roberto Azevedo
130 Asian Development Bank (ADB) head is __ (H.Q.- Philippines) Takehiko Nakao
131 United Nation President is ____ (H.Q.- New York City, USA) Miroslav Lajčák
132 Director General (Head) of UNESCO___ (H.Q.- Paris, France) Audrey Azoulay
133 Head of UNICEF___ (H.Q.- New York City, USA) Anthony Lake
134 New Development Bank President_____(H.Q.- Sanghai, China) K.V. Kamath
135 New Director of CBI (Central Bureau of Investigation) is___ Alok Kumar Verma
136 President of ASSOCHAM ____ Sandeep Jajodia
137 Chief Customer Officer of SBI is____ Shri Rajeev Ranjan Sharma
138 Chief Technology Officer of State Bank of India is___ Shri Shiv Kumar Bhasin
139 Director of FIU-IND is___ Pankaj Kumar Mishra
140 First Gramin Bank in India- (Sponsored by: Syndicate Bank) Prathma Gramin Bank
141 RRBs are working in all states of the country except___ Goa & Sikkim
SIDBI (Small Industries
142 ____is aimed to aid the growth and development of MSME in India
Development Bank of India)
143 A closed economy is__ No Import or Export
144 Regulator of Money Market is___ RBI
With whom has SBI entered into an agreement for setting up a Payment Bank
145 Reliance Industries Ltd.
Joint Venture___
The Real Estate (Regulation
146 Expand RERA (comes into force w.e.f. 01.05.2017)
and Development) Act 2016
HDFC Life announced the launch of an AI (artificial intelligence) based
147 application, named _____ that can automatically read, understand, categorize, “SPOK”
prioritize, and respond to customers emails sent to the private insurer.
148 Facebook has launched Express WiFi in India with telecom operator____ Bharti AIRTEL
149 Chairman of Indian Council of Social Science Research (ICSSR) Braj Bihari Kumar
150 New CEO of PayTM payment bank is___ Renu Satti
151 The headquarters of Bank for International Settlements (BIS) is___ Basel, Switzerland.
The Central Office of the Reserve Bank was initially established in ______but
152 Calcutta
in 1937 it was moved to Mumbai.
RBI has recently opened its new Regional Office in ____. Now Total regional
153 Dehradun, 20 (Twenty)
offices are _______, most of them in state capitals and 11 Sub-offices.
Yes, MUDRA will be
extending refinance support
154 Are Regional Rural Banks (RRBs) eligible for assistance from MUDRA
to RRBs for enhancing their
liquidity
MUDRA Card (a facility of working capital arrangement in the form of
155 RuPay debit card
CC/OD to the borrower) is a _____
156 MUDRA Corporate Office / Headoffice is situated at___ Mumbai
157 “Darwaza Band” campaign launched by GOI is related to___ For toilet use in Rural areas
158 The first city in the world to get it own Microsoft font_____ Dubai
RBI has said all the existing Asset Reconstruction Companies (ARCs) must
159 31st March 2019
have a minimum Net-Owned Fund of Rs. 100 crore by____.
Gujarat International
160 Expand “GIFT City”
Finance Tec-City
India’s first international stock exchange “India International Exchange” has
161 Gandhi Nagar (Gujarat)
been launched in___
162 Country’s first IFSC Banking unit was set up by___ YES Bank
Nearly 4 crore members of ___ will soon be able to settle their claims through
163 EPFO
the mobile application UMANG ?
164 Expand “UDAN” Ude Desh Ka Aam Naagrik
165 JAM stands for Jan Dhan Aadhar-Mobile
166 IRDA Headquarter is situated in____ Hyderabad
Which Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) initiative was launched by State
167 Bank of India on August 14, 2017, to work in the areas of health, education, SBI Gram Sewa
environment and rural infrastructure?
Back to Index
168 How many capital buffers were recommended by Basel-III? Three
169 Expand “ETF” Exchange Traded Fund
170 Expand “India INX” India International Exchange
171 Expand “IFRS” International Financial Reporting Standards
172 Expand “IASB” International Accounting Standards Board
173 WMA stands for ___ Way and Means Advances
174 R-GDS stands for___ Revamped Gold Deposit Scheme
175 “PARA” Stands for Public Sector Asset Rehabilitation Agency
176 “BERI” stands for Bank Exposures Risk Index
177 Expand “SMAC” Social Media Mobile Analytics Cloud
178 Expand “IFC” Infrastructure Finance Company
179 Expand “AFC” Asset Finance Company
180 Expand “MGC” Mortgage Guarantee Companies.
181 Expand “RNBC Residuary Non Banking Finance Company
182 Expand “CGSL Constituents’ Subsidiary General Ledger
183 Expand “NSDL National Securities Depository Ltd
184 Expand “CDSL Central Depository Services Ltd
185 Expand “SHCIL Stock Holding Corporation of India Limited.
186 Expand “FIMMDA Fixed Income, Money Markets and Derivatives Association of India
187 Expand “FEDAI Foreign Exchange Dealers Association of India
188 Expand “CBLO Collateralised Borrowing and Lending Facility
189 Expand “FPI” Foreign Portfolio Investors.
190 Expand “CCIL Clearing Corporation of India Limited
191 SBI recently opened it’s second Branch in China at____ Tianjin
192 Maximum No. of directors in Public Limited Co. is increased to___ 15 Directors. (Minimum-3)
193 iMobile Smart Key is an initiative of ____ ICICI Bank
194 Govt of India hold share in SBI (as on 30.09.2017)___ 57.96%
195 Olympic 2020 will be held in ___ TOKYO
Russia (in 2018), Qatar (in
196 Next Football world cup will be organized in___
2022)
197 Nobel Peace Prize has been awarded to ___ Juan Manuel Santos
____ Bank is included in the list of First Class Banks (FCB) and J&K bank
198 IDFC Bank
removed from the List.
199 Minimum Paid up capital for Small Banks are__ Rs. 100 Crore
Payments banks like India Post Payment Bank can accept deposits up to
200 Rs 1.00 lakh
____per account from individuals and small businesses.
201 360 degrees feedback is Boss Appraisal
202 “City union Bank” has launched first ROBO for banking named___ LAKSHMI (in Chennai)
As per 4th (October-2017) bi-monthly monetary policy statement- SLR- 19.50% & CRR-
203
SLR & CRR % 4.00%
204 As per 4th (October-2017) & 5th (December-2017) monetary policy statement- REPO Rate = 6.00%
205 As per 4th (October-2017) & 5th (December-2017) monetary policy statement- Reverse REPO = 5.75%
th th
As per 4 (October-2017) & 5 (December-2017) monetary policy statement-
206 Bank Rate & MSF = 6.25%
Bank Rate & Marginal Standing Facility (MSF) %
If any Indian bank fails to maintain the required level of SLR, then the defaulter bank pays penal
interest at the rate of 3% per annum above the Bank Rate on the shortfall amount for that particular
207 5%
day. If the defaulter bank continues to default on the next working day, then the rate of penal interest
can be increased to __% per annum above the Bank Rate.
___is the rate at which the central bank of a country borrows money from
208 Reverse Repo Rate
commercial banks within the country.
209 ______ Bank is first bank to use Software Robotics. ICICI Bank
Back to Index
PFRDA has allowed Private Sector employees to contribute upto ___% in
210 75%
equity but upto 35 years of age.
DAY-NRLM (Deen Dayal Abtyoday Yojana-National Rural Livelihood
211 Mission) scheme is for Women SHG in rural area only and Nodal bank for CANARA Bank
subvention is____
212 SEBI complaint Redressal System called___ SCORES
213 RBI complaint Redressal System called___ SACHET
214 Income Tax Department platform for grievances redressal is_____ E-Nivaran
The authorized and paid up capital of the National Housing Bank Authorized Capital = Rs. 300 Cr.
215
shall be ____ of rupees (H.Q. in New Delhi) Paid-up Capital = Rs. 50 Cr.
______ is a type of corporate bond issued by an Indian company in an overseas FCCB (Foreign Currency
216
market in a currency different from that of the issuer. Convertible Bond)
th
217 IMF has included ____ currency as 6 Currency. China Currency
218 Holding period for long term capital gain lowered to __ years 2 years
219 SIMsePAY facility launched by ____bank. YES Bank
220 Jammu & Kashmir, Aasam or Meghalaya are exmpted from ____ Aadhar Enrolment
221 Expand “PPP” Purchasing Power Parity
In a first of its kind transaction in India,________enabled end to end trade
222 Kotak Mahindra Bank
financing for one of its clients by applying the blockchain technology.
___has launched a national hackathon for developers, startups and students to
223 State Bank of India
come up with innovative ideas and solutions for the banking sector?
224 The First Bank in India Bank of Hindustan
225 First Indian governor of RBI Mr. C D Deshmukh
226 First Bank to Introduce ATM in India HSBC
227 First Bank to introduce saving Bank in India Presidency bank in 1830
228 First Bank to Introduce Cheque system in India Bengal Bank 1784
229 First Bank to introduce Internet Banking ICICI Bank
230 First Universal Bank in India ICICI Bank
231 First bank in India listed in New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) ICICI Bank
232 First Bank to introduce Mutual Fund State Bank of India
State Bank of India
233 First Bank in India to launch its own Payment Aggregators
(SBIePay)
234 First Bank to introduce Credit Card in India Central Bank of India
Comptoire d’Escompte de
235 First Foreign Bank in India
Paris of France in 1860
236 First Joint Stock Bank of India Allahabad Bank
237 First Indian bank to open branch outside India in London in 1946 Bank of India
238 First Indian Bank started with Indian capital Punjab National Bank
239 First Regional Rural Bank name Prathama Grameen Bank was started by Syndicate Bank
240 First Bank in India to launch Talking ATMs for differently ¬able person Union Bank of India
241 First India bank which Got ISO certificate- Canara Bank
242 The __was the first private bank in India set up in Mumbai on April 1994. IndusInd Bank
______becomes first indian bank to be certified with ISO 31000 for its
243 Yes Bank
Enterprises Risk Management (ERM) framework.
Stock Holding Corporation
244 ____India’s largest custodian and depository participant.
of India Ltd (SHCIL),
___, India's first credit rating agency, is incorporated, promoted by the
245 CRISIL
erstwhile ICICI Ltd, along with UTI and other financial institutions.
246 The known authorized capital of GSTN is___ Rs. 10 Cr.
247 Central Government holds ___% of shares in GSTN 24.5%
Which entity has launched a new website ‘PlanYourGoal.com’ to help users ICICI Prudential Mutual
248
plan their investments according to their future financial goals? Fund
Which private sector bank will waive 12 equated monthly installments (EMIs)
249 on regular repayments of loans of up to Rs 30 lakh under the new scheme Axis Bank
Shubh Aarambh Home Loans?
Back to Index
Which among the following bank has introduced the option of an “instant
250 City Union Bank
credit card” for free for its Net banking customers?
On August 17, 2017, the first regional centre of the New Development Bank
251 South Africa
opened in__
To OBC The Government has hiked the creamy layer ceiling to Rs. ____ per
252 Rs. 8 lacs
annum from the existing Rs 6 lakh for central government jobs?
Chairman and MD of SIDBI (Small Industries development Bank of India)
253 Mohammad Mustafa
is__
254 What is the percentage of tax the Banks need to pay for IGST on gold imports? 3%
255 PAN not needed for cash sale of agri produce up to Rs ___per day. Rs. 2 Lacs
256 Bank of China begins operations in Pakistan, opens first branch in _____. Karachi
257 Demat Services: Minimum net worth stipulated by SEBI for a depository is Rs.100 crore
MUDRA Bank, a Non Banking Finance Company as MUDRA Ltd has been
258 SIDBI
set up as a wholly owned subsidiary of............
259 Lead Bank Scheme was introduced in _____ Year 1969
260 National Calendar of India is__ Shaka Samvat
261 M0 denotes to___ Reserve Money
_____ is denoted by the RBI as M1. Thus,
262 Narrow Money
M1 = Currency with the public + Demand Deposits of public in Banks
263 M2 denotes to___ (Also denotes to Narrow Money) M1 + Post Office Savings.
M3 = M1 + Time deposits with commercial banks (Fixed deposits, Recurring Broad Money Or
264
deposits) Money Aggregate
265 M4= M3 + Total post office deposits. Also Broad Money
266 Presently which Indian bank has the largest number of foreign branches? Bank of Baroda
Under Open market operations, one of the measures taken by the RBI in order Sale and purchase of Govt.
267
to control credit expansion in the economy, does ___ securities
268 Total expenditure less total receipts excluding borrowings refers to__ Fiscal Deficit
269 Foreign exchange Reserves of India are kept in the custody of _ International Monetary Fund
270 Gilt-edged securities are ___ First-class Government securities
271 Spurious coins detected at the counter are sent to _____ MINT
272 ___ acts as the Regulators for the Credit Rating Agencies in India? SEBI
A charge where there is neither the transfer of ownership nor the possession is
273 Hypothecation
called ____
274 The Stock Exchange Board of India was set up by a Special Act in ____? Year 1988
275 Money borrowed and lent for overnight or a day, is called___ Call Money
276 The Export-Import Bank of India was set up in___ January 1982
The chairman of Regional Rural Bank is appointed by Sponsoring bank in
277 NABARD
consultation with ___
278 Pledge of advance is made against _____? Commodities
279 The fourteen banks were nationalized on _____? 19.07.1969
280 The remaining six banks were nationalised on ______? 15.04.1980
1. Value Added Method
281 3 Alternative Methods Used for Measuring National Income. Those are__ 2. Income Method
3. Expenditure Method
1. Production method
282 GDP is calculated by three methods__ 2. Income Method
3. Expenditure Method
283 Presently GDP of India is calculated with ____ Method Expenditure Method
GDP = Consumer+Investor+Governer + (eXporter – iMporter)
284 GDP(Expenditure) formula is___
Technical term is [C+I+G+(X-M)]
285 TRIPS stands for Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights
286 FINO stands for Financial Inclusion Network and Operations
287 “MAT” stands for Minimum Alternate Tax
288 OTCEI stands for Over-The-Counter Exchange Of India
289 FPO stands for Follow-On Public Offer
290 Deficit financing implies Public Expenditure In Excess Of Public Revenue
Back to Index
291 Collateralized Borrowing and Lending Obligation (CBLO) is a/an Money Market Instrument
292 Fiat Money’ is defined as the money which is Decreed as money by the government
293 Demand-pull inflation can be caused by which of the following? A steep decline in income tax
‘CAMELS’ is a type of Bank Rating System. In CAMELS, what does ‘C’
294 Capital Adequacy
stand for?
For issuing notes, RBI has required to hold the minimum reserve of Rs. 200
295 115 Crore
crore of which not less than Rs___ crore to be hold in gold.
In India, the RBI prescribes the minimum SLR level for Scheduled
296 NDTL
Commercial Banks in India in specified assets as a percentage of Bank’s
If neither the word ‘Bearer’ nor ‘Order’ is written on a cheque , payment will
297 Bearer Cheque
be made by treating it as:
298 The paid –up capital of Non- Scheduled Bank is less than 5 Lacs
299 Lending to the people who cannot return the loans, is called ___ Sub-Prime Lending
Indian credit rating industry mainly comprises of CRISIL, ICRA, CARE,
300 ONICRA, FITCH & SMERA. _______is the largest credit rating agency in CRISIL
India, with a market share of greater than 60%.
____ is a full service rating agency offering its services in manufacturing,
301 CRISIL
service, financial and SME sectors.
CRISIL (Credit rating information services of India Limited) has been
302 Year 1987
incorporated in __
303 ____is the rating agency exclusively established for rating of SMEs. SMERA
Credit Analysis and Research Limited (CARE) is a credit rating, research and
advisory committee promoted by Industrial Development Bank of India
304 Year 1993
(IDBI), Canara Bank, Unit Trust of India (UTI) and other financial and lending
institutions. It has been incorporated in ___
Fitch Ratings is a global rating agency committed to providing the world's
305 credit markets with independent and prospective credit opinions, research, and New York and London
data. Fitch Ratings is headquartered in ___and is part of the Fitch Group.
ICRA was established in ____by leading Indian financial institutions and
commercial banks. International credit rating agency, Moodys, is the largest
306 shareholder. ICRA has a dedicated team of professionals for the MSME sector Year 1991
and has developed a linear scale for MSME sector which makes the
benchmarking with peers easier.
307 ICRA stands for__ International Credit Rating Agency
308 S&P stands for Standard & Poor
309 ONICRA stands for Onida Individual Credit Rating Agency of India
a) Call Money Market
310 Money Market can be further divided into 3 parts. These are: b) Term Money Market
c) Notice Money Market
311 The market to get funds for 1 day only is called as___. Call Money Market
312 The market to get funds for 2 days to 14 days is called as __ Notice Money Market
313 The market to get funds for 15 days to 1 year is called as_____. Term Money Market
A Commercial Paper is a short term security ___ issued by a corporate entity
314 Min-7 days , Max-365 days
(other than a bank), at a discount to the face value.
Commercial Paper (CP) is an ____ money market instrument issued in the
315 Unsecured
form of a promissory note.
CP can be issued in denominations of Rs. ___ or multiples thereof. Amount
316 5 (Five) Lacs
invested by a single investor should not be less than Rs. 5 lakh (face value).
Treasury Bills are short term _____ borrowing instruments of the Government
317 of India which enable investors to park their short term surplus funds while Up to 1 Year
reducing their market risk.
Treasury Bills are available for a minimum amount of Rs. ____ and in
318 Rs. 25,000
multiples of Rs. 25,000 thereafter.
319 At present, RBI issues Treasury -Bills for three different maturities: 91, 182 and 364 days.
Certificate of Deposits are negotiable money market instrument issued in
320 Usance Promissory Notes
demat form or as a___.
Minimum amount of a Certificate of Deposits should be Rs._____, i.e., the
321 minimum deposit that could be accepted from a single subscriber should not be 1 (One) Lac
less than Rs.1 lakh, and in multiples of Rs. 1 lakh thereafter.
The maturity period of Certificate of Deposits issued by banks should be
322 Min-7 days, Max- 1 year
_____, from the date of issue.
323 The FIs can issue Certificate of Deposits for a period from the date of issue. Min- 1 Year, Max-3 Years
AROHAN-2018 Page | 15 Back to Index

All OTC (Over the counter) trades in Certificate of Deposits shall be reported
324 15 minutes
within ____of the trade on the FIMMDA reporting platform.
Government of India, in consultation with the Reserve Bank of India, has
325 decided to issue a new short-term instrument, known as___, to meet the Cash Management Bills
temporary mismatches in the cash flow of the Government.
The Cash Management Bills have the generic character of Treasury-bills but Less than 91 days. (i.e. for
326
are issued for maturities ____ days. upto 90 days only)
HDFC Life Insurance co. has launched ___ a servicing bot for Twitter that uses artificial
327 NEO
intelligence for customer service.
RBI has constituted a High Level Task Force on Public Credit Registry. No of members
328 10 (Ten)
are ___
The Legal Entity Identifier (LEI) code is conceived as a key measure to improve the
quality and accuracy of financial data systems for better risk management post the Global
329 20 (Twenty)
Financial Crisis. LEI is a ___digit unique code to identify parties to financial transactions
worldwide.
Legal Entity Identifier (LEI) - It has been decided to require banks to make it mandatory
for corporate borrowers having aggregate fund-based and non-fund based exposure of ₹
330 ₹ 5 crore
____ and above from any bank to obtain Legal Entity Identifier (LEI) registration and
capture the same in the Central Repository of Information on Large Credits (CRILC).
The banks shall advise their Existing large corporate borrowers having total
331 ₹ 50 crore
exposures of ₹ ___ and above to obtain LEI.
Who among the following has been appointed as Managing Director of
332 David Rasquinha
Export-Import Bank of India (Exim Bank)?
333 Chairman of Exim Bank is___ Shri Yaduvendra Mathur
Various Banks’ Applications & Schemes
 Airtel money – AXIS BANK + AIRTEL
 Asha Home loan – AXIS BANK
 BOUTIQUE FINANCING SCHEME – State Bank of India
 Branch on Wheel – ICICI Bank in Odisha
 Chillar – HDFC Bank
 China’s first online Banking “webank” – Tancet Holdings
 Digital Banking “POCKET” – ICICI
 eforex – State Bank of India
 EMI ON DEBIT CARD – ICICI BANK
 Facebook-based funds transfer platform “KayPay” – Kotak Mahindra Bank
 First home grown INDEX “COMPOSITE INDEX” – State Bank of India
 I-Mobile app for windows phone – ICICI
 ICICI Apathon App – ICICI Bank launches ‘ICICI Appathon’, a Mobile App Development Challenge
 India’s first credit card exclusively for GOLF LOVERS – RBL Bank
 First Bank to launch Instant money transfer – Bank of India
 Kisan card – AXIS BANK
 Maha Millionaire”, “Maha Lakhpati” – Bank of Maharashtra
 M-Pesa – ICICI+Vodafone
 M-Wallet – Canara Bank
 Student Travel Card – ICICI
 TAB BANKING FACILITY – State Bank of India
 Tap and pay – ICICI
 Twitter Handle account – State Bank of India
 Video conferencing – IndusInd & federal bank
 Youth for India – State Bank of India
 First home grown INDEX “COMPOSITE INDEX” – State Bank of India
 I-Mobile app for windows phone – ICICI
 India’s first” transparent credit card “in association with American Express – ICICI
 India’s first credit card exclusively for GOLF – RBL Bank
 Kotak Bharat’ mobile banking app - Kotak Mahindra Bank (KMB)
 ‘Saral Rural Housing Loan’ Scheme - ICICI Bank
 Awareness initiative ‘Dhanchayat - HDFC Bank
 ICICI Bank launches ‘ICICI Appathon’, a Mobile App – ICICI Bank
 Lakshmi Vilas Bank launches ‘LVB Mobile’ app – Laxmi Vilas Bank
 Ananya Project launched By – Syndicate Bank
 UcoPay wallet - UCO Bank
 LIME App - Axis Bank
 PAYZAPP App - HDFC Bank
334 What are 4 P's of Marketing ? Product, Place, Price, & Promotion
Back to Index
335 Where is the Headquarter of International Court of Justice ? Hague
336 Which is the first state in India to offer e-mail ids in hindi? Rajasthan
337 Expand CHAPS? Clearing House Automated Payment System
_____is the current Comptroller and Auditor General of India and Chairman of
338 Rajiv Mehrishi
United Nations Board of Auditors
339 Headquarter of BRICS is in____ Shanghai (China)
New President of FICCI (Federation of Indian Chambers of Rashesh Shah takes over as FICCI
340
Commerce and Industry)? President charge from Pankaj R. Patel.
341 Chief Election Commissioner of India is___ Achal Kumar Jyoti
348 Chief Justice of India is___ (45th) Dipak Misra
349 RBI has restricted recently ______ bank for further lending. Bank of India
Our Bank has tied-up with avocation educational services pvt. Ltd for sourcing of leads
350 YOCKET
for person desiring education loan for studying abroad. Brand name is
351 i-Wish Application is launched by___ ICICI Bank
352 First Public Sector Bank in India to use Cheque Truncation System Bank of Baroda
Our Bank is the fist and only Bank to have its own payment aggregator services. As a
353 Bank and a Payment aggregator, SBIePay has already partnered with _____ banks for 40 (Forty)
providing seamless Internet Banking options to the customers.
354 NASSCOM stands for National Association of Software and Services Companies
355 ASSOCHAM stands for Associated Chambers of Commerce and Industry of India
Anmol Sitara Campaign
356 (15.11.2017 to 31.01.2018) is Current Account Campaign
pertaining to__
357 SBI Gems is a ‘__________’ scheme and not a monetary rewards “Recognition” Scheme
358 Gems can be awarded by Senior Officials / Executives (_________). AGM and above
Gems are to be awarded to employees/ officers who are atleast 2 grades below
359 the official awarding Gems (To illustrate, a DGM can award a Gem to Chief “Recognition” Scheme
Manager and below only and not to AGM
Chairman, Managing Directors and Dy. Managing Directors can only award Gems while Chief Managers and
360
below can only receive Gems. Officers in the cadres of AGM to CGM can both receive and award Gems.
361 There shall be a cap on the number of Gems that can be awarded by each of the Officials.
362 Expand “IRA” Independent Risk Advisory
The NBFCs (Non-Banking Financial Company are allowed to accept/renew public deposits for a minimum
363 period of 12 months and maximum period of 60 months. They cannot accept deposits repayable on demand.
The deposits with NBFCs are not insured.
364 ______Bank launches First Iris-based ATM in Telangana. DCB Bank
365 ______Bank launches First Aadhar-based ATM in Telangana. DCB Bank
______ Bank becomes the first Indian Bank to launch Aadhar payment bridge
366 RBL Bank
system for small ticket micro-finance loan disbursement.
367 ______ Bank launches India’s first credit card exclusively for GOLF lovers. RBL Bank
368 India’s first cash giving app “CASHe” launched by____ TSLC PTE LTD
369 ____ declares as first Digital state in India. Kerala
370 ____ declares as first Digital Disctrict in India. Nagpur
371 ____ Village (Gujarat) became first Digital Village in India, Akodara
372 The _____ tribal colony at Nilampur became the first digital tribal colony in India. Nedumkayam
373 India’s first” transparent credit card “in association with American Express – ICICI Bank
374 _____, a small lake island in Manipur has become the country’s first cashless island. Karang (in Manipur)
Pension Fund Regulator and Development Authority (PFRDA) has increased the
maximum age of joining the NPS for Private Sector to ___ years from existing 60
375 65 Years
Years. (Under this rule, they can be continue to be part of the NPS till the age of 70
years)
376 MD & CEO of India Post Payment Bank is____ Suresh Sethi
London based Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corp (HSBC) has appointed __as
377 Jayant Rikhye
India CEO effective from December 1, subject to regulatory approvals.
378 Which bank has recently introduced paid Bereavement Leave of one week? State Bank of India
Bereavement Leave (On death of any close relative) can be availed within ____ days
379 15 Days
from the date of Incident.
Back to Index
380 ______ has recently been appointed, the Vice Chairman of NITI Aayog Dr. Rajiv Kumar
381 ___ Additional principal secretary to Vice Chairman in NITI Ayog. Shri Kashish Mittal
382 ___ is principal secretary to Prime Minister in NITI Ayog Shri Nripendra Misra
22nd meeting of Board of Mangement (BOM) of Small Farmers’ Agri-Business Consortium (SFAC) was held
383 in New Delhi under the chairmanship of Union Agriculture and Farmers Welfare Minister, Radha Mohan
Singh
On 4th December 2017, the first meeting of Fifteenth Finance Commission was held in New Delhi. The
384 Meeting was held under the Chairmanship of N.K. Singh. The Fifteenth Finance Commission was constituted
on 27th of November 2017
On November 30, 2017, India’s 1 Rupee currency note completed 100 years. First Rupee 1 note was printed in
385 England and was issued in India on November 30, 1917.Rupee 1 note was issued to replace the silver coin that
was used as Re1 coin.In 1917, Rupee 1 was equal to 10.7 gms of silver
Bajaj Allianz Life Insurance Company has started digital branch services through its
386 Mosambee
offering ___. It is a handheld device that offers the services just like a mobile branch
____Bank has recently launched a digital service to allow customers to open a Public
387 Provident Fund (PPF) account online, eliminating the need for furnishing paper ICICI Bank
documents.
388 New CEO of Infosys is___ Salil Parekh
Google announced the launch of ____ app that takes a mobile-first approach to
389 freeing up space, finding files faster and easily sharing them with others, even when “Files Go”
offline.
Private sector lender, ____Bank has collaborated with advisory services firm,
390 Pantomath Advisory to develop a Micro Small and Medium Enterprises (MSME) Yes Bank
ecosystem focused on Maharashtra and Gujarat.
India's first Electronic Manufacturing Cluster (EMC) will be coming to____.
391 iAn EMC is designed and developed for providing facilities and amenities for Andhra Pradesh
manufacturing mobiles and allied products.
____ has been appointed as Executive Director (ED) of Reserve Bank of India (RBI)
392 Uma Shankar
after Meena Hemchandra.
India's 'first' mobile food testing laboratory, which will enable on-the-spot food
393 GOA
safety tests to be conducted in_____,
The Board of Control for Cricket in India (BCCI) has announced to host ___for their
394 Afghanistan
firstever Test match will be held in the upcoming home season (2018-19)
Vice-President and Corporate Secretary of the Asian Infrastructure Investment
395 Danny Alexander
Bank (AIIB)__
A panel formed by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India
396 (IRDAI) has recommended easing of norms that require __% of the funds mobilized 50%
from traditional life insurance policies to be invested in government securities.
397 ____replaces Sanjay Kaul as the Apple’s head of sales for its operations in India. Michel Coulomb
On 15th December 2017, State Bank of India said the Carlyle Group has completed the acquisition of GE
398 Capitals entire 26% stake in SBI Card. SBI Card is operated through two joint ventures SBI Cards & Payment
Services and GE Capital Business Process Management Services.
On 15th December 2017, the first ever International Wheelchair Cricket Tournament Nepal, India and
399
was organized in Kathmandu, Nepal. It has participation of teams from __. Bangladesh.
US buyout giant ____ has become the first foreign investor to fully own an asset
400 reonstruction company (ARC) in India as it received approval from RBI at a time KKR & Co.
when lenders are fighting with a pile of bad loans that have crippled their business.
Back to Index
Know Your Customers, PMLA & FATF Guidelines
01 KYC Policy is reviewed by RBI every year on___ 01st July
02 “KYC compliance and Fraud Prevention Day” is celebrated on___ 1st August
03 Risk Awareness Day / Jokhim Jagrukta Diwas” is observed every year on 1st September
04 Bank has decided to observe ____ of every year as “AML-CFT” Day 2nd November
05 “Customer” has been defined under_____ KYC Guidelines
Bank has set up AML/CFT Cell (earlier knows as KYC AML CELL), at
06 Jaipur. It will be analyzing the alerts on transactions handled across the AMLOCK
Bank with the help of the software___
07 AMLOCK software has been acquired from___ M/s 3i-Infotech
08 Head of AML-CFT at Corporate Level is_____ General Manager
09 The AML/CFT Cell at Jaipur is headed by a _____ DGM (AML/CFT)
Bank has decided to fix following thresholds in AMLOCK Software, Low Risk- 50 Lacs
10 subject to review from time to time, for filtering transactions and Medium Risk- 30 Lacs
generating STR alerts. High Risk- 10 lacs
PRM (Proactive Risk Manager), a fraud monitoring software, is
11 ATM, POS & e-Com
analyzing alerts, based on__
12 KUA stands for KYC User Agency
13 Expand CKYCR____ Central KYC Records Registry
14 CMP (Cash Management Product) Centre is situated in ____ Mumbai
15 OCI stands for___ Overseas Citizen of India
16 FIU-IND stands for__ Financial Intelligence Unit-India
The STR (Suspicious Transaction Reports) should be furnished within
17 _____of arriving at a conclusion that any transaction, whether cash or non- (7 days) Seven Days
cash, or a series of transactions integrally connected are of suspicious nature.
The CTR (Cash Transaction Report) for each month should be submitted
18 15th of the succeeding month
to FIU-IND by__
Cross-border Wire Transfer Report (CWTR) is required to be filed with
FIU-IND by __________for all cross border wire transfers of the value of
more than five lakh rupees or its equivalent in foreign currency where
either the origin or destination of fund is in India.
The report of all transactions involving receipts by non- profit
organizations of value more than rupees ten lakh or its equivalent in
20 15th of succeeding month
foreign currency should be submitted every month to the Director, FIU-
IND
CCR (Counterfeit Currency Report) for each month should be submitted
to FIU-IND by__ (Updated as per RBI circular Dated 20.07.2017)
As per provisions of PML Act, any deficiency in filing the mandatory
Min=Rs.10,000/-
22 reports (i.e. STR, CWTR, CCR, CTR) by reporting entities will attract
Max=Rs. 1,00,000/-
minimum penalty of Rs. ____ per instance per day.
In respect of accounts, where Suspicious Transaction Report has been
filed with FIU-IND, white listing of the account for generation of alerts is
23 done to avoid alert generation in the reported account and duplication of 03 Months
effort on analysis/finalisation. Presently, Principal Officer (AML/CFT)
has fixed _____ months time for such white listing.
The _____is authorized for deciding on white listing of accounts for STR General Manager & Principal
24
alert generation including change in time parameter. Officer (AML/CFT)
25 “Al-Qaida Sanctions List” and “1988 Sanctions List” are issued by__ United Nation Security Council
All employee training programmes, of _____ days duration or more, will
26 have a module on KYC Standards/AML/CFT Measures so that members 3 days
of the staff are adequately trained in KYC/AML/CFT procedures.
Each banknote, which, on examination of various security features /
parameters, is determined as a counterfeit one, shall be branded with a
27 5 cm X 5 cm
stamp "COUNTERFEIT BANKNOTE". For this purpose, a stamp with a
uniform size of _____with the following inscription may be used.
These Counterfeit Notes at branches should be subjected to verification
28 on a half-yearly basis ____by the Officer-in- Charge of the bank office 31st March and 30th September
concerned.
These Counterfeit Notes should be preserved for a period of ___years
29 03 Years
from the date of receipt from the police authorities.
Back to Index
30 Maximum Limit of Threshold can be___ Rs. 10.00 Lacs
31 Threshold in case of business___ (But not exceeding Rs. 10.00 Lacs) Equal to One Month’s Turnover
32 Threshold in case of salaried___ (But not exceeding Rs. 10.00 Lacs) Equal to 3 months’ Salary
Full KYC exercise will be required to be done at least every ______ years
33 10, 8, & 2 Years
for low, medium and high risk individuals and entities respectively
Positive confirmation (obtaining KYC related updates through email
2 Years- for Medium Risk
/letter/telephonic conversation /forms/interviews/visits, etc.), will be
34
required to be completed at least every _____years for medium risk and
3 Years- for Low Risk
at least every ____ years for low risk individuals
35 Expand CDD. Customer Due Diligence
36 PEP stands for ____ Politically Exposed Persons
37 UCIC stands for (as per RBI) Unique Customer Identification Code
38 UCIC stands for (as per State Bank of India) Uniform Customer Identification Code
39 No frill accounts has been replaced with___ BSBD Accounts

40 BSBDA (Basic Savings Bank Deposit Accounts) are___ Full KYC Compliance
In case of Basic Savings Bank account, who is responsible for ensuring
41 Business Correspondents
KYC compliance___
Any deposit or any amount remaining unclaimed for more than ten years
42 shall be credited to the (DEAF) Fund, within a period of _______ from 3 Months
the expiry of the said period of ten years.
Primary responsibility of ensuring KYC compliance in respect of all
43 Parent Branch
accounts maintained with BCs will rest with the___
When bank sells third party products as an agent, the responsibility for
44 Third Party
ensuring compliance with KYC/AML/CFT regulations lies with the ___.
45 CFT stands for__ Combating Financial Terrorism
KYC verification of all the members of SHG need not be done while
46 opening the savings bank account of the SHG; KYC verification of all the All the office bearers
_____would suffice.
47 PIO Stands for Person of Indian Origin
48 NGOs/NPOs promoted by UN or its agencies are classified as___ Low Risk
Credit/Debit summations of Rs.
Risk Categorization in case of Medium Risk Customer depends upon
49 50.00 Lacs to below Rs. 2.00
(Individual) (Less than 50 Lacs-Low risk and More Than 2.00 crore-High Risk)
Crores per annum
Credit/Debit summations of Rs.
Risk Categorization in case of Medium Risk Customer depends upon
50 2.00 Crore to below Rs. 10.00
(Non-Individual) (Less than 2 Cr.-Low risk and More Than 10.00 crore-High Risk)
Crores per annum
All Inoperative Accounts, Stock Brokers, Pawn Shops, Telemarketers,
51 Auctioneers, Non-Bank Financial Institution, Import/Export customers, & Medium Risk Customers
Venture Capital companies are____
52 New account up to 180 days comes under___ Medium Risk
53 NRI customers are classified as___ High Risk
54 Bullion Dealers /Jewelers, Pooled Account & Account of Mules are___ High Risk
55 Trusts accounts are classified as __ High Risk
56 NPA Loan Accounts are classified as _____ High Risk
57 “Non Face to Face” customers are___ High Risk
 Notary Public
Accounts of Non face to face customers can be opened by  Official of India Embassy
58
a bank on the basis of ID & Residential proof certified by:  A person known to Bank whose signatures
are verifiable from Bank’s Records.
 Customer Acceptance Policy
 Customer Identification Procedures
59 Four Key Elements of KYC Policy are___
 Monitoring of Transactions
 Risk Management.
 The aggregate of all credits in a financial year
does not exceed Rs. 1.00 Lac.
 The aggregate of all withdrawals and transfers
60 Small Accounts are, where___
in a month does not exceed Rs. 10000/-
 The balance at any point of time does not
exceed Rs. 50000/-
Back to Index
Bank which is incorporated in a country where it has no physical
61 Shell Bank
presence and is not affiliated to any regulated financial group___
Small Account: As a measure of good customer service we can alert the
customer when he crosses the limit of Rs ___ balance in all accounts put
Rs. 40,000/- & Rs. 80,000/-
62 together or Rs ____ credit summations in all accounts put together to
respectively.
comply with the full KYC norms by submitting the necessary documents
or otherwise the operations in the account shall have to be stopped.
63 Small Accounts can be opened only in___ by authorized signatories. Only in Branches (Not in CSP)
Students with Pakistani and Bangladesh nationality will need prior
64 Reserve Bank of India
approval of the ____________for opening the account.
65 Who can be guardian in case of Insane person ? Close Blood Relative Only
Branches SHOULD NOT carry out any financial transactions requested
66 by the customers through e-mail even if the request is made by a letter True
scanned as an attachment.
67 National Voters’ Service Portal (NVSP) website to verify Voter ID__ http://electoralsearch.in/
Cash Txn of Rs. 10 Lacs & above and Suspicious nature to be recorded
68 10 years
up to ___ Years.
69 CMP cheques with facsimile signature up to Rs. ___ Lacs. Rs. 10.00 Lacs
70 Facsimile signature upon CCPAP cheques upto__Rs. Lacs Rs. 5.00 Lacs
 Super Affluent = Annual Income > Rs. 50 Lacs
 Affluent = Annual Income > Rs. 12 Lacs up to Rs. 50 Lacs
71 Customer Classification-  Mass Affluent = Annual Income > Rs. 2 Lacs up to Rs. 12 Lacs
 Mass = Annual Income > Rs. 70000/- up to Rs. 2.00 Lacs
 Lower Mass = Annual Income < Rs. 70000/-
 Deposit of Rs. 5.00 Lacs & more

72 Vishes Customer Classification-  Home Loan of Rs. 10 Lacs & above + Deposit of Rs. 2 Lacs
 Car Loan of Rs. 10 Lacs & above + Deposit of Rs. 2 Lacs
73 HNI Customers are, who has___ AQB of more than 20.00 lacs in P-segment at CIF level.
All financial records, which have been reported to the controlling
74 authorities under suspicious transactions list, should be retained for at 5 (Five) Years
least _____years after the date of transaction.
FATF (Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering) also known
75 PARIS
as GAFI (Grouped action financier) has its head quarter in__
The Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 came into force with
76 1st July, 2005.
effect from __________ and extended to whole India including J&K.
In terms of PML Amendment Act 2012, banks/Fis should maintain for at
77 5 Years
least ___years from the date of transaction between the bank/FI and the client
78 Offence of Money Laundering defined under__ Sec-3 of PMLA 2002
79 Punishment for Money Laundering defined under__ Sec-4 of PMLA 2002
80 Guidelines on KYC/AML/CFT are issued under___ Rule-7 of PML Act 2005
As per Rule ____ of the PML Amendment Rules 2013, any one
81 Rule-9
document from the “Officially Valid Documents” is only allowed.
82 Maintenance of Records are defined under__ Sec-12 of PMLA 2002
Customer Day on ___ of every ____ (next day in case of holiday) to be
83 15th of Every Month
observed at branches and administrative offices.
27th of Second month of every
84 Staff Pensioner’s Day is observed on_____
quarter
85 CSC (Customer Service Committee) Meeting is observed in___ Once in a month
Customer Day on ___ of every ____ (next day in case of holiday) to be
86 15th of Every Month
observed at branches and administrative offices
87 Customer Relationship Programme is observed in____ Once in every quarter
88 Vigilance Week observed in the month of ___ November
89 Preventive Vigilance Committee (PVC) meeting is observed ______ Once in every quarter
Branches having minimum __ staff should arrange for Vigilance Meeting.
90 10 Staff Members
And and at CPCs/Cells irrespective of their staff strength.
91 Who come under Class-I Heirs Son, Daughter, Widow & Mother
92 Who come under Class-II Heirs Father, Son’s / Daughter’s Children
93 Expand FATF Financial Action Task Force
Back to Index
The Financial Action Task Force (FATF) is an inter-governmental body
94 Year 1989
established in year ____by the Ministers of its Member jurisdictions
In_______, less than one year after its creation, the FATF issued a report
containing a set of Forty Recommendations, which were intended to
95 April-1990
provide a comprehensive plan of action needed to fight against money
laundering.
How Many countries are members and observers in Financial Action
96 35 & 2 = 37 Countries
Task Force (FATF) ? (Total Members= ?)
KYC verification of all the members of SHG need not be done while
97 opening the savings bank account of the SHG and KYC verification of All the office bearers
______would suffice
Issue of Demand Drafts, etc, for Rs.___ effected by debit to the
98 customer’s account or against cheques and not against cash payment, Rs.50,000/- or Above
irrespective of providing PAN No.
99 All demand drafts above Rs ____ to be account payee / crossed only. Rs. 20000/-
100 FATCA stands for (It is a compact between India & USA) Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
101 CRS stands for (CRS is a compact between India & Others) Common Reporting Standards
102 Expand FCRA Foreign Contribution Regulation Act
103 Expand CVPS Currency Verification Processing System
104 Expand “UAPA”, 1967 UNLAWFUL ACTIVITIES (PREVENTION) ACT, 1967
In case of Minors, the acceptable KYC documents are, the documents Guardian who will operates the
105
of____ to be required. account
Proposal for entering into correspondent relationship should be referred
106 Principal Officer (AML/KYC)
to the ___________for ensuring compliance with KYC guideline.
What are the minimum monetary penalties that can be imposed on
107 reporting entity for non maintenance of records or non submission of Rs. 10000/-
aforesaid information / Non-compliance of PMLA Rules ?
108 Monetary Fine imposed under PMLA Act 2002, should be paid within _ 6 Months
Punishment for offence of money laundering: The act prescribes that any person found guilty of money-
laundering shall be punishable with rigorous imprisonment from 3 years to 7 years and where the proceeds of
109 crime involved relate to any offence under paragraph 2 of Part A of the Schedule (Offences under the Narcotic
Drugs and Psychotropic Substance Act, 1985), the maximum punishment may extend to 10 years instead of 7
years.
Stage where, the Money Launderer, who is holding the money generated from criminal
activities, introduces the illegal funds into the financial systems. This might be done by
110 PLACEMENT
breaking up large amount of cash into less conspicuous smaller sums which are
deposited directly into a Bank Account, is called______
Stage where, the Money Launderer typically engages in a series of continuous
conversions or movements of funds, within the financial or banking system by way of
111 LAYERING
numerous accounts, so as to hide their true origin and to distance them from their
criminal source, is called____
Stage where, Having successfully processed his criminal profits through the first two
stages of Money Laundering, the Launderer then moves to this third stage in which the INTEGRATION
112 funds reach the legitimate economy, after getting inseparably mixed with the legitimate Or
money earned through legal sources of income. The Money Launderer might then EXTRACTION
choose to invest the funds into real estate, business ventures & luxury assets, etc.
Depositors Education and
113 “DEAF” account stands for___ (DEAF Account No- 161001006009)
Awareness Fund
The foreign NGOs, which have been put under prior approval category
Ministry of Home Affairs,
114 (PAC) can receive foreign contribution only after taking prior permission
Government of India
from___
115 UAPA Stands for___ Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act
116 GIIN Stands for Global Intermediary Identification Number
117 MLM stands for Multi Level Marketing
118 MLRO stands for Money Laundering Reporting Officer
The decision to open an account for a Politically Exposed Person (PEP) is
119 SMGS-IV
taken by an official not below the grade of __
URL for reporting Online Reporting of instances of detection of
120 https://ccr.statebanktimes.in
counterfeit currency notes by designed officials
“Controlling ownership interest” means ownership of or entitlement to more than ___percent
121 25%
of shares or capital or profits of a company.
122 Branches may open _____ bank account in favor of foreign students studying in India. NRO
For NRO Account: A declaration should be obtained about the local address within a period
123 30 Days
of ____days of opening the account and verify the said local address.
Back to Index
For NRO Account: During the 30 days period, the account may be
operated with a condition of allowing foreign remittances not exceeding
124 USD 1,000
____or equivalent into the account and a cap of monthly withdrawal to
Rs. 50,000/-, pending verification of address.
The maximum permissible balance in SB accounts opened in the single
125 Rs. 10 Lacs.
name of minors is now revised from Rs. 2 Lacs to Rs.____
Maximum amount to be accepted in term deposit of minor in single
name will be restricted to Rupees 2.00 lakh. This ceiling may be
126 Rs. 20 lakh
extended up to Rupees ___where the account of the minor is jointly with
the Guardian.
The AML/CFT department is analyzing alerts generated on the daily
transactions on the basis of 36 IBA recommended red flags & 10 banks
127 Monthly
internal red flags. The department is submitting mandatory CTR, NTR &
CBWT Reports to FIU-IND on ____basis
AML/CFT Monitors of Cash Transactions of Rs. _______(including
128 those which are integrally connected) and generating reports thereon Rs. 10 lac and above
along with BGL accounts also.
AML/CFT Monitors of Cross Border Wire Transfers of the value of more
129 Rs. 5 lacs or its equivalent
than Rupees _____in foreign currency and generating reports thereon.
AML/CFT Monitors of Cash Transactions involving receipts by Non-
130 Profit Organizations of value more that rupees _____or its equivalent in Rs. 10 lacs or its equivalent
foreign currency and generating reports thereon.
131 AML/CFT reviews Customers Risk Categorization (CRC) on ___ basis. Half-Yearly (RBI Guidelines)
Preserving records in respect of TRANSACTIONS for a period of 5 years
from the date of transactions, and for a period of ___ years after the
132 5 Years
CESSATION of RELATIONSHIP with the clients, in respect of account
opening forms and KYC documents.
133 __has been nominated as Designated Director for AML/CFT, in the SBI. Managing Director
134 In our Bank, ___has been designated as the Principal Officer of the Bank. General Manager (AML/CFT)
The Principal Officer may delegate the function of filing
STRs/CTRs/CCRs/NTRs/ Report on Cross Border Wire Transfers to
135 Deputy General Manager.
FIU-IND to one or more Alternate Principal Officers who shall not be
below the grade of _______.
136 Smurfing, Layering and Integration are three types of_____ Money Laundering Activity
Individuals with total deposits of Rs.1.50 Crores or more are categorised
137 High Risk
as___ risk customers.
Cash withdrawals and deposits for Rs. ______and above in deposit, cash
138 credit or overdraft accounts to be recorded in a separate register and Rs.10.00 lacs & Above
reported to Controlling office every month
All instances of detection of counterfeit currency notes reported to RBI /
Police authorities, are required to be reported to FIU-ND as Counterfeit
139 CGM (BOD)
Currency Reports (CCRs) on the prescribed format, through____, every
month by the 15th of the succeeding month.
Suspicious Transaction Report (STR)” to the FIU-IND through _____of
140 the Bank, (designated authority under PML Act) within 07 days of Principal Officer (AML/CFT)
arriving at decision about suspicious nature of such transactions
Name the STR type, which is based on alerts or information received
141 Subjective STR
from Branches / staff / Media Report/ Law enforcement Agencies etc.
Qns: Is there any adverse consequence of non-reporting such suspicious transactions by the staff ?
Ans: Yes, employees who fail to comply with the obligations of reporting of suspicious transactions under
142
provisions of PML Act, will be personally liable to fines from Rs. 10000/- to Rs. 1.00 Lac for each failure
under Section 13 (2) of the Prevention of Money Laundering (Amendment) Act, 2012
Politically exposed persons are individuals who are / have been entrusted with prominent public
position in a foreign country, e.g. Heads of states or of Governments, senior politicians, senior
143
government/judicial/military officers, senior executives of state owned corporations, important political
party officials, etc.
“Money Mules” are third party who are recruited to be used to launder the proceeds of fraud schemes (e.g.,
phishing and identity theft) by criminals who gain illegal access to deposit accounts. In some cases these third
144 parties may be innocent while in others, they may be having complicity with the criminals.
Money mules are also recruited by various methods including spam e-mails, advertisements on genuine
recruitment web sites, social networking sites, instant messaging and advertisements in newspapers.
145 India has been included as member of FATF in Years____. Year 2010
146 AML-CFT policy is applicable to ____ Whole Country including J&K
Back to Index
 Operational Risk,
Non compliance with KYC/AML/CFT standards can lead to use of the
 Reputation Risk,
147 technology channels of the Bank for Money Laundering/financing
 Compliance Risk,
terrorism activities and thus expose the Bank to risks such as ___.
 Legal Risk.
148 Partial Freezing means: Disallowing All Debits
If the accounts are still KYC non-compliant after _____months of
149 imposing initial ‘partial freezing’ all debits and credits from/to the 6 Months
accounts should be disallowed thereby rendering them inoperative.
The competent authority to permit closure of such Inoperative accounts
shall be the Branch Head not below the rank of_____.
150 In all other cases, Asst. General Manager (Region) of the branch/Dy. Senior Management Grade
General Manager (B & O) shall be the competent authority to permit
closure of such accounts.
In case the address mentioned as per ‘proof of address’ undergoes a change, fresh proof of
151 6 Months.
address is to be submitted to the bank within a period of ____ Months.
152 While opening account of Partnership account, COS ___ is taken. COS-37
153 While opening account of HUF account, COS ___ is taken. COS-38
It is observed that the address mentioned as per ‘proof of address has undergone a change,
154 6 Months
Banks shall ensure that fresh proof of address is obtained within a period of ___months
155 Who cannot open Current Account ? Minor, Illiterate & Purdanashin Lady
Central Vigilance Commission (CVC) has announced the theme of
156 My Vision- Corruption free India
current year as___
157 “1988 Sanctions List” & “Al-Qaida Sanction List” are issued by_ United Nations Security Council
While establishing a relationship with a customer, i.e. opening an account or making certain transaction,
e.g. cash transaction exceeding Rs. 50,000/-, a physical copy of the OVD, duly signed by the
158
customer, containing details of Identity and address, as specified in our e-circular dated 23rd October, 2017,
should be obtained
The Passport
The Driving Licence
The Voter's Identity Card issued by Election Commission of India,
Job card issued by NREGA duly signed by an officer of the State
159 Besides Aadhar & PAN, 5 OVDs are
Government,
The letter issued by the National Population Register containing
details of name, address, or any other document as notified by
the Central Government in consultation with the Regulator.
Copy PPOs (Pension Payment Order)
The Central Govt. has given some relaxation in case of
Property/Municipal tax receipt;
officially valid document furnished by the customer also does
Utility Bills
160 not contain updated address, the following documents shall be
Letter of allotment of accommodation
deemed to be officially valid documents for the limited purpose
from employer issued by any Statutory
of proof of address
Body / Govt.
Deemed Official Vaid Document are accepted provided that the customer shall submit
161 updated officially valid document with current address within a period of 3 (Three) Months
___months of submitting the above deemed “officially valid documents”
Utility bill which is not more than ___months old of any service provider
162 2 Months
(electricity, telephone, post-paid mobile phone, piped gas, water bill)
While establishing a relationship with a customer, i.e. opening an account or making certain transaction,
e.g. cash transaction exceeding Rs. 50,000/-, a physical copy of the OVD, duly signed by the
163
customer, containing details of Identity and address, as specified in our e-circular dated 23rd October, 2017,
should be obtained
Money Mules are persons engaged by criminals to hide their route of funding (For Example: a fraudster may
engage an ignorant person to get deposit in his account and later give that money to fraudster.)
164
Money Mules can also work outside banking channel and may use Hawala System to transfer funds within
country or even outside country.
Office of Foreign Control Assets (OFAC) is different from FATCA. OFAC in only for remittance to US while
165 FATCA is for any financial asset outside US, in any country where tax is liable to pay in US. If a remittance is
found “positive” for OFAC, the remittance is referred to originating branch.
Non FATCA Compliant countries are subject to 30% with-holding tax on payment from and to US Person (by US
Authorities).
Quantum wise only a few accounts will be FATCA Reportable, because as on quarterly cut-off date (quarter ending)
accounts of individual with balance USD 50,000 and Entity with balance USD 2,50,000 are FATCA Eligible accounts.
BMs are designated as RM (Relationship Managers) in the context of FATCA/CRS. Responsibility to identify an
account FATCA/CRS Reportable or Non-Reportable has been assigned to BMs
CBDT (Central Board of Direct Taxes) is nodal agency for FATCA/CRS Reporting in India
CBDT will share the data with US Treasury IRS (Internal Revenue Service).
Back to Index
Safe Deposit Locker
Lessor & Lessee/
01 Relation between Banker and Customer in case of- LOCKER
Licensor & Licensee
Relation between Banker and Customer in case of- Safe Custody of
02 Bailee & Bailor
Articles
Safe Custody A/c in the name of Minor can be opened only in respect of
03 TDR of our Bank
keeping-
04 Safe Custody/ Security are balanced once in ____ Half Year
Life Insurance Policies accepted as security for advance should be
05 Miscellaneous Security Register
entered in
 A locker can also be rented out to a Non-Resident
 Locker can be allotted in the name of blind/visually impaired
person(s), literate or illiterate, single or joint operation with
other person permitted.
 Locker cannot be allotted to a minor neither as a single nor a joint
account with other.
With respect to Safe Deposit Lockers,
06  Power of Attorney holder can operate the Locker but cannot
All statements are true-
surrender the locker.
 Lockers to be allotted on first come first serve basis
 80% of the lockers to be issued on First come first basis whereas
20% may be issued as per BM’s discretion.
 Nomination is not available in case of joint accounts with
survivorship benefit.
07 Excessive or illegal interest rate is called___ Usury
08 The box containing duplicate keys of nearby branch will be entered in Safe Deposit Register
The STDR taken from the locker hirers at the time of allotment of locker
09 Safe Custody
should be kept in__ (STDR of Rs. Equal to 3 years’ Rent)
Search warrant for Locker issued by In-come Tax Department should
10 Commissioner of Income Tax
bear Signature of official not below the rank of___
11 Scrips accepted under Safe Custody are entered in____ Safe Custody Ledger
12 Responsibility of Banker in Safe Deposit article is described in Indian Contract Act
13 For Cancellation of Nomination of Safety Locker, Form ___ will be used SL-2
Relationship of the Banker and the hirer in case of lockers –Licensor &
14 COS 404
licensee, established by stamped agreement___.
In CBS, Cabinet creation and Locker creation can be done only by
15 User Type-40, 45, 50 or 60
officers with user type of_____. This is a one-time activity.
For doing surrender of Locker, customer has to tender the notice at least
16 7 days
of ______ days ?
If High risk customer is not operating the locker for ___ year(s) and
17 1 Year
above, bank can proceed further to break open it?
If Medium risk customer is not operating the locker for ___ year(s) and
18 3 years
above, bank can proceed further to break open it?
19 Bearer Bonds are kept under ____ custody? Joint Custody
4 types (Gold, TDR/STDR,
20 In Safe custody, there can be ___ types of collateral, name them?
Shares & Paper based securities)
21 How many variants of lockers are present in our Bank? 4 Variant
22 How many types/sizes of lockers are present in our Bank? 11 Sizes
23 A locker holder can operate his locker free of cost __ in year. 12 Times
24 SDV (Safe Deposit Vault) account consists of ___ digit. 11 Digit
25 Annual rent for Locker due on (In CBS)___ 02nd April Every Year
When locker is sealed by Income Tax department, rent will be recovered
26 Customer
from____
27 Locker rent is credited in BGL Head____ 98324
28 If a scrip is withdrawn for renewal, it is entered in___ Securities Ex-Custody Register
For locker hiring, if customers are in wait-list and If any hirer vacates a
locker or the branch acquires a new locker cabinet, the allotment of
29 locker should be as per the order of wait list maintained at the branch. A At least 15 days
written communication should be sent to the applicant's address by
registered post giving him sufficient time, say, ___to acquire the locker.
Back to Index
Gold ornaments of deceased borrower pending their settlement will have
30 Safe Deposit Articles
to be kept in___
Safe custody receipt in respect of branch duplicate keys is kept in the
31 Branch Manager
Sole custody of the____ in his hand safe.
The Bank has ________ type of lien & can recover the arrears in rent by
32 Particular Lien
sale of the contents after giving adequate notice..
33 Nomination: For nomination in Safe Custody accounts Sec.45 ZC of BR Act 1949
34 Nomination: For nomination in Safe Deposit Locker accounts. Sec.45 ZE of BR Act 1949
Nomination can be done in favour of one person only. However,
35 nomination in favour of more than one person is permissible in jointly Up to 2 persons
operated locker accounts with common consent.
In case of locker remains un-operated for more than ___year, the branch
36 has the right to cancel the allotment of the locker and open the locker ONE Year
even if the rent is paid regularly.
37 The safe custody or safe deposit transactions are governed by ___ Indian Contract Act.
When shares are deposited for safe custody only the distinctive number and the number of shares will be
38
noted the value of shares will not be entered.
39 The scripts are held in the strong room / fireproof safe in the single custody of the branch manager.
The Government Security is a bearer bond it has to be held in the joint custody of the manager (cash) and
40
branch manager. Bearer bonds like Kisan Vikas Patra are to be kept in the joint custody.
Memorandum of securities can be issued in respect of both security and safe custody account where is safe
41
custody receipt is issued only in respect of safe custody account.
If government securities are sent by post they must be sent by registered and insured post and a single
42
package cannot contain securities of face value exceeding Rupees 1 lakh.
In the case of joint account i.e. either or survivor the locker can be surrendered and the account closed by
43
both of them only.
44 The seal affixed on the packet of the duplicate keys of the branch is branch metallic seal.
Your branch has a locker account in the joint names of ‘X’ and ‘Y’ to be operated as ‘either or Survivor’.
45 You receive information of death of ‘Y’. In this event-
Ans: X can operate the locker.
A authorizes B for operating his locker. B approaches the bank for surrender there of. How would you
46 react?:-
Ans: B cannot surrender Locker.
Locker should be broken open in the presence of:- Locker hirer and committee consisting two
47
independent witnesses & branch officials.
‘A’ and his wife ‘B’ have hired a locker in joint names; ‘A’ is residing abroad. ‘B’ informs about loss of
key of the locker and asks for breaking it open. What should be your course of action?:
48 Ans: For intimating the bank regarding loss of key, all hirers should sign the letter. However, at
the time of breaking open of locker all the joint account holders should be present or
authorize one or more of them to be present
When a hirer surrenders a locker, the surrendered locker-
49 Ans: After interchanging the lock of the locker with any other empty locker, it can be allotted to
any new hirer
A and his wife B are having locker with ‘either or survivor’ clause. A informs that his wife has gone insane
50 and requests the bank not to allow her to operate the locker. The operation will be allowed—
Ans: Only joint operations here after
What would be the course of action in case of loss of safe custody receipt by the customer-
51
Ans: The bank can issue a duplicate upon obtaining indemnity bond.
A customer keeps NSCs in the name of his minor son in safe custody with the bank. Immediately after
attaining majority the son approaches the bank with a request that the certificates be delivered to him as he
52
is major now, in this event-
Ans: Bank will deliver to him after obtaining proper introduction and discharge
Articles left in safe custody cannot be delivered on the basis of a succession certificate because-
53 Ans: These are not included in debt and securities as defined under Indian Succession act,
1925
‘A’, while keeping a sealed packet in safe custody gives instruction to the bank that the packet should be
54 delivered to ‘B’ after his death. In this event—
Ans : Bank Should not accept the packet
Mr. X approaches your branch to deposit as safe custody his term deposit receipt (issued by other bank),
55 how would you react?
Ans: It can be accepted in normal course
Back to Index
Settlement of Claim of Deceased Constituents
As per Section ___ of Indian Evidence Act-1872, presumption of death
01 can be raised only after a lapse of 7 years from the date of his/her Section 108
reporting as lost.
For Amount upto Rs. 1.00 Lacs will be entertained without insisting for
02 valid death certificate. All such claims in respect of missing person, One year
reported missing for a minimum period of ___ year shall be settled.
03 Letter of Administration & Probate are valid in whole India if issued by High Court
04 Letter of Administration & Probate are valid in State only if issued by District Court
Letter of Administration & Probate if issued by District Court of Rs.
05 Less than Rs. 10000/-
_______are valid in whole country.
The Administrator General attached to a High Court is entitled to grant a
06 Certificate (which is equivalent to a Succession Certificate) where the Rs. 50, 000/-
amount of the deposit does not exceed Rs.____.
____ is issued by the court when no WILL available / name of executer
07 LETTER Of ADMINISTRATION
not available in WILL / executor is died or insane.
When a person dies without leaving behind a will, a person appointed by
08 An ADMINISTRATOR
court to manage his estate is called____
When a foreigner dies, leaving assets in India, but having named a
person not residing in India as the executor in his will, legal
09 representation will have to be obtained first in the foreigner‟s country ATTORNEY ADMINISTRATOR
and on the strength of which letter of administration has to be obtained
in India, is called ________.
10 ____ is issued by the Court on the WILL of the Deceased. PROBATE
11 A person who dies without WILL is called___ INTESTATE
12 A person who dies by leaving WILL behind, is called___ TESTATE
13 The person who makes a Will is called___ TESTATOR
14 The person who inherits property under a Will is LEGATEE
A person is said to be “______” of another if the two are related by
15 AGNATE
blood or adoption wholly through males.
One is a “______” of another, if the two are related by blood or
16 COGNATE
adoption, but not wholly through males.
The document that alters, adds or explains a will (i.e. amendment in a
17 CODICIL
will or a supplementary will) is called___
A person who is named in the will of a deceased person to manage his
18 EXECUTOR
Estate is called____
19 Testamentary Guardian is appointed by___ WILL
A _____is a will that is handwritten and signed by the testator (the
20 Holographic Will
person who makes the will).
The term “Will” is defined under Section______ of The Indian
21 Section: 2(h)
Succession Act, 1925.
A Will is compulsorily required to be attested by ___ attesting witnesses
22 2 (Two)
who are not beneficiaries under the Will.
A Muslim cannot dispose of the property by Will more than ____ of his
23 1/3rd of property
property,
24 Nomination made by an illiterate customer is to be witnessed by___ Two Persons
A “Will “ is valid only if it is attested or witnessed by ____ (No Stamp
25 2 or More Witnesses
duty/registration is required).
The Death certificate should be recorded in the Branch_____which is
26 Sundry Documents Register
part of the Branch Documents Register.
Recording of the documents obtained in the branch record etc. _____for
27 the Deceased Constituent Assets Accounts which is a part of the Branch Claim Settled Register
Document Register.
When a person other than the surviving depositor makes a representation
28 to the Bank stating he/ she is the legal heir of the deceased, and that the Rival Claims
deposits should be paid to him/ her only, and not the survivor is called__
Intestate Succession Primary Heirs of a Male Hindu dying intestate 1st- Wife
under Hindu Law:- (Sequence of Primary Heir). The FATHER of the 2nd- Son(s)
29
deceased is a SECOND-CLASS heir under HINDU LAW and will be 3rd- Daughter(s)
entitled to claim only in the absence of the primary heirs. 4th- Mother
Back to Index
st
1 - Wife / Wives
2nd- Son(s)
The primary heirs under Muslim Law in cases where the deceased was a rd
30 3 - Daughter(s)
male are: (In case of Muslim, Father has rights before Mother)
4th- Father
5th- Mother
1st- Father
Natural Guardians in case of Muslims- Natural Guardian in case of nd
31 2 - In absence of Father, the
Muslims are
Grandfather
Although _____ is not the natural guardian of the child under Muslim
32 law, but she has a right to the custody of the child, till the child attains a Mother
specific age.
33 Natural Guardians under Hindu Law- in case of minor married women Husband
Only Father and in absence of
34 Natural Guardians under Muslim Law- in case of minor married women.
father, Father’s father
35 Who can be guardian in case of Insane person ? Close Blood Relative Only
Father of a Minor is sentenced to jail for a criminal offence. Who will be
36 Father
his guardian?
By an amendment to the Indian Majority Act, the minor attains majority
37 Now 18 years
at what age when guardian has been appointed by the court___
38 Hindu Succession Act is applicable not only to Hindus but also to_____, Sikhs, Jain and Buddhists.
Under Muslim (Shia) Law, only Muslim person can be appointed as
39 Testamentary Guardians
guardian of a minor under a will is called_____
The appointment of guardian by court is governed by the _____ Act
40 Guardianship & Wards Act, 1890
which is applicable to all the Indians irrespective of their religion.
Mother- under HANAFI School, mother is Quardian of her minor till he attains age of 7 years and of her
41 daughter till she reaches puberty. Under SHIA School, mother is guardian of her son till he attains the age of 2
years and of her daughter till she attains the age of 7 years.
A Succession Certificate is a legal representation, which is granted only
42 Debts & Securities
in respect of___, and when the deceased has not left any Will.
43 A succession certificate is issued in respect of _____ Debt & Securities due to deceased
For a deposit account in the name of a minor, who can make the The natural guardian or legal
44
nomination guardian
AFFIDAVIT: On COS _____ duly stamped and sworn by two
respectable persons, not related to the deceased, or to the claimants and
45 COS_539
not having any interest in the claim, before a Notary public (Applicable
upon only above Rs. 5.00 Lacs).
LETTER OF INDEMNITY: On COS____ Purpose is to indemnify Bank
against any future loss. To be executed duly stamped by the claimant(s)
46 COS_540
jointly with surety(ies), good for the amount involved. The surety(ies)
should be persons other than those who have sworn the Affidavit.
Bank will settle the claims in respect of deceased depositors and release
payments to survivor(s) / nominee in case of accounts with survivor /
nominee within a period not exceeding _____from the date of receipt of
47 15 Days
the claim subject to the production of proof of death of the depositor and
suitable identification of the claimant(s) to the member bank's
satisfaction.
In the case of accounts of the deceased without survivor / nominee
48 clause the claim should be settled within _____from the date on which One Month
the requisite documents have been submitted.
49 Sureties not needed in disposal of deceased account for amount upto___ Rs. 5.00 Lacs
50 Affidavit not needed in disposal of deceased account for amount upto_ Rs. 5.00 Lacs
While settling the claim of the deceased account to the nominee,
51 signatures of ____witnesses of good standing and integrity who are 2 (Two) Witnesses
acceptable to the Bank should also be obtained on the application.
Acknowledgement by the claimant on Standard Receipt with noting of More than Rs.5000/-
52 Banker’s Cheque Number and one witness on revenue stamp if the
(Upto Rs. 5000, No revenue Stamp)
settlement amount is ___.
No delegation of powers, recommendation, sanction and control is
53 Nomination
requiring for settlement against accounts having____.
54 For creation of Nomination in deposit account, Nomination form ___ is taken. Form DA1
55 For cancellation of Nomination in deposit account, Nomination form ___ is taken. Form DA2
56 For change/variation of Nomination in deposit account, Nomination form ___ is taken. Form DA3
Back to Index
Legal Aspects of Banking & Information related to Various Acts
Complaint under COPRA must be lodged within __ from the date of
01 2 Years
incident.
Imprisonment under COPRA for non compliance of order is___
02 From 1 Month to 3 Years
(As per The Consumer Protection Bill, 2015, Para 79(1))
Fine under COPRA for non compliance of order is___
03 Min- Rs. 10000/- Max-50000/-
(As per The Consumer Protection Bill, 2015, Para 79(1))
Application filed before COPRA shall be disposed-off within 3 months
04 5 Months
(i.e. 90 Days) but in case of testing of goods it is ____.
Under COPRA: Section 12 has been modified by stating that every
complaint should be filed along with the prescribed fee so that the
05 21 days
district forum will decide whether to admit or reject the complaint within
_____from the date of receipt of the complaint.
06 Lok Adalat deals case upto Rs.___ Rs. 20 Lacs
07 District Forum deals case upto Rs.___ (Consists of 3 Members) Rs. 20 Lacs
08 State Commission deals case upto Rs.___ (Consists of 3 Members) Above Rs. 20 Lacs up to Rs.1 cr.
09 National Commission deals case of Rs.___ (Consists of 5 Members) Above Rs. 1.00 Crore
In case of the Forum/Council decides that the complaint is frivolous, the
10 complainant may be directed to pay to the opposite party such cost Not exceeding Rs 10,000/-
_____as may be specified in the order.
Non-Compliance of Decision can make fine from Rs ____ to Rs. ____or
11 Rs. 2,000 to Rs 10,000
Imprisonment of 1 month to 3 years – or both
12 Appeal against the order of District Forum can be made before__ State Commission
13 Appeal against the order of State Commission can be made before__ National Commission
14 Appeal against the order of National Commission can be made before__ Supreme Court
District Forum, State Commission
15 Under COPRA cases are dealt by___ as per the amount limit.
& National Commission
16 Ombudsmen may award up to Rs. ___ Maximum Rs. 20.00 Lacs
17 Ombudsmen may award up to Rs. ___ in case of Credit Card. Maximum Rs. 1.00 Lacs
Compensation not exceeding rupees _____can also be awarded by the
Banking Ombudsman to the complainant for loss of time, expenses
18 Rs. 1.00 Lacs
incurred as also, harassment and mental anguish suffered by the
complainant.
RBI announced the ‘Banking Ombudsman Scheme, 1995’ on ____
19 14th June 1995
under powers conferred by section 35(A) of Banking Regulation Act.
20 Ombudsman appointed under Section____ of Banking Regulation Act. Section-35A
21 Banking Ombudsman scheme is applicable in ____ Whole India including J&K
Any party can file appeal within ___ days on receiving award or the
22 30 Days
Ombudsman rejecting his complaint to Appellate Authority.
23 Appellate Authority, in case of Banking Ombudsman is____ Deputy Governor of RBI
The Reserve Bank may appoint one or more of its officers in the rank of
24 CGM or GM
______to be known as Banking Ombudsmen
The appointment of Banking Ombudsman under the above Clause may
25 3 Years
be made for a period not exceeding ____years at a time.
The Banking Ombudsman shall send to the Governor, Reserve Bank, a
26 Report, as on ____every year, containing a general review of the 30th June
activities of his Office during the preceding financial year.
Under the amended Scheme (Banking Ombudsman), a customer would
Mobile Banking / Electronic
27 also be able to lodge a complaint against the bank for its non-adherence
Banking
to RBI instructions with regard to ___________services in India.
Banking Ombudsman: An award shall lapse and be of no effect unless
the complainant furnishes to the bank concerned within a period of
28 30 Days
_______ days from the date of receipt of copy of the Award, a letter of
acceptance of the Award in full and final settlement of his claim.
Banking Ombudsman: Party to the complaint aggrieved by an Award
or rejection of a complaint, may appeal before the Appellate Authority
29 30 Days
within ___ days of the date of receipt of communication of Award or
rejection of complaint
30 SARFAESI came into force on___ 21.08.2002
31 Hypothecation is defined under Section__ of SARFAESI 2002 Section- 2(n) of SARFAESI 2002
32 Expand SARFAESI. Securitisation, Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest
Back to Index
33 Notice under Section 13(2) of SARFAESI 2002, relates to Demand Notice
34 Notice under Section 13(4) of SARFAESI 2002, relates to Possession Notice
35 Possession Notice (U/S 13(4) may be served but not less than__ days. 60 days
Under SARFAESI, time limit for reply from Secured Creditors to the
36 15 Days
representation of borrower or guarantor is extended to ___ days.
 for NPA with outstanding above Rs. 1.00 lac
 NPA Accounts where the amount is at least
20% of the principal and interest.
Conditions for the case being applicable under
37  NPA Account should be backed by Securities
SARFAESI Act 2002, are___
charged to the Bank by way of Hypothecation
or Mortgage or Assignment.
 Pledge, Lien, Lease are NOT applicable.
38 Sale Notice (Every Time) under SARFAESI, should not be less than__ 15 Days
If a loan is covered under the facility of Consortium banking, for
issuing a possession notice under section 13(4) of SARFAESI Act, 2002,
39 60% or above
the secured creditor having ___% or more shares in security has rights to
issue the said notice.
In BIFR Cases; for issuing a possession notice under section 13(4) of
40 SARFAESI Act, 2002, the secured creditor having ___% or more shares 75% or above
in security has rights to issue the said notice.
SARFAESI: on every sale of immovable property, the purchaser shall on
41 the same day or not later than next working day, pay a deposit of __% of 25%
the amount of sale price, inclusive of earnest money, if any, deposited.
SARFAESI: Purchaser shall pay the balance amount (75% of sale
consideration) to the authorised officer on or before 15th day of
42 confirmation of sal”E or S”uch extended period as may be agreed 3 Months
between the purchaser and secured creditor, but subject to within___
months from the date of confirmation of sale.
No sale of immovable property under these rules shall take place before
43 the expiry of _____ days from the date on which the public notice of sale 30 days
is published in newspaper
Proceeds of sale under SARFAESI: If after meeting the cost of
removing encumbrances and contingencies there is any surplus available
44 15 Days
out of money deposited by the purchaser that surplus shall be paid to the
purchaser within ____days from the date of finalisation of the sale.
Before proceeding for seizure of vehicle under SARFAESI, a notice
1st Notice-15 days &
45 should be served not less than ___ days followed by another notice of
another notice -10 days
___ days.
46 DRT is applicable in case of debts/claims outstanding amounting to ___ Rs.10 lacs or More,
Application filed before DRT shall be disposed-off as early as possible
47 180 days
but not later than ___
48 Age of Chairman of DRT & DRAT (For Banking) revised to ____ DRT-65 Years; DRAT-70 Years
49 Borrower can proceed to DRT against possession notice. 45
For making an appeal against order of DRT/DRAT time limit is revised
50 30 Days
to ___ days from receiving of order.
To make appeal, __% of the order (subject to max-25000/35000/50000
51 depending on the appeal being made to State Commission/National 50%
Commission/Supreme Court respectively has to be deposited.
Time limit for disposing off applications under RTI, if it is in normal
52 30 Days
course.
Time limit for disposing off applications under RTI, if it concerns the
53 48 Hours
life or liberty of a person
Time limit for disposing off applications under RTI, if the application is
54 5 days additional to above.
received through CAPIO (Central Assistant Public Information Officers)
55 Who is CPIO & CAPIO RM as CPIO & BM as CAPIO
56 Information sought from RBO, who is CAPIO in RBO? CM Admin
57 Expand CPIO . Central Public Information Officers
58 Appellate Authority in case of RTI for branches is___ GM (Network)
59 Fee for RTI is Rs.10/- but people_____ is exempted from fee. People of below poverty line Only
60 Under RTI Act 2005, exemption from disclosure is defined in__ Section 8 & 9
61 All PSB to maintain records in respect of RTI up to ____ 20 years
Back to Index
62 RTI fee Rs 10/- collected from the customers in cash, is to be credited to P&T charges recovered A/C
63 RTI – QM & TS stands for RTI Query Management and Tracking System
64 RTI Act 2005 extends to the_____. Whole of India except J&K
The Chief Information Commissioner shall be appointed for the period 5 Years or up to 65 years of age,
65
of _____years and shall not be eligible for reappointment. whichever is earlier.
Where the Information Commissioner is appointed as the Chief
Information Commissioner, his term of office shall not be more than
66 5 Years
____years in aggregate as the Information Commissioner and the Chief
Information Commissioner.
Under RTI: Any person who does not receive a decision within the time
or aggrieved by a decision of CPIO, may appeal to the appellate
67 30 Days
authority within ___days from the expiry of such period or from the
Receipt of such a decision.
68 Appellate Authority in case of RTI in our Bank is ____ General Manager
Under RTI: The appellate authority of the public authority shall dispose
69 of the appeal within a period of 30 days or in exceptional cases within 45 Days
___days of the receipt of the appeal
Under RTI: If the first appellate authority fails to pass an order on the
appeal within the prescribed period or if the appellant is not satisfied
with the order of the first appellate authority, he may prefer a second
70 90 Days
appeal with the Central Information Commission within _____days
from the date on which the decision should have been made by the first
appellate authority or was actually received by the appellant.
The information seeker under RTI Act 2005 is not required to give
71 TRUE
reasons for seeking Information.
If CPIO has refused to receive the application or has not furnished the
information within the time specified in this regard, will be liable for
72 penalty of Rs. 250/- per day till application received or information Rs. 25000/-
furnished, so however, the total amount of such penalty shall not exceed
Rs. ____.
Minor cannot enter into any contract as per Section__ of Indian Contract
73 Section-11
Act 1872.
74 Consent is defined under Section__ of Indian Contract Act 1872. Section-13
75 Free Consent is defined under Section__ of Indian Contract Act 1872. Section-14
76 Coercion is defined under Section__ of Indian Contract Act 1872. Section-15
Under Influence is defined under Section__ of Indian Contract Act
77 Section-16
1872.
78 Fraud is defined under Section__ of Indian Contract Act 1872. Section-17
79 Misrepresentation is defined under Sec__ of Indian Contract Act 1872. Section-18
80 An Agreement without consideration is void, is defined in___ Section-25, ICA-1872
Contingent contract is defined under Section__ of Indian Contract Act
81 Section-31
1872
Clayton’s Rules defines____, when several debts are owned.
82 Appropriation of Payments
(Under Sec-59 to 61 of Indian Contract Act 1872)
As per Section ___ of Indian Contract Act 1872; a Quasi Contract
83 means Loans to minor to meet necessaries of life are binding on the Section-68
minor’s estate.
84 Indemnity is defined under Section__ of Indian Contract Act 1872 Section-124
85 Guarantee is defined under Section__ of Indian Contract Act 1872 Section-126
Guarantor’s liability is co-extensive with that of borrower is defined as
86 Section-128
per section _____ ICA (Indian Contract Act) 1872
87 Bailment, Bailor & Bailee have been defined under ___ Section-148 of ICA-1872
88 Lien is defined under Section__ of Indian Contract Act 1872 Section-171

(Particular Lien-170 & General Lien-171)
89 Pledge is defined under Section__ of Indian Contract Act 1872 Section-172
90 Agent & Principal is defined in Indian Contract Act 1872 under__ Section-182
Actionable Claim & Immovable Property is defined u/s ___ of Transfer of
91 Section-3
Property Act 1882
92 Transfer of Property is defined u/s ___ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 Section-5
Back to Index
93 “Oral Transfer” is defined u/s ___ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 Section-9
94 Fraudulent Transfer is defined u/s ___ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 Section-53
95 “Sale” is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 Section-54
96 Mortgage is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 Section-58(a)
Equitable Mortgage or Mortgage by Deposit of Title Deeds is defined under
97 Section-58(f)
Section__ of Transfer of Property Act 1882.
Registration of Charge is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Property Act 1882
98 Section-100
(Not defined in Company Act)
99 Lease is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 Section-105
100 Duration of Lease is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 Section-106
101 Exchange is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 Section-118
102 Exchange of Money is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 Section-119
103 Gift is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 Section-122
Transfer of Actionable Claim is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Property
104 Section-130
Act 1882
Liability of transferee of actionable claim is defined under Section__ of Transfer
105 Section-132
of Property Act 1882
106 As per Indian Stamp Act-1899,Under stamping penalty is___ Min- Rs. 5/- & Max- Rs. 500/-
107 Relation between Banker and Customer in case of- MORTGAGE Mortgagee & Mortgagor
Relation between Banker and Customer in case of- Cheques deposited
108 Trustee & Beneficiary
pending Instructions for disposal thereof.
Relation between Banker and Customer in case of- Collection of
109 Agent & Principal
Cheques
Relation between Banker and Customer in case of- Standing
Instructions
Relation between Banker and Customer in case of- Providing Various
Services to non Account Holders
Relation between Banker and Customer in case of-Issuing / Purchase of
112 Debtor & Creditor
Draft by purchaser
Relation between Banker and Customer in case of- Payee of Drafts at
113 Trustee & Beneficiary
Paying Branch
Relation between Banker and Customer in case of- Financial Planning
114 Advisor & Client
Services
As per Section___ of Limitation Act 1963, Payment/deposit of any
115 amount by the borrower himself by a signed voucher extends limitation Section-19, Limitation Act 1963
period further by 3 years
In case of Mortgage, letter of acknowledgement of debts should be
116 3 years
obtained every ___ till validity of martgage.
In case of dishonor of cheque, for filling civil suit the limitation period is
117 ___ from the date of dishonor. For criminal proceedings under section 3 years
142 of NI Act 1881, it should be initiated within 1 month.
118 Limitation Period in case of Garnishee Order is__ 12 Years
119 Limitation Period in case of Attachment Order is___ 30 Years
120 Limitation Period in case of Mortgage is___ 12 Years
121 Limitation Period in case of Hypothecation is ___ 3 years
122 Limitation Period in case of Bills of Exchange / Promissory Note is ___ 3 years
123 Limitation period of Usance bill is___ 3 years from due date
124 Limitation Period in case of Deposit is ___ 3 Years from Demand
125 Negotiable Instrument Act 1881 applies to whole country as per Sec. Section-1
126 Promissory Note is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-4
127 Bills of exchange is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-5
128 Cheque is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-6
129 Drawer, Drawee & Payee are defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-7
130 Holder is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-8
131 Holder in Due Course is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-9
Back to Index
132 Payment in Due Course is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-10
133 Inland Bill is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-11
134 Foreign Bill is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-12
135 Negotiable Instrument is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-13
136 Negotiation is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-14
137 Endorsement is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-15
138 Endorsement “in blank” and “in full”-“endorsee” defines in Sec- Section-16
139 Ambiguous instruments is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-17
140 Amount Differ (Words & Figures) is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-18
141 Instruments payable on demand is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-19
142 Inchoate (Incomplete) Instrument is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-20
Due date Calculation i.e. Maturity (grace period of 3 days in case of Bills of
143 Section-22
Exchange). Is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881.
Due date Calculation (Impossible date like 30 February) is defined under sec.__
144 Section-23
of NI Act 1881.
Due Date Calculation (Bills of Exchange drawn on days) is defined under sec.__
145 Section-24
of NI Act 1881.
146 Public Holiday is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-25
As per section__ of NI Act 1881, Minor can draw, endorse, deliver, & negotiate
147 Section-26
the instruments but without binding himself.
148 Agency is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-27
149 Liabilities of Drawer is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-30
Wrongful Dishonor (Liabilities of Drawee/Bank) is defined under sec.__ of NI
150 Section-31
Act 1881.
Liability of drawee/payee under Bills of Exchange is defined under sec.__ of NI
151 Section-32
Act 1881.
152 Liability of Endorser is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-35
Liability of Prior parties to the Holder in due course is defined under sec.__ of
153 Section-36
NI Act 1881.
154 Delivery is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-46
155 Bearer Cheque is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-47
156 Order Cheque is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-48
157 Sans Recourse (Conditional Endorsement) defined in Section__ Section-52
As per sec.__ of NI Act 1881, Bills of exchange must be accepted within 48
158 Section-63
hours (excluding holidays)
159 The Bill should be presented for acceptance within _____ hours of receipt 24 Hours
Instrument presented during business hour can be paid on the same day but if
160 presented after business hour, as per section___ of NI Act a banker will not get Section-65
protection, in case he/she pays the instrument on that day.
161 Payment of Electronic Cheque is defined u/s ___ of NI Act-1881 Section-81
As per sec.__ of NI Act 1881, if no interest rate is mentioned in Promissory
162 Section-82
Note, rate of interest will be @ 18% per annum.
163 As per sec.__ of NI Act 1881, Protection to Paying banker in DRAFT Section-85A
164 As per sec.__ of NI Act , Protection to Paying banker in Order Cheque Section-85(1)
165 As per sec.__ of NI Act, Protection to Paying banker in Bearer Cheque Section-85(2)
166 As per sec.__ of NI Act, Material alteration makes a cheque void. Section-87
As per sec.__ of NI Act, paying banker gets protection when material alteration
167 Section-89
does not appear by naked eyes.
168 Noting is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-99
169 Protesting is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-100
170 General Crossing is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-123
171 Special Crossing is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-124
172 As per section__ of NI Act 1881, Holder may cross the cheque. Section-125
Back to Index
As per section__ of NI Act 1881, Crossing is an instruction to bank to pay in
173 Section-126
account only.
A cheque specially crossed to a bank should be paid only to that bank, is defined
174 Section-127
in section___ of NI Act
Payment in due course of CROSSED CHEQUE is defined under sec.__ of NI
175 Section-128
Act 1881.
176 Not Negotiable Crossing is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-130
Collecting Bankers’ protection in case of crossed cheques is defined under
177 Section-131
sec.__ of NI Act 1881.
178 Insufficient Funds is defined in section___ of NI Act Section-138 to 147
If a cheque is returned unpaid due to insufficient fund, the drawer is liable to be
179 punished with a prison up to 2 Years or with a fine upto twice of cheque amount Section-138
or both (Reason should be quoted as Insufficient Fund)
Under NI Act, Section _____states that every offence punishable under the Act
180 Section-147
shall be compoundable.
Twice the amount of
In the case of dishonor of cheque due to insufficiency of funds the punishment
181 cheque or two year
under Section 138 of N.I. Act is
imprisonment or both
Before filling suit against the drawer of cheque, time of ___ days to be given to
182 15 Days
drawer for payment of cheque.
 The payee or the holder in due course should have issued a notice in writing to the drawer within 30 days
(it was 15 days prior to 2002 amendments) of the receipt of information by him from the bank regarding
the return of the cheque as unpaid.
 After the receipt of the said notice by the payee or the holder in due course, the drawer should have failed
to pay the cheque amount within 15 days of the receipt of the said notice.
183  On non-payment of the amount due on the dishonoured cheque within 15 days of the receipt of the notice
by the drawer, the complaint should have been filed within 30 days from the date of expiry of the grace
time of 15 days, before a Metropolitan Magistrate or not below the rank of a Judicial Magistrate of the
first class.
 Summary trial procedure permitted for imposing punishment up to one year and fine even exceeding Rs
5,000/-.
184 Partners are agent of the firms, is defined in___ Section-18, Partnership Act-1932
Section ______ of the Indian Partnership Act 1932 deals with the
185 Section-19, Partnership Act-1932
implied authority of a partner as an agent of the firm.
186 Section _____ deals with the mode of doing act to bind the firm. Section-22, Partnership Act-1932
Sec-___ defines joint and several liability of the partners for all acts
done while he is a partner.
As per section___ of Partnership Act 1932, A minor can be admitted to
the benefits of a partnership but cannot become a partner.
189 Death, Insolvency etc of a partner dissolve the partnership. Section-42, Partnership Act-1932
190 Registration of a partnership firm is not mandatory, It’s optional. Section-58 Partnership Act-1932
A registered firm can file a suit against others to enforce rights arising
191 from a contract but an unregistered firm cannot. The creditors of an Section-69, Partnership Act-1932
unregistered firm can file a suit against the firm.
192 No. of partners may be up to the maximum of __ (As per Company Act Max- 100 (Minimum no. 2)
2013)
193 Maximum Directors in Public Company is__ 15
194 Minimum Directors in Public & Private Company respectively are ___ 3&2
195 Eligibility age to become Managing Director or Whole Time Director__ 21 years
As per new Company Act 2013, Private Company can have maximum of
196 200 Shareholders / Members
____ members / Shareholders
197 Class action suits can be initiated by ____ against Company & Auditors. Shareholders
Key Managerial Personnel (KMP) may be in Public Company having
198 More than Rs. 10.00 Crore
paid-up capital of Rs. _____.
The _____is charter of a company. Its purpose is to enable the
199 shareholders, creditors and those dealing with the company to know its Memorandum of Association
permitted range of business.
The _____ are rules and regulations governing the internal management
200 Articles of Association
of the company. They define the powers of the officers of the company.
A company owning more than 50 % of share capital in another company
201 or a company which can appoint majority of Directors in another Holding Company
company is called _____.
Back to Index
202 Small Company Paid up Capital is___ Rs. 50 Lacs
203 Garnishee Order is issued under ____ Section-60 of Civil Procedure Code-1908
204 Garnishee Order does not applicable to___ Insolvent, Deceased & Firm
205 Attachment Order is applicable to___ To the Deceased
206 Banking Regulation Act 1949 applies to ___ Whole country including J&K
“Banking” is defined u/s ___ of BR Act-1949 (“Acceptance of deposits
207 Section-5
for lending and investment; and making payments on demand”)
208 Minimum Paid capital & Reserves are prescribed u/s __ of BR Act. Section-11
As per section-17 of BR Act-1949, A Bank should transfer Not less than
209 20%
____% of its annual profit to the reserve fund before declaring dividend.
No banking company shall grant loans/advances on the security of its
210 Section-20 of BR Act 1949
own shares.
211 Maintenance of SLR is defined in Section-24 of BR Act
212 Return of paid cheques to customers is defined in section___ of BR Act. Section-45Z
213 Nomination facility in Deposit, is defined u/s ___of BR Act-1949. Sec- 45ZA
Nomination facility in Safe Deposit Articles/Custody is defined u/s
214 Sec- 45ZC
___of BR Act-1949.
Nomination facility in Safe Deposit Lockers is defined u/s ___of BR
215 Sec- 45ZE
Act-1949.
Duties of Banks : Section ____of Banking Companies (Acquisitions &
Transfer of Undertakings) Act 1970 binds the bank not to disclose the
216 information of the customers except when they are required to do so Section-13 of Banking Companies
under law i.e. giving information to Courts, Income Tax Dept, Police,
and Enforcement Directorate etc.
RBI had been enacted on 06.03.1934 and commenced its operations
217 01.04.1935, Kolkata
w.e.f. ___ & founded in ____
218 RBI was nationalized on _____ & it’s Headquarter is in___ 01.01.1949, Mumbai
The Reserve Bank of India was set up on the basis of the
219 recommendations of the _______on Indian Currency and Finance also Royal Commission
known as the Hilton-Young Commission.
220 Right to issue bank notes, has been defined in section___ Sec-22, RBI Act 1934
221 Demonetization of Notes has been defined in section___ Sec-24, RBI Act 1934
222 Note Refund Rules have been framed u/s ___of RBI Act 1934. Sec-28 & 58(2)
223 No Bank can issue Demand Draft payable as Bearer, u/s ___ Section-31 RBI Act 1934
224 Cash reserve Ratio (CRR) has been defined in ____ Section-42 RBI Act 1934
Section-___ Defines repo, reverse repo, derivative, money market
225 Section-45(U) RBI Act 1934
instruments and securities.
226 SLR Minimum & Maximum ___ ? Mini- Nil; Maximum-40%
227 CRR Minimum & Maximum ___ ? Mini- Nil; Maximum-Nil
228 State Bank of India came into existence on __ & Nationalized on__ 30.04.1955 & 01.07.1955
Imperial Bank of India which became the State Bank of India on the The All India Rural Credit Survey
229
recommendation of ______ Committee (Gorwala Committee)
230 SBI to conduct Govt Business as agent of RBI is defined u/s ___ Sec-32, SBI Act 1955
231 The Bank shall not lend against its own shares, is defined u/s ___ Sec-34 (1)(b), SBI Act 1955
232 Criminals Procedure Code came into existence in ____ year 1973
Charges created in favour of the Bank are registered within a period of
233 30 Days
____ days from the date of creation of charge
The Legal Audit shall be conducted preferably____ months before the 3 Months
234
commencement of RFIA / Credit Audit (Applicable in Above 5 Crore)
If the aggregate of principal of a term deposit and interest is Rs _____ or
235 Rs. 20000/-
more then payment should not be made in cash.
CGTMSE (Credit Guarantee Trust for Micro & Small Enterprises) cover
236 Max- 50 Lacs
applicable to RRBs (Regional Rural Banks) is___
Only those Regional Rural Banks, which have been classified by NABARD under the 'Sustainable Viable' category and
currently viable category with positive networth, are eligible for Guarantee Cover. The Trust shall cover credit facilities (Fund
based and/or Non fund based) extended by select RRB(s) to a single eligible borrower in the Micro and Small Enterprises sector
for credit facility not exceeding Rs. 50 lakh by way of term loan and/or working capital facilities on or after entering into an
agreement with the Trust, without any collateral security and\or third party guarantees.
CGTMSE (Credit Guarantee Trust for Micro & Small Enterprises) cover
237 Max- 200 Lacs
applicable to SCBs (Scheduled Commercial Banks) is___
Cost of CGTMSE up to Rs. ___ is borne by the bank and beyond it will
238 Rs. 50 Lacs
be borne by the customers.
Back to Index
239 In case of ____ Loan, full fee of CGTMSE is borne by customer. Term Loan
Women: Upto Rs. 5.00 Lacs 0.75%
240 CGTMSE Annual Guarantee Fee :
Men: Upto Rs. 5.00 Lacs 1.00%
Women: >Rs.5 lacs to Rs.2 Crore 0.85%
241 CGTMSE Annual Guarantee Fee :
Men: >Rs.5 lacs to Rs.2 Crore 1.00%
242 Fraud cases below Rs 3.00 Crore are to be referred to Local Police / State Police@
243 Fraud cases of Rs 3.00 Crore and above are to be referred to CBI#
244 Fraud above ____ to be reported to CVC. Rs. 1.00 Crore
Notwithstanding the above, the following cases shall be treated as fraud
and reported accordingly:
(i) cases of cash shortage more than Rs.__(including at ATMs) (i) ₹ 10,000/-
245
(ii) cases of cash shortage more than ___if detected by (ii) ₹ 5,000/-
management / auditor/ inspecting officer and not reported on
the day of occurrence by the persons handling cash
#
The Branch will arrange for filing of FIR immediately in all cases where the amount involved is more than Rs.1.00 lac
and committed by outsiders on their own and /or with the connivance of bank staff/officers. The fraud cases where they
have been committed by staff, FIR should be filed in case the amount involved is more than Rs.10000/-.
#
As per circular no. NBG/BOD-FMC/22/2016 – 17 dated 16.07.2016.
For time-line of reporting of fraud case: Please refer circular no- NBG/BOD-FMC/86/2015–16 dated 03.03.2016
Guidelines for Reporting Frauds to Police/CBI:
Agency to whom complaint should
Amount Involved in Fraud Remarks
be lodged
@
Below ₹30 million ( i.e. 3 Crore)
State police If committed by staff
₹10,000/- and above but below ₹ 1.00 Lac.
To the State CID/Economic Offences To be lodged by the Regional
₹ 1.00 Lac and above but below ₹ 3.00 cr.
Wing of the State concerned Head of the bank concerned
#
₹ 3.00 Cr. and above CBI ***********************
All fraud cases of value ____involving bank officials, should be referred to
the Regional Head of the bank, who would scrutinize each case and direct
246 below ₹10,000/-
the bank branch concerned on whether it should be reported to the local
police station for further legal action.
Father of a Minor is sentenced to jail for a criminal offence. Who will be his
247 Father
guardian?
The minor attains majority at what age when guardian has been appointed by
248 Now Amended to 18 years
the court___
Dishonour of electronic funds transfer for insufficiency, etc., of funds in the
249 Section-25
account. It is defined under Section ____ of Payment & settlement Act-2007
250 Customer Service - Implementation of Recommendations by__ Goiporia Committee
___% of the average net profits of the last three financial years are to be
251 2%
mandatorily spent on CSR activities by an Indian company.
252 HPTF stands for High Power Task Force Committee
253 Expand CSR Corporate Social Responsibility
254 Expand OPC One Person Company
The Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention,
255 Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013 ("Sexual Harassment Act") has 23rd April, 2013
been published in the Gazette of India on ____
Physical contact and advances
A demand or request for sexual favours
Sexual Harassment includes any one or more of the
256 following unwelcome acts or behavior (whether directly Making sexually coloured remarks
or by implication) namely: Showing pornography
Any other unwelcome physical, verbal or non-
verbal conduct of sexual nature.
Independent Internal Complaint Committees (ICC) is required to be Corporate Centre, LHOs, Zonal
257
constituted at _____levels. Offices and RBOs Level
Under Sexual Harassment case : The inquiry will be completed within a
258 90 Days
period of___ days.
259 Under Sexual Harassment case, a person can appeal within ___ days. 90 Days
Back to Index
Cases (Under Sexual Harassment) relating to Corporate Centre
260 Establishments within the geographical area of the Circles will be dealt Circle concerned.
with by ICC(s) of the _____
Any aggrieved woman may make, in writing, a complaint of Sexual
261 Harassment at Workplace to the concerned ICC within a period of ____ 3 Months
months from the date of incident.
Under Sexual Harassment case : Where the aggrieved woman is unable to make a complaint on account of her
262 physical or mental incapacity or death or otherwise, her legal heir or such other person as may be prescribed
under law may make a complaint to ICC.
Grant leave to the aggrieved woman (Under Sexual Harassment case) up
263 to a period of ____ months. This will over and above of applicable 3 Months
service rules in this regard.
Under Sexual Harassment case : The inquiry will be completed within a
264 90 Days
period of___ days.
265 Under Sexual Harassment case, a person can appeal within ___ days. 90 Days
Under Whistle Blower Policy: The specific branch and/or employee in
266 SUBJECT
respect of whom disclosure is being made, is called____
267 Designated Officer in case of Branches under Whistle Blower Policy__ DGM (Vigilance) at LHO
Designated Officer in case of Staff posted at Corporate Centre (CC)
268 DGM (Vigilance) at CC
under Whistle Blower Policy__
269 Who is reviewing authority under Whistle Blower Policy ? Chief Vigilance Officer at Corporate Centre.
270 Whistle Blower Policy : The envelope containing the complaint to be sent to the DGM (Vigilance)
To protect the interest of the Whistle Blower for any adverse reporting in
Annual Appraisal/ Performance report, he/she may be given an option to
271 request for a review of his/her Annual Report by the next higher Three (03) months
authority of the Reviewing Authority of his/her Report within ____
after the closure of the relevant financial year ending 31st March.
The process of investigation Under Whistle Blower Policy will be
272 45 Days
completed within ___ days of receipt of the Complaint.
This policy can be changed, modified, rescinded or abrogated at any
time by the Bank. However, the Vigilance Department at Corporate
273 06 Months
Centre will review the Policy on every ____with specific emphasis on
the role and responsibilities of the Designated Officer(s)
Section 31 of the ______prohibits issue of bearer draft as it would
274 virtually tantamount to issue of currency note. It is a punishable offence RBI Act
under section 58(b) of the Act.
Back to Index
General Banking, Cash System & Procedure and Remittances

01 Legal Audit applies on___ Rs. 5 crore and above
02 Stock Audit applies on___ (In Regular Accounts) Rs. 10 crore and above (Annualy)
03 Stock Audit applies on___ (In NPA Accounts) Rs. 5 crore and above (Annualy)
04 Forensic Audit applies on___ Rs. 100 crore and above
05 Credit Audit applies on___ Rs. 10 crore and above
06 Possession of Securinlty in case of- Hypothecation With the Borrower
07 Possession of Security in case of- Assignment With the Bank
08 Possession of Security in case of- Pledge With the Bank
09 Possession of Security in case of- Lien With the Bank
10 Possession of Security in case of- Mortgage With the Debtor
11 Online Fire Safety Audit, once in ____ years 2 Years
12 Online Electrical Safety Audit, once in ____ years 2 Years
13 Online Safety Audit of ATMs, once in __ year 1 year
14 Online Self – Audit by BMs, once in ___ months 6 Months
15 Insurance of Bank‘s own assets is covered by___ National Insurance Co. Ltd.
Indicative Time Norms for various Banking Activities
16 Encashment of Cheques 5 Minutes
17 Receipt of Cash (for 100 pieces of Notes) 3 Minutes
18 (a) Issue of Demand Drafts 10 Minutes
Draft should be issued and couriered the same day
18 (b) Delivery of Demand Draft at the registered address but in no case later than 3 working days from
lodgment of request.
19 Payment of Demand Drafts 8 Minutes
20 Issue of Cheque Books, where branches NOT linked to LCPC 10 Minutes
21 Issue of Cheque Books, where branches linked to LCPC Maximum 7 days
22 Opening of Accounts 10 Minutes
23 Issue of Duplicate Card / PIN 7 Working Days
24 Transfer of Accounts 7 Working Days
Amount withdrawn from Capital gain account should mandatorily be
25 60 Days
utilized within _____ days
26 Obsolete records are to be identified every year on___ 01st January
27 Obsolete records are to be destroyed every year on___ 07th January
28 Expand ICRS INSURANCE CLAIM REPORTING SYSTEM
For how many times a S.B. account can be given OD of Rs. 1000/- (in
29 3 Times
one instance) during a financial year?
And within how many times the same OD (in SB account) should be
30 Within 1 Month
liquidated?
31 Expand PB/RD Account Protested Bill / Recalled Debts
32 In our bank who decides rate of interest in deposit- ALCO
33 What colors are there on Drop-Box? Blue, Red & Yellow
Depositing cheques drawn on this branch
34 Red section in Drop Box denotes-
(Drop Box Hosting Branch)
For depositing all outstation cheques
35 Yellow section in Drop Box denotes-
required to be sent for collection
36 Blue section in Drop Box denotes- Local Clearing Cheques
37 What kinds of cheques should NOT be dropped in Drop Box SBI Card Payment & Govt Cheques
38 Drop Box should be opened at ___ intervals Hourly
Courier Agreement is on record duly entered in ___along with KYC of courier
39 BD Register
representative(s).
40 Branch Document Register & Safe Custody Register to be retained for__ 20 Years
Back to Index
41 Token Register, Govt credit Scrolls are to be retained for__ 8 years
42 Income Tax deduction register to be maintained up to ___ Years. 10 Years
43 Form 15G/15H must be retained for ___ years. 07 Years
Colour of printing on Deposit-Pay in slip for SB / CA / RD / TDR / STDR /
44 Ink-Blue & Paper- White
CC / TL / DL _____
45 Colour of printing on Savings Bank Withdrawal Form___ Ink-Black & Paper- White
46 Colour of printing on Demand draft / Bankers’ Cheque /RTGS / NEFT Form__ Ink-Green & Paper- White
Balance up to Rs.____ in unclaimed deposit may be directly disposed by
47 Rs. 1.00 Lacs
branches.
Total 193 Registers out of which ___ registers for Audit purpose to be
48 72 registers
maintained by the branch.
49 Vouchers are moved to Record Room on __duly entered in Record Register. T+2 basis
50 Total BMMC certificates are___ 73 (Seventy Three)
Periodicity of Submission of BMMC (Branch Manager’s Monthly Certificate:-
36 Certificates to be submitted by Branch Manager on a monthly basis
(Applicable for all branches pan India).
Monthly Basis 17 Trade Finance related Certificates have to be submitted by the Branch
Managers of branches handling Trade Finance business along with the
51 Monthly Certificates above.
9 Certificates are included in this group. These certificates are to be
Quarterly Basis submitted as on 30th June, 30th September, 31st December and 31st March
along with the Monthly Certificates.
11 Certificates are included in this group. These certificates are to be
Half-Yearly Basis submitted as on 30th September and 31st March along with Monthly and
Quarterly Certificates.
Under e-BMMC facility: Archival / Retrieval facility (BMMCs for the
52 60 Months (i.e. 5 years)
previous ___months can be stored / retrieved)
53 BMMC for a particular month has to be submitted by the ____ 10th of following month
54 DRP / BCP is prepared every year in__ (Kept in BD Register) 1st week of January
55 Valuation of Stationary is done on___ 31st January
Death Certificate, Succession Certificate, Letter of Administration, Probate &
56 Sundry Document Register
Court Orders are kept in ____
57 Branch Documents Register consists of ____sections Seven Sections
Important portions of the Trust Deed relevant to the trust account must be
58 Branch Document Register
entered in the___
59 A contract of Insurance is a contract of___ Indemnity
60 Lease deed entered into with the owner of the Bank premises is entered in_ Branch Document Register
Section-80CCD(1B)- Rs.
61 Investment in NPS (New Pension Scheme) is exempted up to Rs. ____
50000/-
Dayabhaga- (West Bengal)
62 HUF- Name the School -
Metakshara- ( Rest India)
Under ___ HUF School The son gets a right by birth in the joint Hindu Family
63 Metakshara
property and can insist on Partition even during the father’s lifetime.
All the persons who acquire interest or rights in the Joint Hindu Family
64 Co-Parceners
property are called _____.
Normal collection period between two Metro Centres/Major A Class Cities for
65 6 & 7 Days
Our BRANCHES ___ Days &with Other Bank’s Branches ___ days
Collection period between one metro and state capital, For Our Branches ___
66 8 & 10 Days
days, & with Other Bank’s Branches ___ days.
Collection period between two centres, For Our Branches ___ days, & with
67 10 & 14 days
Other Bank’s Branches ___ days.
68 Minimum compensation upon delay in collection is Rs. 25/-
69 If the collection is realized beyond ___, it is treated as Abnormal Delay 45 Days
70 If the collection is realized beyond ___, it is treated as Extraordinary Delay 90 Days
71 If instrument not collected up to 7/10/14 days, Delayed Interest is @_% Savings Bank Rate
Term Deposit rate for the corresponding
If delay in collection of instrument beyond 14 days, Delayed
72 period or Savings Bank rate, whichever is
Interest is @_%
higher
Back to Index
2% + Term Deposit rate for
73 If delay in collection of instrument beyond 90 days, Delayed Interest is @_%
the corresponding period
If delay in collection of instrument in LOAN ACCOUNT is beyond 90 days,
74 2% + Loan Interest rate
Delayed Interest is @_%
75 Bill of Exchange (Usance Bill) of ____validity is free from stamp duty. 3 months
76 Staff Account should be scrutinized once in ____ 3 Months
77 Strong room fitness certificate to be obtained___ Annually
78 Small coin depot is the property of___ Govt of India
Fake Indian Currency Note
79 FICN stands for – Fake Indian Currency Note; and FCORD means
Co-ordination Centre
ICCOMS (Integrated Computerized Currency Operations Management
80 https://iccomssws.rbi.co.in
System) can be accessed through___
81 Excess cash found in the branch/cash dept is credited to__ Sundry Deposit A/c
Entries relating to excess cash found in cash balance is transferred to
82 Quarterly
Commission A/c at ____intervals.
83 Cash Management in ATMs by NCR/Diebold is called OPTICASH
Rs 1.00 lac &
84 Minimum Transaction in currency chest at any point of time__
in multiple of Rs 50,000/-
85 Size of the aluminum box handed over to SWO should be _________size 14 X 11 X 4
86 Fidelity insurance cover for single window operator is Rs _____ 5 Lacs
87 Teller system was introduced on recommendation of___ Talwar Committee
Rs. 100/- and
88 Minimum transactions from/to Small coin depot will be___
in multiples of Rs. 50/-
89 Clean Note Policy has been issued by RBI under___ Sec-35A BR Act
As per the latest instructions of the RBI, FIR has to be lodged in case of Fake
90 5 or More
Currency Notes, if the number of notes is
91 Guarantee Bond system is applicable to Currency Notes upto Rs.___ Rs. 100/-
92 Remittances accepted under Guarantee Bond System is entered in _ Register. Unexamined Remittances.
After dishounor of cheque on ______and the Bank will have the right to close
93 4th occasion
the account after serving a notice of 30 days to the customer.
94 This Code has been adopted by SBI in the name of _____. “Citizen’s charter”s
No. of Scheduled commercial banks are members in BCSBI.
95 Now 65 after SBI Merger
(Reference: http://www.bcsbi.org.in/LOM_ScheduledCommercial.html )
96 No. of Scheduled Urban Co-operative banks are members in BCSBI 18 Members
97 No. of Regional Rural Banks are members in BCSBI 47 Members
BCSBI has in collaboration with the __________ evolved two codes - Code of
Indian Banks' Association
98 Bank’s Commitment to Customers & the Code of Bank’s Commitment to
(IBA)
Micro and Small Enterprises.
Parameters Weightage
Information dissemination- 20
BCSBI assigns the rating to banks based on the overall score Transparency- 22
99
achieved by them out of 100. The parameters are___ Customer Centricity- 30
Grievance Redressal- 15
Customer Feedback- 13
As per BCSBI (Banking Codes and Standards Board of India), Banks need to
100 ensure that changes to terms and conditions including fees and charges reach 30 days
the customer ____prior to the changes becoming effective.
The BCSBI Code provides that the account holders be advised that their
1 year and 9 months i.e.
101 account is liable to be classified as dormant after a period of inoperation of
three months before
______before the account is classified as dormant / inoperative.
_______Committee, constituted by RBI in November-2003, recommended for
benchmarking of banking services. Accordingly, BCSBI was formed in
102 Tarapore Committee
February 2006 by registering as an autonomous and separate society under the
Societies Registration Act 1860.
Manual preparation and submission of the counterfeit currency reporting has
103 01-10-2016
been discontinued w.e.f.___
The currency chests branches should invariably report all transactions through
104 ICCOMS on the same day by __PM, through the Secured Website (SWS) to 9:00 PM
their respective link offices.
Back to Index
Link offices should invariably report the consolidated position to the Issue
105 11:00 PM
Offices latest by ______on the same day.
The Sub-Treasury Offices (STOs) should report all transactions directly to the
106 11:00 PM
Issue Office of the Reserve Bank by _____ on the same day.
Penal interest will be calculated on ______ basis i.e. penal interest will be
107 levied in respect of transactions not reported by Link Office to the Issue Office T+0 Basis
by 11 PM on the same business day.
Soiled note remittances to RBI /diversion to other currency chest/s should not
be shown as withdrawal by chest/s / link offices. In case such remittances are
108 Rs. 50,000/-
wrongly reported as 'withdrawals', a penalty of Rs. ______will be levied
irrespective of the value of remittance and period of such wrong reporting.
Penal interest shall be levied at the rate of _____% over the prevailing Bank
Rate for the period of delayed reporting (say beyond 3 clear days (including
109 2% (i.e. Bank Rate + 2%)
transaction date) /wrong reporting/non-reporting /inclusion of ineligible
amounts in chest balances.
Transfer Transaction at Non-home branches Max. Limit for cheque issued in
110 Rs.10.00 Lacs
Normal Savings Bank Account
111 Rs. 50.00 Lacs
HNI/NRI Savings Bank Account
112 Rs. 50.00 Lacs
Current Account
113 Two currency Note press owned by RBI are at___ Mysore & Salboni
114 Which is the software used at Currency Administration Cells__ Kuber
115 What is e-Kuber ? RBI’s Website
116 License for Gun at the branch is obtained in the name of___ Branch Manager
117 IBCH (In Branch Cash Handling) overnight cash retention limit for SWO is__ Rs. 1.00 Lac
118 Size of the aluminum box for SWO for overnight cash retention should be __ 14 X 11 X 4
Balances in Currency Chest have to be verified by an official other than the
119 Once in 2 Months
joint custodians once in___
The difference between day’s total withdrawals and day’s total deposits in the
120 Currency Transfer
Chest is___
When withdrawals are more than deposits in to the chest ‘Currency
121 Credited
Transaction A/c is ___.
In a soiled note remittance to RBI if more than ___% of notes is found to be
122 issuable notes, then entire remittance will be returned by RBI at sending 5%
bank’s cost
123 Surprise verification of Critical Currency Chests is made by LHO at __ Quarterly
124 Expand FNVC Forged Note Vigilance Cell
Cash withdrawals and deposits of Rs.10.00 lacs and above in deposit, Cash
125 Credit and Overdraft accounts are recorded in a separate register and reported Fortnightly
to Controlling office as per required periodicity. (preferably on a __basis)
126 Under Coinage Act, 1906, for How Many value Rs. Coin can be issued__ Rs. 1000/-
Cash shortage up to which is made good by the employee same day and if
127 Rs. 1000/-
there is no suspicion of fraud, it need not be reported as fraud_
128 Repository is part of ____ Currency Chest
129 Expand NOFHC Non Operating Financial Holding Company
130 Expand OFS Offer for Sale
131 Expand EDPMS Export Data Processing and Monitoring System
132 Expand MRFTP Market Related Fund Transfer Price Mechanism
133 Expand NACH National Automated Clearing House
134 Expand DTAA Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement
135 CCRS stands for Currency Chest Reporting System
In unavoidable circumstances where vehicles are not available, cash
136 Below Rs. 2.00 Lacs
remittances may be carried on 3 wheelers upto a ceiling of___
137 For Cash Remittance up to Rs. 50 Lacs, No. of escorting guards___ One Guard
Counterfeit Notes should be preserved for ___ years from the date of receipt
138 3 years
from the police authorities
31st March & 30th
139 Counterfeit Notes subjected to verification at Half-Yearly on__
September
Back to Index
The counterfeit Bank note acknowledgement receipt should be authenticated The Cashier as well as by
140
by__ the tenderer.
Cash Retention Limit of Branches may be reviewed in the months of ___every
141 May/June (Preferably May)
year and to make it applicable w.e.f. 1st July every year.
____ department will arrange for obtention of insurance for cash & other
142 BPMM Deptt.
valuables through Mumbai LHO
143 Expand BPMM department Budget Performance Monitoring and MIS Department
When remittance is sent from currency chest branch to a non currency chest
144 Transit Insurance
branch, the risk is covered under ___.
145 BPMM department will arrange for transit insurance at _____level LHO Level
Controller of the branch will arrange for periodical cash verification of the
146 Hand Balance Branches at _______interval and submit their report on Half Yearly
consolidated basis to Network GM for information
System will not allow deposit of Cash in KYC Non-Compliant
147 Rs. 50,000/- or more.
accounts for ₹ _____
Branches will afford immediate credit of outstation cheques up to and
148 inclusive of Rs._____ tendered for collection by the customers for Rs. 20,000/-#
satisfactorily conducted accounts. (S.B. Master Circluar dated 04.10.2017)
#
In case of outstation cheques, the facility will be restricted to one or more cheques for aggregate
149 amount not exceeding Rs. 20,000/- at a time ensuring inter-alia that the liability on account of
outstanding of cheques purchased does not exceed Rs. 20,000/- at any time.
The minimum amount of deposit into/withdrawal from currency chest
150 Rs. 1,00,000/-
will be Rs.____and thereafter, in multiples of Rs. 50,000/-.
151 Recounting of notes is not required for denominations upto Rs.____ Rs.100
Cash shortage when not made good by the employee concerned on the day of
152 Suspense A/c in Feb-Mar
shortage is debited to Recalled Asset A/c ___
Colour of vertical polymer band printed with SBI name and logo shall be Pink
153 for notes upto denomination of Rs 20/- whereas for other denomination upto White
Rs 2000/- the colour specified is ___.
154 Petty Cash should be checked by ___ at Monthly intervals Branch Manager
155 Ceiling for petty cash expense is Rs ___. Rs. 50/- per transaction.
156 In all cases, duplicate keys withdrawn are to be re-deposited on the ___day. Same Day
Safe deposit receipt relating to the deposit of duplicate keys is entered in __and
157 BD register
the safe deposit receipt is held by the BM in his safe outside the strong room
The decision to open an account for a Politically Exposed Person (PEP) is
158 SMGS
taken by an official not below the grade of __________
159 The yearly entry relating to staff welfare fund is passed on__ Last date of February
160 Cost of curtains provided at the residence of an officer is debited to __A/c Charges Account
161 Bank’s Lien is___ General Lien
162 Migration of Non-Individual AOFs from Branches to LCPC w.e.f. 01-01-2017
163 Near Miss Event is___ An operational risk event
The testing of fugitive ink must be carried out for payment of cheques for
164 Rs. 25000 & above.
value Rs._______ .
Ultra Violet Lamp should be used for verification of genuineness of
165 instruments of Rs._____ and above and all suspicious transactions, besides Rs. 50,000/-
verification of signatures of drawers.
Tele-calling and getting confirmation from the drawer for suspicious cheques
166 Rs. 2.00 Lacs & Above
and all non-home cheques of Rs._______.
All cheques of Rs.____ and above to be passed physically by two officials at
167 Rs. 1.00 crore
all CCPCs and Branches.
Debit transactions beyond Rs.____ threshold in CBS are now subject to
168 Rs. 10 Lacs
maker/checker concept.
169 Contact Centre, accessible in ____ different languages. 12 Languages
Chief Manager of the Region to scrutinize the transactions in the personal
170 Quarterly
accounts of BMs and FOs of branches in their Region at ___intervals.
Recording of high value cash transactions in the Cash Monitoring Register {Rs.5 lacs & above in case of
171
Metro branches and Rs.1 lac & above in case of other branches}.
Back to Index
Scheme of Penalties for bank branches based on performance in rendering customer service (with regard to
exchange of notes and coins, in keeping with the objectives of Clean Note Policy).
 Shortages in soiled note remittances and currency chest balances.
 For notes in denomination upto Rs.50 :- Rs.50/- per piece in addition to the loss
 For notes in denomination of Rs.100 & above :- Equal to the value of the denomination per piece in
addition to the loss
 Mutilated notes detected in soiled note remittances and currency chest balances.
 Rs. 50/- per piece irrespective of the denomination
 Non-compliance with operational guidelines by currency chests detected by RBI officials viz. Non-
Functioning of CCTV, Branch cash/documents kept in strong room, Non-utilization of NSMs for sorting
of notes.
 Penalty of Rs. 5000 for each irregularity and if repetition, penalty will be enhanced to Rs. 10000/-
 Violation of any term of agreement with RBI (for opening and maintaining currency chests) or deficiency
in service in providing exchange facilities, as detected by RBI officials e.g..
 Non-issue of coins over the counter
 Refusal by any bank branch to exchange soiled notes
 Non conduct of surprise verification of chest balances, at least at bimonthly intervals,
 Denial of facilities/services to linked branches of other banks
 Non acceptance of lower denomination notes (i.e. denomination of Rs. 50 and below)
 tendered by members of public and linked bank branches
 Penalty amount: (a) Rs. 10000/- for any violation of agreement
(b) Rs. 5 lakh in case there are more 5 instance of violation of agreement
THE CLAIM PROCEDURES IN RESPECT OF A GENERAL INSURANCE POLICY
In cases where a surveyor has to be appointed for assessing a loss/claim, it
172 shall do so immediately, in any case within _____ Hours of the receipt of 72 hours
intimation from the insured.
The insurer / surveyor shall within ____ days of the claim intimation, inform
173 the insured / claimant of the essential documents and other requirements that 7 days
the claimant should submit in support of the claim.
The surveyor shall start the survey immediately unless there is a contingency
174 48 Hours
that delays immediate survey, in any case within ____ of his appointment.
Interim report of the physical details of the loss shall be recorded and
175 uploaded/forwarded to the insurer within the shortest time but not later than 15 days
____from the date of first visit of the surveyor.
The surveyor shall, submit his final report to the insurer within ____of his
176 30 days
appointment.
In case of claims made in respect of commercial and large risks the surveyor
shall submit the final report to the insurer within ____of his appointment.
177 However, such claims shall be settled by the insurer within 30 days of receipt 90 days
of final survey report and/or the last relevant and necessary document as the
case may be.
In case of claim of special / complicated nature, surveyor may seek an
178 extension from insurer for submission of his report. In such an event, the Fortnightly
insurer shall give the status to the insured/claimant ____wherever warranted.
In the event the claim is not settled within 30 days as stipulated above, the
insurer shall be liable to pay interest at a rate, which is ____ above the bank
179 2% above
rate from the date of receipt of last relevant and necessary document from the
insured/claimant by insurer till the date of actual payment.
If an insurer, on the receipt of a survey report, finds that it is incomplete in any
respect, he shall require the surveyor, under intimation to the insured/claimant;
to furnish an additional report on certain specific issues as may be required by
180 the insurer. Such a request may be made by the insurer within ____days of the 15 Days
receipt of the final survey report. Provided that the facility of calling for an
additional report by the insurer shall not be resorted to more than once in the
case of a claim.
The surveyor, on receipt of this communication, shall furnish an additional

181 report within ____weeks from the date of receipt of communication from the Three Weeks
insurer.
Back to Index
Bank’s commitment upon Customer Service
If the customer has suffered any loss incidental to return of a cheque or not carrying
out of direct debit instructions due to insufficiency of balance on account of the
unauthorized / erroneous debit, Bank will compensate the customer to the extent of
182 Minimum Rs.100/-
such financial loss in addition to an amount equivalent to interest calculated on the
unauthorized/erroneously debited amount at applicable Savings Bank rate,
minimum_____, besides refunding the cheque return charges.
In case verification of the entry reported to be unauthorised /erroneous by
the customer does not involve a third party, the Bank shall arrange to complete the
183 7 working days
process of verification within a maximum period of ____from the date of reporting
of erroneous debit.
If a fraud, in the account of a customer, has been committed by a member
of staff, and has been so established, the Bank will not only restore the amount, it
184 @ 1%
will also pay compensation _______above the applicable interest rate in respect of
deposit/overdraft/loan account, for the period, on the amount involved.
In case where neither the Bank is at fault nor the customer, but the fault lies
Rs.100/- per fault of
elsewhere in the system, the Bank will help in restoring the actual amount involved
185 Rs.5000/- (maximum
and, as a gesture of goodwill & to deal with the customers fairly, will also
Rs.1000/-)
compensate the customer with Rs._______ for each instance
In the event of non-compliance/delayed compliance of ECS direct debits/other
Rs. 100/-, (subject to a
debits to accounts, compensation may be equivalent to the interest calculated on the
186 maximum of
amount to be debited, for the delayed period, at applicable Savings Bank rate, with
Rs.1,000/-)
minimum of________.
Home Branch / through
The instruction for Stop Payment of cheque/ blocking of lost ATM card will be
187 Contact centre/ Internet
accepted at ____
Banking.
In case a cheque has been paid after acknowledgement of its stop payment
instruction /ATM Card has not been blocked after such a request has been
Two working days &
acknowledged by the Bank, Bank shall reverse the debit on account of stopped
188
cheque/ blocked ATM card with value dated credit within ______ of the customer
Rs.100/-.
intimating the transaction to the Bank, and
also compensate the customer with _____.
Cheques deposited in the drop-box_____. will be sent for clearance on same day,
189 Up to 11 A.M
for which the clearance period will be T+1 working days.
Cheques deposited ___will be sent for clearing on next day, for which clearance
190 After 11 A.M.
period will be T+2 working days.
Bank will pay interest on the amount of the cheque for a further period of ____at
191 Savings Bank rate to provide for possible further delay in obtaining duplicate 15 days
cheque /instrument and collection thereof.
The Bank would also compensate the customer for any reasonable charges
which he/she incurs in getting duplicate cheque/instrument upon production of
192 receipt, in the event the instrument is to be obtained from a Bank/institution who Rs. 250/-
would charge a fee for issue of duplicate instrument, subject to a maximum of
Rs.____.
The time limit for resolution of customer’s ATM complaints by the issuing banks is
193 7 working days
_____from the date of receipt of customer complaint.
Failure to re-credit the customer’s account within 7 working days of receipt of the
complaint shall entail payment of compensation to the customer @ Rs.____ by the
194 Rs. 100/- per day
issuing bank, provided the claim is lodged with the issuing bank within 30 days of
the date of transactions
If the pension is credited beyond due date-II (i.e. last date of next month also), the
195 pensioner may be compensated for the delay beyond due date-II at the rate of 8% fixed rate
_____on the pension/arrears for the delay period.
Timeline for payment of compensation within ___ after the deficiency is
196 within 15 (fifteen) days
acknowledged.
7 days
Stipulated time limit for resolution of customer’s ATM complaints by the issuing (Otherwise Rs. 100/-
197
banks is __ working days from the date of receipt of customer complaint. per day as penalty from
08th Day & onwards)
If resolution of customer’s ATM complaints by the issuing banks is not completed
Within 30 days of the
198 within 7 working days, penalty of Rs. 100/- per day from 08th Day & onwards will
date of transactions
be paid subject to customer has filled the request __
No Minimum & No
199 Lower & Upper Ceiling in NEFT (National Electronic Fund Transfer) is
Maximum
Min-200000/- &
200 Lower & Upper Ceiling in RTGS (Real Time Gross Settlement) is
Maximum-Nil
201 “CRS” stands for Common Reporting Standards
Back to Index
PAN is mandatory when deposit in TDR of Rs. 50000/- in one instance or
202 Rs. 5.00 Lacs
Aggregate Rs. _____ in a year.
PAN is mandatory when sale / purchase of property or stamp value
203 Rs. 10.00 Lacs
exceeding_______
For issuing of duplicate IOI, production of sureties is not needed for amount up
204 Rs. 1.00 Lac
to___
 Non-Payment Advise is NOT required for issuance of duplicate IOI
 Hologram should be affixed on IOI of Rs. 1.00 Lac and above against the
name of Payee.
205 All statements are true-
 For TR Advise generated in IBTS, only one signature required irrespective
of the amount.
 Non Home Transaction Register is discontinued.
206 Expand BIAK (in IOI) Built In Authentication Key
207 Maximum amount for which an IOI can be issued is___ Rs. 99,99,99,999
CDC generates a report on Banker’s Cheques outstanding for more than three
208 February.
years on Last date of ____every year
209 Dividend Warrant Cheque (Instrument Type) is __ 14
210 IOI (Inter Office Instrument) type is- 16
211 State Government Cheque (Instrument Type) is___ 20
212 Central Government Cheque (Instrument Type) is___ 21
213 Railway Cheque (Instrument Type) is___ 22
214 Post Office Cheque (Instrument Type) is___ 23
215 Current Account at Par Instrument Type is__ 29
216 Cash Credit Account at Par Instrument Type is__ 30
217 Savings Bank Account at Par Instrument Type is__ 31
218 ITRO (Income Tax refund Order) Instrument type is__ 49
219 IOI instrument no. consists of ___ digit 12 digits
220 Revalidation and Issuance of Duplicate IOI has since been discontinued. True
221 The validity period of an Income Tax Refund Order is 3 Months
222 Validity of RBI Draft is___ 3 Months
223 Bankers’ Cheques are Order Cheque with_____crossing Not Negotiable Crossing
For making payment by cancellation of duplicate bankers’ cheques, consent of
224 Payee
_____is required.
All bankers’ cheques issued by debiting to charges account having outstanding
225 Charges Account
more than 3 years should be credited into___
226 Drafts of Rs ______ and above should be signed by two officials Rs. 1.50 Lacs
227 IOI to be issued account refers to 98585
228 Physical verification of IOI forms can be done in Half-Yearly
Duplicate to be paid &
Original should be returned
229 If original and duplicate DD is presented for payment simultaneously
with the remark “duplicate
already paid”
Valuable Paper Inventory
230 Expand VPIS
System
231 Inter Office Instrument type is___ 16
232 Who can damage the IOI in CBS to reprint it ? Vault Teller (User Type-50)
All requests for Drafts / Bankers’ cheque for Rs. 50000/- and above should
233 mandatorily be processed through _____ irrespective of the production of PAN Customer’s Account Only.
/ Form 60-61
234 The Hologram has nine digit number. The first two digits represent__ Circle Code
Monitoring limit of Large Value cash payments for Metropolitan & Other Metro- 5 Lacs & above
235
centre are___ Others- 1 Lacs & above
236 To be eligible for bonus, ceiling on salary/wages has been increased to Rs.__ Rs. 21000/-
237 Maximum bonus payable Rs.___ Rs. 7000/- (8.33%)
238 Insurance of Public Deposit with the bank is available upto Rs.___ Rs. 1.00 Lac
Back to Index
239 Currency note printing presses owned by Govt. of India Nasik & Dewas
240 Currency note printing presses owned by Reserve Bank of India Mysore & Salboni
Mumbai, Hyderabad, Noida
241 Coins Mint are available at_
& Kolkata
242 The value of treasure held in Class 'C' chests is limited to__ Rs. 5 Crore
If Cash deposited by Representative of the account holder, pay-in-slip should
243 Account Holder
be signed by the ___and the signature is verified with the signature on record.
If Cash deposited by Third party, the tenderer is to record his name, signature, full address with phone/mobile
number. In case, the amount of deposit will result into deposit of cash in aggregate to all the accounts more
244 than ₹ 50,000/- in a day, PAN number (of himself) is to be quoted by the tenderer and a copy thereof is to be
obtained and attached with pay-in-slip. PAN number should be validated online. Tenderer’s signature will be
verified from signature appearing on PAN Card.
For accounts not having PAN number (may be for Micro & Small Enterprises),
245 Cash deposit in all the accounts of one customer on a day will be allowed up ₹ 50,000/-.
to an amount of ₹ ____.
If Cash deposited by Third party, Identity of the applicant is to be verified
from original of Aadhaar Card, so as to ensure against impersonation. Aadhaar
246 3 months.
includes proof of application for Enrollment for Aadhaar, which should not be
older than ___
Cash Deposit in BGL account must not be allowed under any circumstances. if
any, are to be analyzed appropriately by the officer checking BGL Day Book
247 3 (Three) Working Days
and report to the Branch Manager for onward reporting to the Controllers
immediately, maximum within ____working days.
Performance linked Incentives (PLI):
Coverage: All employees up to and including TEGSS-I who are covered under CDS will be eligible to be
considered for PLI. Top Executives in the special grade of TEGSS-II will be eligible for PLI as hitherto.
248 Eligibility: (a) Only those employees whose grade for the Financial Year under the CDS was either “AAA” or
“AA” will be eligible for the PLI.
(b) Employees permitted by the competent authority to officiate for more than 6 months during
the year as per records in the HRMS, will be eligible for the PLI as per higher grade.
Immediately, maximum
Timelines for handling instructions / directions for HOLD / STOP from
249 within 2 working days from
customer himself or from any statutory body /GOVT.
the date of receipt of letter
250 The customer can now submit Form 15G/15H at any of the branches. TRUE
Class of Fires & Type of Fire Extinguishers
Class ____ Fires consist of ordinary combustibles such as wood, paper, trash
251 Class-A Fire
or anything else that leaves an ash.
Class ____ Fires are fueled by flammable or combustible liquids, which
252 Class-B Fire
include oil, gasoline, and other similar materials.
253 Energized Electrical Fires are known as Class ____ fires. Class- C Fire
Class ____ Fires are combustible metal fires. Magnesium and Titanium are the
most common types of metal fires. Once a metal ignites do not use water in an
254 Class-D Fire
attempt to extinguish it. Only use a Dry Powder extinguishing agent. Dry
powder agents work by smothering and heat absorption.
Class K Fires are fires that involve cooking oils, grease or animal fat and can
255 be extinguished using Purple K, the typical agent found in kitchen or galley Class- K Fire
extinguishers.
Carbon Dioxide fire extinguishers extinguish fire by taking away the oxygen Class- “B & C” fire
256 element of the fire triangle and also be removing the heat with a very cold (They are usually ineffective
discharge. Carbon dioxide can be used on Class _____ fires. on Class A fires.)
Water and Foam fire extinguishers extinguish the fire by taking away the heat
element of the fire triangle. Foam agents also separate the oxygen element from the
257 other elements. Water extinguishers are for Class____ fires only - they should not Class A fires only
be used on Class B or C fires. The discharge stream could spread the flammable
liquid in a Class B fire or could create a shock hazard on a Class C fire.
Dry Chemical fire extinguishers extinguish the fire primarily by interrupting the chemical reaction of the fire
triangle. Today's most widely used type of fire extinguisher is the multipurpose dry chemical that is effective
on Class A, B, and C fires. This agent also works by creating a barrier between the oxygen element and the
258
fuel element on Class A fires. Ordinary dry chemical is for Class B & C fires only. It is important to use the
correct extinguisher for the type of fuel! Using the incorrect agent can allow the fire to re-ignite after
apparently being extinguished succesfully.
259 The very purpose of the security is to__ (In sequence) Detect, Delay & Retaliate
Bank guards meticulously carry out the drill set for cleaning and maintenance
260 of the firearms. He/She should carry out inspection of the gun(s) ------ as per Every Week
the extant instructions to ensure that these are in order and serviceable
Back to Index
How much should be the gap between stationary & records and the ceiling of
261 At least 3 Feet
the stationary and record room.
Inspection of the fire extinguishers is carried out on _____basis to confirm that
262 Monthly
refilling is not overdue and that all are in proper condition
The guards/watchmen must be medically checked for their physical fitness
263 once in --- years to ensure that they are physically fit and not found wanting 2 (Two) Years
when the situation demands
Sequence of recovery and recovery time for Recovery of Banks 24(Core
264 180 Minutes
Banking)
265 The UPS Vendor may be asked to install SNMP, SNMP stands? Simple Network Management Protocol
266 The gun licence should be registered in the name of___ Branc Manager, State Bank of India
At present, each depositor is protected only upto a limit of Rs.___ by the
267 Rs. 1 Lac (One Lac)
guarantee of Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation (DICGC).
Back to Index
Situation Analysis (Banking Problems)
Mr. X has a Safe Deposit Locker facility with the bank. The locker rentals have not been paid by him despite
reminders. Mr. 'X' has a clean overdraft at another branch of the bank which is irregular and time barred. One
day, he comes to the bank to operate the locker. The Bank Manager refuses to allow him to operate and says that
the bank has a lien on the contents for the above dues.
 Bank has _____ type of lien on contents of Locker. Particular Lien
 Branch can exercise particular lien on the contents of Locker, for due of_ Locker Rent Only
Mr. and Mrs. Amitabh maintain an “E or S” account. Mrs. Amitabh wants to close the account by drawing a
cheque. She informs that her husband has lost his sanity. At the same time the Branch Manager receives a phone
call from Sri. Amitabh that he has quarreled with his wife and hence her cheques should not be honoured.
Neither Cheque will be paid nor
 How would you proceed in the matter as a Branch Manager?
Account will be closed
In case account is not closed by the account holders, what the “mode of
 Jointly only
operation” will be in the account?
 Appointment of a
Guardian for Mr. Amitabh as per
Mental Health Act
Further, in case of Mr. Amitabh, who goes insane as per his wife
  Discreet enquiries about
statement, what actions need to be taken by the Bank?
the soundness of mind of Mr.
Amitabh with the introducer,
friends
A Garnishee Order is issued in the name of Mr. Amit. He has a Current Account. Discuss how the bank will
proceed in the following cases
Mr. Amit has deposited a cheque for Rs. 5000/- into the account which is
 Not Attached on Future Credits
to be sent for collection
 Mr. Amit has also deposited cash for Rs.5000 into the account: Will be Attached
The Garnishee Order attaches only
Mr. Amit has also deposited 5000 shares worth Rs. 5.00 lakh for safe
 'Debts' and does not attach/affect
custody
other types of transactions.
How will you act when the following cheques are received for payment.
An order cheque favouring a minor is endorsed by the minor and a third Minor can further endorse the

party presents the cheque for payment. cheque, hence cheque can be paid
A cheque is crossed and below the crossing the words ' crossing
No, Only Drawer of Cheque can
 cancelled' is mentioned under drawer's full signature. It is presented for
get payment of the same cheque.
payment by the payee across the counter.
A Non-home branch customer has approached your branch to stop his Cheque cannot be stopped at non-

stolen cheques. What will you do? home branch.
The amount of compensation for deficiencies in various categories of
 Banking Services should be paid to the customers within _______ days 15 days
after the deficiency is acknowledged
Mr Sunil has purchased a IOI (Draft) of Rs. 2.00 Lacs from “Sultanpur” branch on 02.07.2016 and delivered it to
Ms. Shrishti on 26.09.2016. Ms. Shrishti has forgot to get the payment of the said draft from the drawee branch
and approaches the issuing branch to revalidate the draft on 16.08.2017. What will you do?
 Revalidation cannot be done now instead Draft may be cancelled and reissued.
Mr. John a reputed customer alleges that the Bank has wrongfully debited his account with Rs. 50000/-, without
his mandate. On scrutiny you find that his son had cleverly forged his signature and withdrawn the money from
the account. The Bank has sent statement of account for the past 6 months in time. Discuss the Bank's position.
A forged cheque is no mandate from the customer. The Bank is obliged to refund the money to the customer.
 However if it can establish contributory negligence/connivance on the part of the customer which has resulted
in the forgery, it can refute the claim of the customer
As per Indian law, there is no duty cast on the customer to scrutinise the statement of account; He can

question a wrong debit at any time when he finds it in the account.
Sri Ramesh and his Wife maintain an E or S account. Smt. Ramesh wants to close the account by drawing a
cheque. She informs that her husband has lost his sanity. At the same time the Branch Manager receives a phone
call from Sri. Ramesh that he has quarrelled with his wife and hence her cheques should not be honoured. How
would you proceed in the matter as a Branch Manager?
Above situation clearly indicates that there is a dispute between them. Therefore the E or S option

automatically stands cancelled and thereafter the account can be operated by them only jointly in future.
 Sri Ramesh must be advised to give his instructions in writing.
Wife of Shri Ramesh must also be advised to approach the Court for appointment of a Guardian for

Sri.Ramesh as per Mental Health Act as he is said to have become insane.
Back to Index
Mr. 'Arjun' presents a cheque for payment. But he does not turn up for getting payment. Next day, he calls on
the bank and explains that he felt uneasy and had to rush for medical attention. Bank is satisfied about the
reasons given by Mr. Arjun and agrees to effect payment. Before the payment is made, the bank receives stop
payment instructions followed by a Garnishee Order on the account. Mr. 'Arjun' contends that the cheque was
presented on the previous day and hence it should be paid. Discuss.
If payment is not made on same day, On the next day it is treated as a fresh entry and this has no relevance to

the previous day's transactions.
Thus the bank has to accede to the stop payment instructions received from the account holder. Also, the

garnishee order will be given effect to.
Mr. X has opened a current account in your branch on 01.01.2017. He got a cheque bearing date 18.12.2016
(sunday) and you have received the same clearing on 17.01.2017. Now, will you pay the cheque?
A cheque is valid even if it is ante-dated (i.e. before date of opening of account) at the time of issue. Hence the

cheque can be paid if otherwise in order.
Mr. Sunil has a gold loan of Rs.500000/- in Down Town branch. His wife comes to the branch and tells that Mr.
Sunil is missing for the past five years. As the outstanding in the gold loan account at present is only Rs.10,000/-
she wants to close the loan account on the condition that the jewels have to be delivered to her. The branch
manager directs her to meet the Accountant of the branch. The accountant accedes to her request and delivers
the ornaments to Mrs. Sunil. Discuss.
 The Bank will be liable to Sunil, if he turns up after the ornaments are delivered to his wife.
She (Wife) may be permitted to close the gold account, subject to obtaining an undertaking from her to the
 effect that she will not claim the gold ornaments and also the amount remitted towards closure of the gold loan
account in future.
Manoj, whose actual age is 15 years, misrepresents his age as 19 and avails an overdraft from the Bank. The
Accountant of the branch sanctions an overdraft by including Chandru as a guarantor who is a major. After
some time the account becomes irregular. The branch approaches Manoj to regularize/close the account. By this
time he actually becomes a major. But Manoj refuses to regularize/close the account. Therefore the branch
explores the possibility of invoking the guarantee given by Chandru.
 Bank will not be able to recover the over dues.
 The undertaking given by Manoj on attaining majority at the time of availing Overdraft has no consideration
A Bank sanctioned a term loan to Mr. X guaranteed by Mr.Y. The Bank came to know that the borrower is not
in a position to pay the instalments and therefore it re-phased the term loan instalments. This was not informed
to the guarantor. After a few months Mr. Y approached the Bank and informed that the financial position of Mr.
X is bad. The Bank recalls the term loan by issuing notices to Mr. X and Mr. Y. Is Mr. Y liable as a guarantor?
Re-phasement of term loan is a material change in the contract. It requires the consent of the guarantor under

Section-133 of Indian Contract Act.
 As the consent of the guarantor is not obtained, therefore Mr. Y is not liable.
A partnership firm was sanctioned a cash credit limit of Rs.20 lacs on 02/05/2016. The documents were signed by
partner A on 02/05/2016. But partner B signed the documents on 08/06/2016. Discuss the legal implications.
It is preferable that the documents are executed by all the partners/guarantors on the same day. However,
 Where it is not possible, the documents may be executed on two or more different dates. Each signatory
should put the date on which he executed the documents.
The document should be treated as executed on 02.05.2016 and the limitation would commence from

02.05.2016.
 The personal liability will commence from the date of signature of each partner.
Mr. Arvind and Mrs. Anuradha have safe deposit locker with mode of operation E or S. Arind telephones the
Bank and tells that the locker key is lost and Mrs. Anuradha has become insane. At this point of time Mrs.
Anuradha comes to the Bank to operate the locker. How will you handle the situation?
There may be possible dispute between them. It is preferable to persuade them to close the locker in view of

the disagreement between them.
Your customer Mr.Arvind Kumar Patel draws a cheque for Rs.50,000 in favour of Y and writes to the bank not
to pay the cheque because he has intentionally signed as Arvind Kumar Patel, whereas his specimen signatures
are “A.K. Patel”. This letter was received by the bank after it has already paid the cheque. Shri Patel claims the
amount from the bank on the plea that his signature on the cheque does not tally with the bank‟s record. Hence,
the pay is wrong.
The general proposition that the bank need not pay the cheques signed by the customer in a different mode

than the specimen provided by him is well established.
Can the bank pay a cheque signed by the account holder himself in a different mode than the specimen

furnished by him? The answer is “Yes” as it is a valid mandate to pay.
In fact, in the instant case, he has advised that he himself had signed as Arvind Kumar Patel and not A.K.
Patel, as provided in the specimen. Hence, there is no dispute that the signature has been put on the cheque by

the customer. The cheque has been paid in due course and hence it is binding on the customer. He cannot now
contend that the signature varies from that on record.
 Practically : The cheque should have been returned with the reason “Signature differs”.
Back to Index
Mr Babu lal and his partner Mr. Deen Dayal maintain following accounts with you
1. Savings bank account in the sole name of Mr. Babu Lal
2. Overdraft account in the joint name of Mr. Babu Lal and Mr Deen Dayal
3. A joint savings bank account in the names of Mr. Babu Lal and Mr Deen Dayal.
4. An overdue loan account of Mr Deen Dayal.
You are advised by your Manager to-

(i) Set Off the balance in savings bank account of Mr Babu Lal against overdraft account in the joint name.
(ii) Set Off the balance in joint savings bank account against over dues in the loan account of Deen Dayal.
(iii) Set off the balanced in joint savings bank account against the overdraft account in joint names. -
(i) Mr. Babu Lal‟s credit balance cannot be set-off against the joint overdraft unless he has expressly agreed to

it or if they are jointly and severally liable to pay the debt in their joint names.
(ii) The joint credit balance cannot be set off against a debt in the sole name of Mrs. Deen Dayal unless Mr.

Babu Lal has agreed to it specifically.
(iii) In the absence of any express or implied agreement to the contrary, a banker has the right to set-off credit
 balance of the joint savings account with the debit balance on another account in the same names subject to a
Reasonable notice.
Mr. Alok maintains an account with us. A court attachment order for Rs. 50000/- on the account is received. How
will you deal in following situation as a Branch Manager?
a) Mr. Alok has tendered Rs. 30000/- for purchase of a Draft.
b) Mr. Alok also maintaines a joint account with his wife with credit balance of Rs. 10000/-
c) A credit vouchers of Rs. 14000/- being SC realized has been released.
d) A draft for Rs. 15000/- has been presented in clearing for credit of current account, has been paid.
e) Mr. Alok has given a clearing cheque of Rs. 4000/- which will be presented in clearing.
f) Mr. Alok’s current account has been overdrawn by Rs. 10000/-
a) Not Attached: Only debts “owing and accruing due” to the judgment debtor at the hand of the bank are

attached.
b) Not Attached: As the attachment order is in the sole name of Mr. Alok. The Joint account not attached as it

is not in the same capacity and same right.
 c) Attached: If at the time of receipt of attachment, the proceeds of the collection cheque has been realized.
 d) Attached: If at the time of receipt of attachment, the proceeds of the collection draft has been realized.
 e) Not Attached: Future credit will not be attached.
 f) Not Attached: As no amount is owed to Mr. Alok.

Discuss the position of the paying banker in following case:-
(a) An uncrossed order cheque for Rs. 12000/- is presented on the counter for cash payment. The cheque is in
order in all respects including the signature of the drawer and there is adequate balance in the drawer’s account.
(b) S.B account holder draws a cheque for Rs.500/- in favour of Shruti, his daughter aged 13 years. When Shruti
presents the cheque for payment across the counter, the Single Window Operator refuses to pay the cheque
because in his view, Shruti being a minor cannot receive payment of a cheque. How will you handle the situation?
(a) As per Section 85 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 where a cheque payable to order purports to be
 endorsed by or on behalf of the payee, the drawee is discharged by payment in due course. Proper care has
been taken to ensure that the payment has been made to the person entitled to receive the payment.
(b) In terms of Section 26 of N.I.Act a minor can draw, endorse, deliver and negotiate any negotiable
 instrument so as to bind all parties to the instrument except himself / herself. As such a minor can become a
payee of cheque without any legal impediment. Hence payment of cheque can be made to Shruti.
Mr. Anupam is maintaining an account with your branch. An amount of Rs. 25,000/- was credited to his account
of by mistake. Mr. Anupam took advantage of the situation and utilised this money after withdrawing. Your
branch detected the mistake after a lapse of three months. Your branch has claimed interest on the said amount
for three months from Mr. Anupam. Is the account holder (Mr. Anupam) bound to pay interest to the bank as
claimed?
Anupam has to repay to the bank the amount of Rs. 25,000/- credited to his account by mistake, in terms of
Section 72 of Indian Contract Act. The beneficiary, Mr. Anupam, will become a constructive trustee of bank‟s

money. In terms of Section 4 (2) (b) of Interest Act 1987 and Section 34 (1) of Civil Procedure Code, interest
has to be paid by Mr. Anupam, more so because he knew of the wrong credit and utilised the amount.
Mr Raj approaches your branch at 4.45 p.m. after the general banking hours with a cheque of Rs 5000/- issued in
his favour by one of your account holder. He informs you of the urgency of getting the cheque enchased and
conveys regrets for the inconvenience and for coming after the banking hours. How will you handle?
 If the bank makes the payment it will not be considered as payment in due course.
 Bank is exposed to the risk of countermanding of the payment by the drawer or receives of garnishee order.
 The drawer's death or insolvency can also cause problems.
Back to Index
There is a joint current account in the name of Akbar & Birbal on E or S basis. A cheque for Rs. 3 Lacs was
presented by Akbar at 2:30 pm. Thereafter he went to the BM's cabin for some discussion. The working hours of
the Bank is only up to 4.00 pm. The bank paid the cheque at 4.45 pm. On the same day Mr. Birbal comes to the
bank with a letter to stop the payment of the said cheque which was withdrawn by Mr. Akbar. He also says that
the bank paid the cheque after the business hours and therefore he will sue for damages. The stop payment
instruction was given by Mr. Birbal at 5:00 pm. Discuss the bank's position.
As per Section 65 of the NI Act, payment of a cheque presented for payment after the banking hours is not a
 payment in due course. However, in this case, Mr. Akbar presented it within the banking hours and the cheque
was paid in due course. Hence, it is a payment in due course.
The Bank cannot accede to the stop instruction given by Birbal. In the present case, the Cheque was presented

within the working hours.
Mr. X maintaining, a satisfactory Current account issues a cheque for Rs 10,000/- in favour of his supplier Mr. Y
who endorsed it In favour of Mr. Z who takes it for value. Mr.Z deposits the cheque in his bank for collection.
The cheque is presented in clearing at your branch but due to oversight the cheque is wrongfully dishonored.
Your branch receives a notice from Mr. Z for wrongful dishonour and demands payment and also claims
damages. How will you handle the notice?
In case of wrongful dishonor of a cheque, the drawee banker is liable for damages to the drawer only. Hence

claim of Mr. Z is not acceded to.
Mr. H maintaining a Current account with your branch issues a cheque in favour of his supplier. The cheque is
presented in the clearing and since the cheque was in order and there was sufficient balance the same was passed
by your branch. He now requests you to return the instrument to him. How will you act on his request?
As per Section-45Z of Banking Regulation Act, paid instruments are customer's property and he has every

right to get the same. But as per sec-45Y of BR Act, bank has rights to have copy of the same for its record.
You have received a notice from an advocate that you should not pay any cheques in the account of Akbar in
your books. He has stated that the employer of Akbar is his client and that the employer has filed a criminal
complaint of embezzlement against Akbar. How would you act?
 The contractual banker-customer relationship is of paramount importance.
 Only a valid court order prohibiting payment/attaching the balance in the account will be binding on the Bank.
The advocate has to be advised accordingly. Meantime, the Bank has to honour any cheques issued by the

customer.
An open cheque for Rs. 1,00,000/- issued by 'A' on his account was presented by B, the payee. As the balance was
only Rs. 99,900/- the cheque could not be paid. 'B' suggested that he would remit Rs. 200/- into the account to
enable the Bank to pay the cheque. Discuss.
It is not in order to accept credit into the account of a customer from unauthorised persons; it will lead to

income tax problems for the account holder.
In the instant case, if the exact amount of Rs.200/- is accepted, 'A' may allege that the position of the

account was revealed to a third party, thereby violating bank's duty of secrecy.
An advocate - customer of yours refuses to sign at the back of a bearer cheque tendered by him for encashment.
How will you deal with the case?
The Bank cannot legally insist on a signature by the payee/endorsee of bearer cheque at the time of

encashment as there is no such requirement under NI Act. A Bearer cheque is payable on presentation.
But this well-established practice of getting the signature is adopted to readily find out the recipient of the
 cash, if a need arises, for any investigation. In case he is not convinced of this argument, the advocate may be
requested to give a stamped receipt on a separate paper for the money received by him.
Mrs. Sangeeta maintains a Savings bank account in your bank. One day a well dressed gentleman comes to your
branch with a pass book of Mrs. Sangeeta and said that she is his wife and he wants to know the balance of the
pass-book. What will be your course of action?
A customer's account details have to be kept confidential by the bank. Otherwise, the bank will be liable to the
customer for breach of secrecy. The details can be revealed to the husband, only if he is known agent of his
wife It is therefore necessary to confirm with her over phone that it is in order for the bank to update the

passbook and hand it over to her husband after establishing his identity as husband of the customer.
As he has come with the pass-book we can reasonably presume that he has been authorised by the customer
to have the transactions done i.e to have the pass-book completed
On verification of the bank account X notes that a Cheque for Rs. 18,900/- was paid. He claims that he has not
issued such a cheque but a cheque for Rs. 1890/- was issued by him. On scrutiny, it is observed that the amount
has been altered as Rs. 18,900/-. Discuss
 As per sec-89 of NI Act, If the alteration could not be detected with reasonable care, the bank is not liable.
Mr. Sahu handed over Rs. 25,000 to the Branch Manager for issue of a Term Deposit. The Branch Manager
issued the receipt under his seal but after forging on it the signature of the Accountant. He misappropriated the
amount. On the due date when Mr. Sahu approached the branch for payment, he was advised that as the receipt
had been forged and as no entries had been found in the books of the Bank, the bank was not liable on it.
Under the law governing Master & Servant (i.e. Employer & Employee), if a fraud is committed by the
employee in the course of his master's business and if the employee acts within his actual or ostensible
 power/authority, then the Master is liable for damages vicariously.
In the instant case the Branch Manager has obviously acted within his capacity in accepting the deposit.
Hence the Bank is liable for the fraudulent act of the Manager provided Mr. Sahu is not a party to it.
Back to Index
You are a Branch Manager of a Single Man Branch. You are near to achieve your deposit target of Rs. 1.50
Crore in the current F.Y. but still has to bring deposit of Rs. 2.00 Lacs and only one day is left in the current
financial year. Mrs. Amna, a Mohamedan pardanashin lady, approaches you to open a Term deposit a/c in her
minor son's name for Rs. 2.00 Lacs. Her husband is in America. Will you open the a/c? How will you help her?
As a matter of rule a minor account can be opened only by the natural guardian. Mother is not a natural
 guardian in the case of a Mohammedan minor. Father and after his death the person named by the father in his
Will will be the natural guardian. Hence, Mrs.Amna cannot open an a/c jointly with her minor child .
 TDR a/c (without guardian) in the name of the minor (singly) may be opened upto the ceiling of Rs. 2 Lacs.
ABC & Co is a partnership firm with ABC as partners. An income tax attachment order is received attaching a
sum of Rs.75, 000/-. The balance in the account is Rs.7500/- (credit) and the balance in the individual accounts of
the partners is as given below. A- Rs. 40000/- B- Rs.30000/- C-Rs. 15000/-. How will you act?
When the I.T attachment order is received, the amount of Rs.7500 available in the firm's account will be

attached first.
The balance amount should be recovered in equal proportions from the partners' personal accounts (i.e.

Rs.22,500 each). But C has only Rs. 15,000 in his account. It will be attached.
 The shortfall of Rs. 7,500 will be recovered in equal proportions from A and B.
How will you deal with the situation? Give reasons.
Following cheques have been presented for cash payment at the counter.
a) A Cheque for Rs.6,000 payable to Ashok or order marked "A/c Payee" WITHOUT two transverse lines, i. e.
crossing.
b) A cheque for Rs.5000 payable to Sunil or order bearing the words "Not Negotiable" WITHOUT two parallel
transverse lines across the cheque.
c) A crossed A/c payee cheque with "Not Negotiable" words, payable to Amul or Order is presented by ABC Co-
op Bank across the counter for cash payment with a certificate "Payees a/c will be credited on realisation"
a) Two transverse lines are essential to constitute a crossing. In terms of NI Act, the cheque is not a crossed
cheque as two transverse lines have not been put. However, in view of the fact the words "A/c Payee" has

been written, it will be safer to persuade the payee to credit it to his account. However, if the payee insists, the
cheque can be paid in cash on strict identification.
b) Writing of the words "Not Negotiable" without two transverse lines does not constitute a crossing; hence
 the cheque can be paid in cash after identification of the payee. The effect of a Not Negotiable crossing is that
the endorsee(s) would not get a better title than the transferor.
c) In terms of S 126 of NI ACT, payment of a crossed cheque should be made only to a bank. It can be paid to

a bank by credit to its account or across the counter. Hence, it is in order to pay cash to the bank.
Mr. Santkumar is having a saving bank account with your branch with Shri Hemkumar as nominee. Legal heirs
of Shri Santkumar approach your branch with death certificate and also succession certificate. How will you
handle the situation?
Legal heirs will be asked to bring injunction order from the court restraining the bank from making payment

to the nominee failing which balance will be released to the nominee.
Succession certificate is not the order of the court establishing the supremacy of the legal heirs over the

nominee.
Further, nominee after receiving the payment will give the valid discharge to the bank but he will not become
 the absolute owner of the money. Legal heirs on the basis of succession certificate can claim from the
nominee their share through court.
Your customer Mr. Vaibhav is maintaining a Current Account with your branch having a credit balance of Rs.
25,000/-. A credit remittance of Rs. 15,000/- is received from Mr. Sulabh for credit in the account of Mr. vaibhav.
Next day, Mr. Sulabh informs that money was erroneously remitted and it should be returned back to him. Bank
has credited the money to the beneficiary’s (Vaibhav’s) account and has been informed about the credit. Discuss
the position of the bank.
As the customer (Vaibhav) has been informed about the credit, the bank cannot reverse the entry because the
 customer has become the owner of the money. Mr. Sulabh will be advised to take up the matter directly with
Mr. Vaibhav.
Mr. N.C.Sodha a valuable client of your branch having sizeable deposits and has extended a great support to the
branch in bringing high value customers and business to branch portfolio. He requests you to send an adverse
opinion about him to Yes Bank who has been persuading him to stand guarantee for credit facility proposed to be
granted to his close relative for which he is not willing. How will you deal with the request of Mr. Sodha?
Bankers seek and give opinions about their customers, their financial status, dealing with bank etc., in good
 faith to help each other do business with credible individuals. As such, we will handle Mr. Sodha tactfully and
express bank’s constraints in furnishing incorrect information.
Mr. Naveen, the payee of a draft payable at your branch, reports that the draft has been lost and requests that its
payment be stopped. The same day the draft is presented in clearing by ABC Bank. The draft is purportedly
endorsed by the payee and the collecting banker has guaranteed the endorsement. What will you do?
Draft is a negotiable instrument and the bank is bound to pay it when presented by a bonafide holder, provided

it is otherwise in order.
Since the collecting banker has also guaranteed the 1st payees endorsement, the paying bank is protected

under Sec. 85A of N.I. Act and is discharged by making payment in due course to ABC Bank.
It will be legally in order for the bank not to accede to the request of Mr. Naveen, however, it would be

prudent and more practical to get in touch with ABC Bank and clarify the position.
Back to Index
Mr. A owes a certain amount of money to Mr. B. Since he does not know the exact amount, he draws a blank
cheque in favour of Mr. B and delivers it to him in good faith. Mr. B fills in an amount in excess of the dues
payable by Mr. A and endorses the cheque to Mr. C for full payment of the amount due from him. The cheque is
dishonoured. What recourse do Mr. B and Mr. C have?
The rights of B and C have to be examined in terms of the provisions contained in Sec. 44 of N.I. Act which

deals with the consequence of partial absence of consideration.
Since B has filled in an amount in excess of what was actually due from A, B is entitled to recover from A

only the amount due and not the amount filled in the cheque.
 The right of C, who is a holder for value, is not affected and he can claim the full amount of cheque from B.
A customer of your branch misplaced a packet containing valuables in the banking hall. The packet was found by
an employee who handed it over to the B.M. The B.M kept the packet safely and also spent bank’s money in
trying to trace the true owner. After a year the true owner was traced but the B.M. refused to hand over the
packet to him until he paid the bank, the Safe Custody charges and the expenses incurred by the branch in
tracing him. Is the stand taken by B.M is tenable?
The finder of lost goods is treated as bailee of the goods and is therefore charged with the responsibility of a

bailee, besides the responsibility of making reasonable efforts in finding the true owner.
The finder of lost goods also enjoys certain rights;
a) Right to retain the goods (Sec.168 of Indian Contract Act) until he receives compensation for the money
 spent in preserving the goods and also the amount spent in finding the true owner and,
b) The right to sell (Sec. 169) when the owner refuses, upon demand, to pay the lawful charges of the finder.
BM’s stand is correct.
The Superintendent of Police informs you over the telephone that he suspects at one of your locker hirers is
involved in fake currency notes racket and has hidden fake currency notes in his safe deposit locker with your
branch. The SP wants to carry out a search of the locker. How will you handle such a situation?
The locker hirer will be informed. However, if he is not available or does not respond, his presence is not

essential. An order from the S.P. will be taken and kept on record.
The locker will be broken open in the presence of two bank officers, two independent witnesses and notary

public, if possible.
Inventory of the contents of the locker will be made and signed by all the above persons i.e., the S.P. or his

authorised agent, both bank officials, both witnesses and the notary.
The inventory will be entered in branch documents and a copy thereof will be handed over to Police

authorities against acknowledgement.
The contents of the locker along with the copy of inventory will be kept in Safe Custody till final disposal of

the case by the police.
Recently there have been reports of few incidents of burglary in branches of our circle. After the Demonetization
has been implemented, there have been large scale deposit of old currency and availability of new currency in
branches. With the devaluation of old high denomination currency with criminals etc., Such criminals would now
want new currency thus leading to a spurt in crime by way of Burglary, Dacoity, loot etc to the extent of targeting
Banks also. This present scenario has increased the security risk in your branch which has been complicated
further. Being the branch head what would you do?
by present law and order issues in society
Overnight cash retention to be kept to bare minimum. This will minimize losses/risk. Cash/Gold should be

kept in cash safe only.
Sensitive entry points like strong room/cash room/locker room doors should be fitted with magnetic sensors to

detect un-authorised entry and trigger alarm.
All Security & Fire equipment like CCTV, Burglar Alarm, Fire Alarm(AFDS), Autodialer, Time Lock should

always be functional and kept ON 24X7
Adequate no of CCTV cameras should cover all important areas. CCTV must have mandatory back up of

minimum 90 days recording.
Branch keys should never be handed over to unauthorised people like temporary staff (Canteen boy/Generator

Boy/Safaiwala) for opening the branch in morning for cleaning purpose.
 Police verification of character and antecedents of temporary staff should be done and available in branches.
Shri “X”, an individual Business Correspondent linked to your Branch, has committed a fraud amounting to
Rs.5,94,696/-, which was unearthed after receipt of a complaint on 17.06.2017 from Shri 'Bachchan', holder of SB
account maintained at the CSP. Shri 'Bachchan', in his complaint had alleged that the BC has withdrawn Rs.
30,000/- from his account without his mandate and also did not deposit Rs. 50,000/- given to him for credit to his
SB account. Subsequently, several customers have also submitted their complaints to your Branch alleging by
and large the similar charges against the BC. What are your views?
The BC used to do manual entries in the pass books and cash receipts are issued on Bank's Pay-in-slip in

Contravention to the Bank's instructions. We have to educate customers not to get entries updated manually.
Visits of CSPs by the Controllers should be made at regular intervals as per the Bank's norms to check the

activities of BCs and receiving feedback of customers regarding their operations.
Discuss the implementation of Preventive Vigilance committee in the branch / Office.
 Vigilance Week should be observed in the month of November of every year.
 Preventive Vigilance Committee (PVC) meeting is observed Once in every quarter (i.e. Quarterly)
Branches having minimum 10 Staff Members should arrange for Vigilance Meeting. And and at

CPCs/Cells irrespective of their staff strength.
Back to Index
Any-time Channels, and Technology Products

01 SBI FAST is Cash Management Product (CMP) under control of- Transaction Banking Group
02 Expand OTMS Offsite Transaction Monitoring System
The e-Learning solution has been setup on IBM z10 Server, which is in Sakai Learning Management
03
the latest line of IBM Mainframe Server and _______ System.
04 URL of our bank e-learning portal is____ https://mybanklearning.sbi.co.in
Our Bank is offering off the shelf training through a Management
05 training portal called Harvard Manage Mentor floated by M/s Harvard http://sbi.myhmm.org
Business Publishing through Internet at URL____.
06 How many topics are there in Harvard Manage Mentor (HMM) ? 44 Topics
07 SMS Unhappy no. is____ 8008202020
08 Expand “gLTD. Generic Top Level Domain
09 SBI’ cloud name is___ Meghdoot
10 GLS Stands for Global Link Service
Internet Banking facility has been launched by SBI in Year 2001. And
11 Tech Mahindra
INB Site is maintained by__
12 Integration of INB site with another site is called___ e-Handshake
13 Internet Banking Site is encrypted using __encryption and verified by_ 256 bit, Verisign
Through INB, Fund Transfer within own account (same customer
14 Max- 1,00,00,000/- (1.00 crore)
number) in same branch
15 Through INB, Creation of e-TDR/e-STDR (Minimum- 1000/-) Max- 99,99,999/-
16 Through INB, Creation of e - RD (Monthly installment) (Min 100/-) Max- 99,99,999/-
17 Through INB, Fund Transfer within SBI (Third Party) Max- 10.00 Lacs
25,000/- Per Transaction
18 Through INB, Transfer through Credit Card (VISA) Bill pay
(Per day Max. 50,000/-)
19 Through INB, IRCTC & Merchant Transaction limit Max- 5.00 Lacs
20 Through INB, TANGEDCO Transactions Limit Max- 5.00 Lacs
21 Through INB, Inter Bank Transfer (NEFT) Min- 1/- Max- 10.00 Lacs
22 Through INB, Inter Bank Transfer (RTGS) Min- 2. Lcas; Max- 10.00 Lacs
23 Through INB, Immediate Payment Service (IMPS) Max-Rs. 2.00 Lacs
24 (By INB) Demand Draft / Donation / Bill Payment /Top-up Prepaid Card Max- 5.00 Lacs
Through INB, Contribution to New Pension System (Tier-I, Min-500/-)
25 Max- 10.00 Lacs
(Tier-II, Min-250/-)
26 Through INB, State Bank Collect (i-Collect)(wherever applicable) Max- 10.00 Lacs
27 Through INB, All Taxes payments Max-Rs. 2.00 Crore
28 Through INB, Portfolio Investment Scheme (PIS) for NRIs Max-Rs. 1.00 Crore
29 Through INB, IPO for Retail investors Max-Rs. 2.00 Lacs
Above Rs. 2.00 Lacs
31 Through INB, IPO (Initial Public Offering) for HNIs
Max-1.00 Crore
ASBA: An Investor can make ___ applications from a single deposit
32 5 (Five)
account in the name of different persons.
Can a minor submit information online for opening Savings Bank Yes Minor of 10 years or more &
33
account can sign uniformly
34 Through INB, DMAT (Lien marking) Max-Rs. 1.00 Crore
35 No. of active Gift Card at a time__ Min-1 Card, Max- 10 cards
RINB: A new beneficiary, if approved by you during the period from
36 within 4 hours
6.00 AM to 8.00 PM, will be activated on the same day _____
During the first 4 days after activation (cooling period), you can transfer
37 Rs. 100000/-
a total of ______to a new beneficiary.
Inter Bank Beneficiary added for fund transfer through RTGS/NEFT via
38 16 Hours.
CINB is activated in maximum____.
For Intra-Bank / Inter-Bank /IMPS fund transfer:
39 3 (Three)
Maximum ____ Beneficiaries can be added in a day through RINB.
For Intra-Bank / Inter-Bank /IMPS fund transfer:
40 10 (Ten)
Maximum ____ Beneficiaries can be added in a day through CINB.
Back to Index
Login Password for Retail INB customers is mandatory to be changed
41 180 days
after__ Days.
42 For Nomination Enquiry through INB, now OTP is _____ Not Mandatory
Rs. 10000/- Per Transaction and
43 Quick Transfer Maximum Limit-
Rs. 25000/- Per Day
44 Quick Transfer facility using IMPS mode is currently available ___ between 8 a.m to 8 p.m
45 Combination of “ALT + 0” key to deactivate user while using INB called__ Deadman’s Switch
IMPS transaction Charges: NEFT transaction Charges:
Up to Rs. 1000/---------------Free Up to Rs. 1000/---------------Rs. 1/- + GST
46 Rs. 1001 to 10000------------Rs. 1/- + GST Rs. 1001 to 10000------------Rs. 1/- + GST
Rs. 10001 to 100000---------Rs. 2/- + GST Rs. 10001 to 100000---------Rs. 2/- + GST
Rs. 100001 to Rs. 200000---Rs. 3/- + GST Rs. 100001 to Rs. 200000---Rs. 3/- + GST
Cut off time for PPF transactions is 8 : 00 P.M. Any PPF transaction
47 created between 8 : 00 P.M. and 12:00 A.M. on a particular day will be after 7 : 00 A.M.
processed ________on the next day.
48 Through RINB, Timing of RTGS- 8:00 A.M. to 4:00 P.M
49 Through RINB, Timing of NEFT- 7:00 A.M. to 6:30 P.M
NEFT operates in half hourly batches. Currently there are from 8 am to 7
50 23 settlements
pm on week days and working saturdays.
51 First & Last batch settlement of NEFT are done at ___ respectively. 08:00 am & 07:00 pm
Through INB, International Funds Transfer, Currently the facility is
52 USD, EUR and GBP.
available only in 3 international currencies viz.___
Through INB, International Funds Transfer, Currently the facility is
53 11 overseas
available for ___ overseas destinations
Time limit within which one must approach a branch after submitting the
54 30 days
information online, for opening Savings Bank account online.
Equivalent of USD 5,000 per transaction,
55 Through INB, International Funds Transfer (FOR) limit___ Maximum 4 transactions per month i.e.
maximum USD 2,40,000 per calendar year
Through INB, The courier charges for delivery of demand draft by
56 Rs.50/- + Service Tax
courier
IMPS outward transactions are allowed to transfer collective of amount
57 Rs.40,000/-
______between 08:00 PM and 08:00 AM.
Beneficiary Mobile Number or
58 For State Bank mCASH - Send Money either by
Email Id is mandatory
“Resend the Passcode” &
59 Recently two new option has been added in mCash:
“Print Gift Voucher”
60 State Bank mCASH -Transaction limit ____per transaction. Rs.2501/-
61 State Bank mCASH – Transaction per Day limit ______. Rs.5101/-.
State Bank mCASH – The maximum limit of fund transfer _____in a
62 Rs.11101/-
month, per user.
63 State Bank mCASH- The customer would be charged at __per request Rs. 2.50
The passcode generated in mCash to claim money by the beneficiary is
64 5 days
valid upto__?
Online OD against Fixed Deposit- The Mode of Operation in STDR/TDR
65 Single
should be-.
Online OD against Fixed Deposit- The minimum residual tenor of
66 6 months and above
TDR/STDR should be __
The limit for overdraft against STDR and TDR is ____ and ____ of the
67 90% for STDR & 75% for TDR
value of STDR & TDR respectively.
68 Minimum & Maximum OD limit against the TDR/STDR should be __ Rs. 25,000/-. & Rs. 5.00 Crore
Maximum Repayment period has been capped at ____against STDR/e-
5 years for STDR &
69 STDR and ___against TDR/e-TDR respectively for Overdraft availed
3 years for TDR
online.
70 e-RD Holiday Savings Account- Tenure of deposit is__ 12 Months
For e-RD, Whenever a depositor fails to pay the installment on due date
71 for three consecutive months the account shall not be closed and Rs 10/-
service charge of______is applicable.
For e-RD, The Penalty in case of delay in payment of installment of RD Rs 1.50 for every Rs 100 per
72
of 5 years or less shall be_____. month
For e-RD, in case of delay in payment of installment of RD for more
73 Rs 2/- for every Rs 100 per month
than 5 years shall be____
Maximum Transaction Limit per
74 Maximum Top-up for SBI Buddy through INB is___
day Rs.5000/-
75 Transaction limit in Retail INB & CINB ____ is same. CINB SARAL

76 How many variants are there in CINB? 5 (Five)
77 Other Name of CINB- Khata Advantage
78 Other Name of CINB- Khata Plus Advantage Plus
79 Other Name of CINB- Vyapar Privilege
80 Other Name of CINB- Vistar Freedom
Uniform Resource Locator (URL) Address of Complaint
81 https://10.0.22.170:8070/CMS
Management System (CMS) is
82 URL Address for Branch Interface login- http://192.168.25.52
Internet Banking Request Approval
83 Expand IRATA
Through ATM
84 Maximum Transaction Limit per transaction in Vyapar is- Rs. 50 Lacs per Txn
85 Maximum (Non-Tax) Transaction Limit per transaction in Vistaar is- Rs. 2000 Crore per Txn
86 Maximum Tax Transaction Limit per transaction in Vistaar is- Rs. 10000 Crore per Txn
State Bank Collect’ facilitates our _________customers to receive online
87 CINB Users
payments from receivers of their goods & services.
88 For applying Online SB account opening, max a/c holder can be _____ Max. Two Account Holder
Customer can apply for cheque book of ___ pages through INB in
89 10, 20, 25 & 50
his/her savings bank account.
Customer can apply for cheque book of ___ pages through INB in
90 100 Only
his/her Current account.
The customer can save an additional tax up to Rs._____ by registering
91 Rs. 15,450/- (@30% I.Tax rate)
online for NPS under e-services tab through INB.
92 While loging-in to INB, ____ is forced to update every time. E-mail ID
93 CAP in State bank Connect stands for___ City Aggregation Point
94 Expand QR Code Quick Response Code
95 Expand “YONO” You only Need One
96 Expand “OMP” Online Market Place
97 Expand “BYOD” Bring Your Own Device
98 Expand “EMM” “Enterprise Mobile Management” System
Mobile Device Management
Mobile Application Management
99 EMM has following key components: Mobile Content Management
Mobile Email Management
Identity Management
100 POS Limit in Classic Debit card & Global Debit Cards respectively? Rs. 50000/- & 75000/- respectively
101 POS Limit in Gold & Platinum International Debit Cards. Rs. 2.00 Lacs (for Both)
Out of 4 contact centre of SBI at Kolkata, Agra, Vadodara &
102 Vadodara
Bangalore, which is the first contact centre ?
103 MMID (Mobile Money Identifier) comprises of how many digits 7 Digits
104 Our Bank’s first four digits are__ 9002
105 The issuance fee for SBI FASTag is ___ Rs. 150/-
106 The primary centre for Anti-virus solution is located at___ Hyderabad
107 Expand MOPS Multi Option Payment System
Various Transaction Limits under CINB Saral are as following:
 SBI accounts(other than your own accounts) - Consolidated limit per day Rs. 10 Lacs
 SBI own accounts (same CIF) - Consolidated limit per day Rs. 2 Lacs
Other Bank Accounts (RTGS/NEFT) - Consolidated limit per day
 Rs.10 Lacs
______(inclusive of IMPS transaction limit upto Rs.2 Lacs)
 Merchant Payments - Consolidated limit per day ____ Rs.10 Lacs
CINB Saral  Government/ Tax transactions upto _____ Rs. 2 crore
 State Bank collect payment upto _______per day. Rs.10 lacs
Facility to participate in e-auction for government departments upto _____per
 Rs.1.00 Crore
day.
Facility to make payments to govt. and semi-govt. institutions including taxes,
 statutory dues such as ESIC, EPF, including OLTAS, CBEC and ICEGATE upto Rs.2 Crores
_____per day.
Back to Index
Features Khata Khata Plus Saral Vyapaar Vistar
Transaction Right No No Yes Yes Yes

2 Cr. For own a/c
2 Cr. for Tax No limit for own a/c No limit for own a/c
Transaction Limit No No 10 Lacs for 3rd Party 2 Cr. for Tax 2000 Cr. for Tax
10 Lacs for Merchant 50 Lacs for 3rd Party 10000 Cr for 3rd Party
2 Lacs for IMPS
Bulk Upload Transaction No No No Yes Yes
CBS Branch CBS
Product Type (CIF Based) (CIF Based) Branch Interface Branch Interface
Access Channel-9 Interface Access Channel-10
Number of CIFs One Multiple One Multiple Multiple

Number of Account
One Multiple One One Multiple
Holding Branches
Upgradable No Yes No Yes No
Supplier payment No No 25 Lacs Per day 50 Lacs per Txn, 500 Cr. per Txn, No
No limit in no. of Txn limit in no. of Txn
Draft Issue No No 5 Lacs 50 Lacs per Txn, 1.00 Cr. per Txn,
No limit in no. of Txn No limit in no. of Txn
All Other All Other
Eligibility of Customer Single (Prop.) Single (Prop.) All Other Customer
Customer Customer
User Type Single Multiple Single Multiple Multiple
2 3 4
Minimum Number of
1 Admin & 1 Admin, Maker & Regulator, Admin,
Users Request
Enquirer Checker Maker & Checker
2 2
(INB Request C1, C3, C4, (INB Request Form C1, C3, C4, C5, C1, C2, C3, C4,
Number of Forms Form & PPK & PPK
C5, C6 C6 C5, C6
Acknowledgement) Acknowledgement)
Role holders will be Administrator &
User Administrator User Administrator
created by the branch Regulator
C2- Registration
Type of Forms →
C1- Registration of C3- Registration of C4- Terms and C5- Board of
Corporate of Regulator (for Administrator Conditions Resolution
Vistaar only)
CINB Form “C-7” refers to- User Registration
CINB Form “C-9” refers to- Mobile Registration
108 Expand “GINB” Government Internet Banking
109 Under GINB Facility, which role holders will be created by the branch? Regulator, Administrator & User
110 Under CINB Vistaar, ______ is an optional role Auditor
The Merchant Payment Limit is Valid only for _____for making
111 48 hours
payment. You can create a new limit after the old one has expired.
NEFT Through INB: If the beneficiary's bank is unable to credit the
beneficiary's account for any reason, the former will return the money to
112 2 hours
the remitting bank within _____of completion of the batch in which the
transaction was processed.
RTGS Through INB: If the beneficiary's bank is unable to credit the
113 beneficiary's account for any reason, the former will return the money to 2 hours.
the remitting bank within
114 DTH recharge /mobile recharge is done in INB through SBI-Oxipay
What are the different types of Digital Signature Certificates valid for Only Class 3 Certificate is valid for
115
OnlineSBI ? OnlineSBI. (The highest level)
116 What is the validity period of a Digital Signature Certificate? 1 to 2 years
117 Expand URIB User Driven Registration for Internet Banking
118 Expand STP Straight Through Processing
119 Expand “MOTO” Mail Order Telephone Order
120 Expand “AEPS” Aadhaar Enabled Payment System.
121 Expand “BBPS” Bharat Bill Payment Systems
122 Expand “BBPCU” Bharat Bill Payment Central Unit
123 Expand “BBPOUs” Bharat Bill Payment Operating Units
124 The latest e-waste policy of the bank was approved in ___year. 2016
Back to Index
125 Software used by our bank at abroad branches is___ at acquired from__ Finacle (acquired from Infosys)
State Bank MobiCash in partnership with __ company has been BSNL (Firstly in 4 States named-
126
launched Punjab, Rajasthan, Haryana, Bihar)
In Mobicash, if the wallet is not used for___ the account will be treated
127 6 Months
as suspended/dormant
Mobicash subscribers can also use this service over USSD by dialing
128 *511#
which numbers?
129 State Bank of India UPI App Name is___ BHIM SBI Pay
#
130 BHIM SBI Pay- Per Transaction limit Rs. 1.00 Lac
#
131 BHIM SBI Pay- Per day Transaction limit Rs. 1.00 Lac
#
Reference : https://www.sbi.co.in/portal/web/personal-banking/bhim-sbi-pay
BHIM Aadhar SBI: Per transaction limit for both merchant and
132 Rs. 2,000/-
consumer Rs. ____.
Customer- Rs. 5,000/-
133 BHIM Aadhar SBI: Daily limit for Consumer and for Merchant
Merchant: Rs. 25000/-
Customer- Rs. 25,000/-
134 BHIM Aadhar SBI: Monthly limit for Consumer and for Merchant
Merchant: Rs. 100000/-
SBI Exclusif : Join the SBI Exclusif family by fulfilling one or more of the following criteria.
SBI Exclusif : A total relationship value (TRV) of over ______
maintained across current, savings & term deposits including Rs. 30 Lacs
investments in mutual funds & Demat with the SBI Group.
135
SBI Exclusif : A sanctioned home loan of Rs. ____or more from SBI Rs. 1 Crore
SBI Exclusif : A monthly salary credit of Rs. ____ and above with SBI Rs. 2 Lacs
136 BHIM SBI Pay- Total no. of Transactions in a day (debit)__ 20 Txn
137 BHIM App Transaction Limit- (Not related to any BANK’S UPI) Per Txn- 10000/-, Per day-20000/-
138 There is a limit of Rs. ___ per Collect Request on BHIM App. Rs. 10000/-
BHIM allows you to use 2 VPA’s. First one is the default
139 How Many VPAs Can Be Added To BHIM? VPA (mobile number@upi). The second one, you can create
on “My Profile” page.
SBI Buddy- Limits Nil KYC Full KYC
140 Maximum Balance at a Time Rs. 20000/- Rs. 50000/-
141 Top-up per transaction Rs. 10000/- Rs. 10000/-
142 Total Reload in Month Rs. 20000/- Rs. 50000/-
Total Transaction (Merchant Transaction & fund Daily- Rs. 15000 Daily- Rs. 50000
143
Transfer) Monthly- Rs. 20000 Monthly- Rs. 100000
Per Txn- Rs. 2000/- Per Txn- Rs. 5000/-
144 Fund Transfer (Transfer to Account) Daily Txn- Rs. 2000/- Daily Txn- Rs. 5000/-
Monthly- Rs. 20000/- Monthly- Rs. 25000/-
SBI Buddy: Enhancing wallet limits enables customer to have higher transaction
145 Rs. 1,00,000/-
limits up to Rs.___
Prepaid & Postpaid Mobile, DTH,
146 6 Billers are in SBI Buddy-
GAS, Electricity, Insurance & Landline
147 SBI Buddy will be called as suspended / dormant if not used for___ 6 Months
148 In SBI Buddy, Disputed Transaction will be reversed in__ days 15 Day
149 In SBI Buddy, If talk-time not updated, amount will be reversed in__ days 5 days
150 SBI Buddy- For registration minimum age should be__ 10 Years
151 To install SBI Buddy via link, missed call to no- 09021122222
152 In Buddy, ____no. of last transaction history___ Last 25 Transactions
153 In Buddy, ____No. of contacts can be added in My Preferences 20 Contacts
154 After putting wrong password consecutively 3 times, State Bank Buddy ____ Re-generation of password
The State Bank of India (SBI) on Tuesday launched a new mobile app called
155 Accenture and Mastercard
Buddy in partnership with _____
The Buddy card can be used on most of the ____ accepted online website to
156 MasterCard
make payment.
Fund transfer (Buddy to Account) = (3% of GST)
Service charges applicable for the SBI Buddy
157 Cash Deposit in Wallet through BC Channel = 0.25% per txn
as followings:
(Min Rs. 2, Max- Rs. 8 + GST)
*** SBI Finder: Total 8 Services available for within 10 KMs.
Back to Index
Rs. 10000/- (In multiple of
158 Cash deposit into Buddy through Business Correspondence Max Limit_
Rs. 100)
159 Contact less card work on NFC, expand NFC Near Field Communication
160 Maximum per Transaction limit without swiping card is___ Rs. 2000/-
161 Expand “e-RI” E-Return Intermediary
162 Computer Security day is observed on__ 30th November
163 Expand BHIM Bharat Interface for Money
After expiry of prepaid cards (all variants) the unutilized balances up to what
164 Rs. 500/-
amount shall lapse to the Bank and Card will be closed
165 BHIM App is available in___ 13 Languages
166 For SBI No Queue, Service provider is__ and max sevices per token___ Aurion Pro & 5 Services
167 SBI “Mitra” is an app for SBI Employees for information on___ Mutual Funds
168 Account statement can be accessed through State Bank Samadhan time___ From 6:00 am to 10:00 pm
Deposit in S.B A/c
Deposit in Loan A/c
169 SBI Digi Voucher- 4 Facility Available-
Remittance- NEFT/RTGS
Draft
___is the social banking application of SBI which enables you to perform basic
170 State Bank Mingle
banking activities through SBI official Facebook page /Twitter
Name the Facility- Just fill up the account opening form on the digital board at
171 the bank and open your account in a jiffy. Walk-in with your KYC documents, SBI Scribe
walk-out with an account number.
172 Expand IMT Instant Money Transfer
173 Beneficiary added under IMT is activated in __ hours with initial txn limit__ 4 (Four), Rs. 10000/-
174 IMT maximum transaction limit is_ Rs. 10000/-
175 IMT maximum monthly transaction limit per beneficiary is_ Rs. 25000/-
176 IMT Per sender maximum monthly transaction limit is_ Rs. 50000/-
177 Under IMT facility maximum ___ beneficiaries may be. 10 beneficiaries
178 The IMT ID generated is of _____digits 15 digits
179 SWAYAM (No of Barcode digit) 8 digit
180 SWAYAM Error code- 400 Passbook Printer Offline
181 SWAYAM Error code- 402 Passbook Jammed in Printer
182 SWAYAM Error code- 403 Passbook Printer Cover Open
183 SWAYAM Error code- 406 Passbook Printer not configured
184 SWAYAM Error code- 407 Passbook Printer hardware error
185 SWAYAM Error code- 1501 Network Error
186 In order to do Registration for SBI Quick First time SMS to ___ 09223488888
187 In order to make Balance enquiry through SBI Quick, Missed Call no.___ 09223766666
188 In order to make Mini-statement through SBI Quick, Missed Call no.___ 09223866666
189 SBI Quick: Maximum ___ months details can be generated as statement. 6 Months
Home Loan &
190 SBI Quick: ____ Interest certificate can be downloaded.
Education Loan
Home Loan &
191 SBI Quick: __ product information can be taken.
Car Loan
192 How many last transactions does an ATM Machine provide in mini statement? Last 10 Txn
193 PBF refers to Positive Balance File
194 Expand TMK Terminal Master Key
195 CVV stands for Card Verification Value
Opticash referes to-Management of cash in ATM at the level indicated by the
196 Opticash refers to
vendor to ensure against cash outage, without loading full cash.
197 Which card has 19 digits on it Maestro Card
Back to Index
198 BHS stands for Business Hour Safe
Maximum Cash withdrawal limit for State Bank Premium and Pride card
199 Rs. 2 Lacs & Rs. 1 Lacs
respectively
200 PAI in case of State Bank Premium & Pride Card respectively Rs. 5 Lacs & Rs. 2 Lacs
201 Maximum C2C (Card to Card) fund transfer limit for debit card is in a day Rs. 40000/-
202 EMV refers to Euro Pay, Master & Visa
203 How many account(s) can be linked to SME Insta Deposit Card? 3 Accounts
Max 16 (3 through CBS &
204 How many account(s) can be linked to a ATM Card?
rest 13 through Service Desk)
205 The service provider for POS is______ Prizm Technology
207 SME Insta Deposit Card validity period is__ 10 Years
Metro ATM in 6 Metro centres (Mumbai, Delhi, Kolkata,
Chennai, Bangalore & Hyderabad) with 96% targeted
availability.
208 Difference between Metro ATMs & Star ATMs
STAR ATM in 4 metro centres (Mumbai, Delhi, Kolkata,
Chennai) with 100% targeted availability.
If the Overnight Cash Retention is more than 15% (of the total cash taken from
209 Bank on Monthly basis), a penalty of __ % per annum will be levied on the 6% P.A.
excess cash retained in the vault during the month?
210 Maestro Card’s validity period ends in Year 2049
No, (But only in case of Jan Dhan, Rupay Card can be
211 Whether illiterate can be provided ATM?
provided)
212 First ever talking ATM in SBI was installed at__ JNU Delhi on 04.10.2012
213 Expand DCPK Debit Card Printing Kiosk
PIN entry time reduced from 30 seconds to 20 seconds and display time of
214 05 SECONDS
screen “Do you want some more time” reduced from 60 seconds to ___ seconds
215 GRC (Green Remit Card) Daily & Monthly Transaction Limit__ Daily-25000 & Monthly-100000
216 GRC (Green Remit Card) issuance charges___ Rs. 20/-
217 The validity of Green Remit Card is ___years from date of issue 10 years
217 Expand TPD (in GCC) Transaction Processing Device
 00 or 01 – Transaction Successful
 50 – Unauthorized Usage
 51 – Expired Card
 52 – Invalid Cards
 53 – Invalid Pin
 58 or 59 – Insufficient Fund
 60 – Usage Limit Exceeds
218 Some Important ATM Error Codes-  62 – Pin Tries exceed
 70 – System error
 71 – Contact card issuer
 76 – Dormant Account
 77 – Account is Locked
 78 – Inoperative Account
 79 – Account not connected to card
 150 – Blocked Card
219 The maximum deposit allowed through cash deposit machine is? Rs. 2.00 Lacs
220 ATM card can also be blocked by SMS last four digits of the card no. to 567676
1800112211 & 18004253800
221 Contact Centre Helpline No-
& 080- 26599990
222 ATM Maintenance Service Providers are___ NCR, FSS & DIEBOLD
223 Central Hub of HCL Connect is located at Noida
Software used at ATM Switch Centre is _____ and supplied by ACI
224 BASE24
Worldwide, Singapore
ATM Switch Centre (ASC) is located at CBD, Belapur, Navi Mumbai. Here,
225 Central Business District
CBD stands for
226 FIRST Public Sector Bank to Install ATM in INDIA – Indian Bank
227 Installation of FIRST ATM By SBI- At ______in 1993 Jamshedpur
Back to Index
ATM - stands for- Automated Teller Machine FIRST ATM in the world was
228 Bar-clays Bank, Year-1967
installed by ______in London in_____
ATM Switch Centre has been awarded with the “ISO Certification___indicating
229 27001
highest technical and Security/safety standards
230 Expand “EJ” logs in terms of ATM Electronic Journal
Under Log Management: The Event shall be stored for a minimum period of
231 90 Days
____days on the ATM.
The Bank shall conduct information security risk assessments of the ATM
232 Year (i.e. Yearly)
infrastructure on a sample basis at least once in a_____.
In terms of Security assessment of ATM endpoints, Third party audit
233 Annually
certificates shall be submitted to the bank by the vendors____.
234 All safes and locks of the Bank’s ATMs shall be at least ____certified. CEN-1
Debit Cards Variants PAI Cover Purchase Protection
State Bank Gold International Rs. 200000/- Rs. 5000/-
State Bank Platinum International Rs. 500000/- Rs. 50000/-
State Bank Pride (Business Debit) Rs. 200000/- Rs. 5000/-
State Bank Premium (Business Debit) Rs. 500000/- Rs. 50000/-
SBI Yuva International Rs. 200000/- Rs. 5000/-
Where Purchase protection is available in Debit Cards, the cover is available for
235 90 Days
____ days from the date of purchase.
The claimant has to submit Purchase Protection Insurance Intimation Form
236 (intimation letter) _____of occurrence of loss. If the intimation is made after 7 within 7 days
days the same will be rejected.
Intimation for Burglary/Theft Claim on purchase using State Bank Debit Card,
237 7 days
to be submitted by Claimant to NICL within ___from date of Burglary or Theft.
Platinum Variant not available in ___(Since officers qualifying for Platinum
238 Variant are on deputation from Army & they are already covered under DSP- DSP-AR
Army)
239 Name the Insurance Co. offering PAI facility in SBI Debit Cards National Insurance Co. Ltd
Payment Application Data
240 Expand PADSS
Security Standards’
241 “Buy Now – Pay Now” is commonly used for -- Debit Cards
242 Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Model consists of__ 7 (seven) Layers
243 The first White Label ATM (WLA) of the country was launched at__ Chandrapada (Maharashtra)
244 National Financial Switch (NFS) is maintained by___ & located at___ NPCI, Mumbai
Other Bank’s ATM on our
245 In MAB (Merchant Acquiring Business) off-us transactions are?
POS
Txn where issuer and acquirer
246 On-us transaction refers to_____
is same
247 First Bank in India to introduce computerization (in year 1971) is__ State Bank of India
If a complaint in respect of a third party ATM is not lodged within _____ days,
248 120 Days
the complaint will not be entertained.
The service provider for ASC (ATM Switch Centre) is Financial Software &
249 HCL Connect
System Ltd. Chennai and connectivity provider is _____
For issuing Photo embossed ATM card in Pehla Kadam-Pehli Udaan product, 32 KB (in .jpg or .png or .gif
250
maximum size of photo should be ___ only)
Under Normal Savings Bank account with cheque book facility, a minor having
251 14 Years
age of minimum of ____ age can be issued ATM-cum-debit card.
252 Depreciation on Computer System applies as Straight Line Method @ __% 33.33%
253 Depreciation on Server applies as Straight Line Method @ ____% every year. 25%
Depreciation on Automated Teller Machine/ Cash Deposit Machine/ Coin
254 Dispenser/ Coin Vending Machine as Straight Line Method @ ____% every 20%
year.
The ‘mall on Mobile’ facility which permits the booking of Railway tickets and
255 NGPAY
purchases on mobile is called__
256 MAB stands for___ Merchant Acquiring Business
257 MDR refers to Merchant Discount Rate
Back to Index
258 MDR (Merchant Discount Rate) charge is relaxed for transactions up to Rs.___ Rs. 2000/-
4 (Four) Types
259 How many types of POS (Point of Sale) terminals are available___ PSTN, Desktop GPRS,
Portable GPRS & Mobile PoS
ATM connectivity among
260 The National Financial Switch (NFS) promoted by IDBRT relates to
banks
sbiINTOUCH Tap & Go
261 State Bank NFC (Near Field Communication ) Card name is
Debit Card
262 Technical Support for sbi INTOUCH is provided by___ Accenture
263 How many contact less transactions are permitted in NFC card 5 (Five)
264 In Contact less Card what is the limit of transaction without using PIN Rs. 2000/-
265 What is the Maximum Limit of NRI Family card At POS Rs. 50000/-
266 NRI family card is valid for__ 10 Years
267 What is the minimum Top-up Amount for NRI Family Card Rs. 100/-
268 SRGD refers to__ System Requirement Gathering Document
Additional Air Accidental Insurance (Death) cover in case of Gold
269 Rs. 5 Lacs
Variants CSP is___
Additional Air Accidental Insurance (Death) cover in case of Diamond
270 Rs. 20 Lacs
Variants CSP is___
Additional Air Accidental Insurance (Death) cover only in case of of Start
271 Rs. 30 Lacs
up Platinum Variants CSP is___
PAI cover for Salary Package Accounts
Salary Package Type Silver Gold Diamond Platinum
Corporate Salary Package (CSP)
Railway Salary Package (RSP)
State Government Salary Package (SGSP)
` 1 Lac
Central Government Salary Package (CGSP)
Jawans of Home Guards covered under PSP
` 5 Lac ` 15 Lac ` 20 Lac
Start-ups
Defense Salary Package (DSP)
Para-Military Salary Package (PMSP)
` 5 Lac
Police Salary Package (PSP)
Indian Coast Guard Salary Package (ICGSP)
Air-Ambulance facility for Salary Package account holders is___ Rs. 5 Lacs
The Free PAI & AAI cover will be governed, ONLY Primary Salary Package Account
holders (i.e. account holder for whom salary is being credited) having salary credits for at 2 (Two)
least _____consecutive month’s salary preceding the date of the incident.
Similarly, salary package accounts where salary credit is not forthcoming for a period of
_____ consecutive months, should be converted into regular Savings Bank accounts, as 3 (Three)
the PAI cover is not available to them.
The Air Accident insurance Cover will be available ONLY IF purchase of air tickets takes place by debit to Salary
Account using the State Bank Debit Card/ Internet Banking, within the policy period and accident also takes place within
the policy period.
The details of such accounts will be available, in report titled as
“Accts_credits_NT_recivd_Lst_90_days_ddmmyy.txt” under the CDC report folder of 10th and 25th
the Home Branch on _____ of every month.
Transaction cost at INB Platform is___ Rs. 0.40
Expand “APBS” Aadhar Payment Bridge System
Back to Index
Limits at ATM / POS / E-Commerce
Variants of Domestically
Usage Type
Cards Minimum Maximum
Daily Cash Limit At ATM ` 100/- ` 40000/-
Classic Card
Daily POS/e-COM Limit No such minimum limit ` 50000/-
Global Card
Gold Card
Platinum Card
Pride Card
Premium Card
Signature Card
Contactless Daily Cash Limit At ATM ` 100/- ` 40000/-

Card Daily POS/e-COM Limit No such minimum limit ` 75000/-
Debit Card Variants Criteria & Eligibility
Classic Base Debit Card to be issued to all customers unless customer requests
Domestic Only for issuance of an International Debit Card.
(MasterCard/RuPay/Visa)
Global Domestic + To be issued to those customers who request for issuance of a basic
(MasterCard/Visa) International International Debit Card.
To be issued to any customer having an active savings account (except
Contactless Card (MasterCard Domestic +
PMJDY & other scheme) who requests for issuance of Contactless
PayPass /Visa PayWave) International Debit Card.
To be issued to eligible customers as per set criteria on balance /
deposit(s) maintained, car loans, home loans, etc.
Gold Domestic +
AQB >= Rs. 50,000/- OR Deposits >= Rs. 5 lacs but < Rs. 10 lacs OR
(MasterCard/Visa) International Home Loan limit of >= Rs. 10 lacs < 20 lacs OR
Car Loan of > = Rs. 3 lacs < Rs. 5 lacs
Pride Domestic + To be issued to all non-personal current account holder OR non-
(MasterCard/Visa) International personal account holder with loan limits of > = Rs. 1 lac < INR 25 lac.
Platinum Domestic +
AQB >= Rs. 1 lac OR Deposits >= Rs. 10 lacs OR
(MasterCard/Visa) International Home Loan limit of >= Rs. 20 lacs OR
Car Loan of > = Rs. 5 lacs
Platinum
Domestic Only AQB >= Rs. 0.50 lac OR Depositors having deposit of >= Rs. 5 lacs OR
(RuPay) Home loan borrowers having limit of >= Rs. 10 lacs OR
Car loan borrowers having limit of >= Rs. 3 lacs
To be issued to all non-personal current account holder with balances of
Premium Domestic +
Rs. 5 lac and above OR non-personal account holder with Loan limits of
(MasterCard/Visa) International Rs. 25 lac and above.
Domestic +
Signature (Visa) Being issued to SBI wealth customers, who are ultra HNI clients
International
Insurance cover offered by NPCI for under noted cards (Under PMJDY) are following:
Variant Insurance cover Cover amount Condittions
Available to the Cardholders who have
RuPay Personal Accident Death performed minimum one successful financial or non-
Debit Card under / Permanent Total Rs. 100000/- financial transaction at any channel (ATM / MicrATM /
PMJDY disability PoS / e-Com /Business Correspondent) within 90 days prior
to the date of accident including accident date.
Available to the Cardholders who have
Rupay Personal Accident Death performed minimum one successful financial or non-
Platinum Debit / Permanent Total Rs. 200000/- financial transaction at any channel (ATM / MicrATM /
Card disability PoS / e-Com / Business Correspondent) within 45 days
prior to the date of accident including accident date.

272 Debit Card Replacement Charge is____ Rs. 300 + GST
For Normal Classic / Global- Free
273 Debit Card Issuance Charges are__ Gold Card – ` 100 + GST
Platinum – ` 300 + GST
Cash Withdrawal - ` 10 + GST
274 Charges for ATM usage after 5 free transactions upon SBI ATM are__
Non-Cash - ` 5 + GST
275 For ATM Card Block / Re-generation of PIN, SMS should be sent on__ 567676
276 PAI in case of Signature Card (VISA) is Rs.___ Rs. 10 Lacs
277 Lost card liability cover is available for Signature card Rs.__ Rs. 4 Lacs
The claimant (s) has to submit Personal Accident Insurance Intimation
278 Form, within ____ of the accidental death of the Cardholder though speed Within 120 days
post/registered post/courier/by hand.
279 If the intimation is made after ___days the same will be rejected. After 120 days
The Personal Accident Claim Form (Pages - 3 & 4) duly filled in all respects should be submitted within 120
280 days thereafter (i.e. period for intimation + claim = 120 days + 120 days = 240 days maximum) with the above
address through speed post/registered post/courier/by hand.
The insurance Company shall, on receipt of complete set of documents, process the claim. Any
requirement/deficiencies in the documents submitted shall be sought within 15 working days of receipt of the
281 claim. All the documents being in order, the Insurance Company will settle the claim within 30 working days
from the date of receipt of last document. In case of delay beyond 30 days, the Insurance Company shall pay
interest as per the IRDA regulations.
Personal Accident Insurance is open to all Rupay Card holders above ___
282 5 Years
years of age to fulfillment of the terms and conditions of policy.
Rupay Card: Claim intimation should be made within __ days from the date
283 90 days
of accident.
Rupay Card: All supportive documents relating to the claim must be
284 60 days
submitted within ____ days from the date of claim intimation.
Rupay Card (Under PMJDY) Claims should be settled within 10 working days from the date of receiving
285
complete documents set (Settlement by : The New India Assuance Co. Ltd.)
To avoid rejection of ATM card issuance request, Do not send request for
286 20 Days
card of same type for any account number within ___days.
Chargeback:- It is a claim raised by Issuer bank(Card issuing bank) on
Acquirer bank( ATM bank) through DMS portal of NPCI for a disputed
287 60 Days
inter-bank ATM transaction. As per new guidelines, Issuer bank can raise
the chargeback within ___days after the date of transaction.
Representment:- On receipt of chargeback from the issuer bank, Acquirer
bank has to either accept it or reject it by providing a copy of error free
288 Electronic Journal (EJ)/JP Submission of proof of successful transaction is 5 Calendar Days
termed as Representment. NPCI has prescribed ____ calendar days for the
making representment by submitting a copy of successful EJ/JP.
Debit adjustment: refers to a chargeback made by the Acquirer bank against the Issuer bank in the DMS
application of NPCI for the Short Cash cases in their ATMs. This happens in the event of Cash dispensed but
account not effectively debited cases. Acquirer bank can raise debit adjustments within 17 days after the date of
transaction. Issuer bank can raise representment within 5 days after the date of debit adjustment chargeback.
289
Since 01.07.2011, in case the Issuing/Acquiring bank has failed to raise the dispute through the regular dispute
redressal process of chargeback, representment or debit adjustment, Issuer/Acquirer bank can initiate Good Faith
cases through DMS of NPCI. Banks can raise Good Faith within 60 days from the date of Chargeback
/Representment/ Debit Adjustment expiry date.
290 Application software used at ASC- Base 24 supplied by ACI Worldwide, Singapore
PIN authentication hardware installed at ASC – Host Security Module
291 Racal, UK
(HSM) supplied by ____
292 PBF Updation Process at ASC is managed by ____ Laser Soft Infosystems Ltd.
Sate Bank Connect – by Dimension data
293 Connectivity Service Providers:__ VSAT – by HCL Connet
CDMA – by Reliance Infocomm/TATA
_______shall assist ISC for framing, review of policy & standards and
294 dissemination and enforcing of approved IS Policy & Standards and related GM & Group CISO
activities in the Bank.
The objective of the IS Policy is to set the guiding principles for
Confidentiality, Integrity and
295 establishing Information Security strategies to achieve ______of the
Availability
information and information systems.
The _______shall be responsible to provide overall directions and an
296 oversight to information security framework of the Bank and to approve the The Board of Directors
Information Security Policy.
Back to Index
297 Expand “ITSC” Information Technology Strategy Committee
298 Expand “CISO” Chief Information Security Officer
299 i-FAMS Intranet based Fixed Assets Management system
300 Expand “WiFi” Wireless Fidelity
301 Expand “HiFi” High Fidelity
302 Expand “WEP” Wired Equivalent Privacy
303 Expand “WPA” Wifi Protected Access
304 Expand “MAC” address Media Access Control Address,
305 Expand “TCP/IP” Transmission Control Protocol / Internet Protocol
306 Expand “HTTP” Hyper Text Transfer Protocol
307 Expand “FTP” File Transfer Protocol”
308 Expand “HTML” Hyper-text markup language
309 Expand “XML” Extensible Markup Language
310 Expand “DP” (for Whatsapp) Display Picture
311 Expand “GIF” Graphics Interchange Format
312 Expand “PNG” Portable Network Graphics
313 Expand “JPEG” Joint Photographic Experts Group
314 Expand “BMP” Binary Material Format
315 Expand “MPEG” Moving Picture Experts Group
316 Expand “PDF” Portable Document Format
317 Expand “HDR” High Dynamic Range
318 Expand “NINO” Nothing IN Nothing Out / No Input No Output
319 Expand “NTFS” New Technology File System
320 Expand “FAT32” File Allocation Table
321 Expand “CSIRT” Cyber Security Incidents Response Teams
322 Expand “PKI” Public Key Infrastructure
323 Expand “HVAC” Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning
324 Expand “BIS” Bureau of Indian standards
325 Expand “DCM” Data Center Manager
326 Expand "SDLC” Secure Software Development Lifecycle
327 Expand “WAF” Web Application Firewall
328 Expand “OWASP” Open Web Application Security Project
329 Expand “DOS” Disk Operating System
330 Expand “DoS” Denial of Service
331 Expand “DDoS” Distributed DoS
332 Expand “UEFI” Unified Extensible Firmware Interface
333 Expand “VLAN” Virtual Local Area Network
334 Expand “WLAN” Wireless Local Area Network
335 Expand “VPN” Virtual Private Network
336 Expand “GPS” Global Positioning System
337 Expand “PS/2” Personal System/2
338 Expand “HDMI” High-Definition Multimedia Interface
339 Expand “IMEI” International Mobile Equipment Identity
340 Expand “DMZ” De-Militarized Zone
341 Expand “BIOS” Basic Input/Output System
Back to Index
342 Expand “CMOS” Complementary Metal–Oxide–Semiconductor
343 Expand “CERT-In” Computer Emergency Response Team of India
344 Expand “NTP” Network Time Protocol
345 Expand “NIDS” Network based Intrusion Detection System
346 Expand “PIMS” Privileged Identity Management Solution
347 Expand IVRS Interactive Voice Recording
348 Expand INFINET Indian Financial Network
349 Expand OFSA Oracle Financial Services Application
350 Expand COBOL Common Business Oriented Language
351 Expand IDRBT Institute for Development & Research in Banking Technology
352 Expand MICR Magnetic Ink Character Recognition
353 Expand ECS Electronic Clearing System
354 Expand OBU Offshore Banking Unit
355 Expand “DPI” Dots Per Inches
356 Expand VPA Virtual Payment Address
357 Expand UPI Unified Payment Interface
358 Expand CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
359 Expand GPRS General Packet Radio Service
360 Expand CCDP Centralized Credit Data Processing
361 Expand IMPS Immediate Payment service
362 Expand VSAT Very Small Aperture Terminal
363 Expand USSD Unstructured Supplementary Services Data
364 Expand OCAS Online Customer Acquisition System
365 Expand NPCI National Payment Corporation of India
366 Expand ASBA Applications Supported by Blocked Amount
367 Expand VIRUS Vital Information Resources Under Seize
368 Expand CDC Central Data Centre
369 Expand MIT (in case of INB) Manual Intervention Transaction
370 Expand MTSS Money Transfer Service Scheme
371 Expand BAS Biometric Authentication Solution
372 Expand TCRN Temporary Customer Reference Number
373 Expand DNS Deferred Net Settlement
373 Expand TUFS Technology Upgradation Fund Scheme
374 Expand GITC Global Information Technology Centre
375 Expand UDAY Ujwal Discom Assurance Yojana
376 Expand MPIN Mobile Banking Personal Identification Number
377 Expand PRAN Permanent Retirement Account No.
378 Expand CDS Credit Default Swap
379 Expand SWOT Strength Weakness Opportunity Threat
380 Expand P2P Peer to Peer
381 Expand “IBAN” International Bank Account Number
382 Expand “DCC” Dynamic Currency Conversion
383 Expand “OCR” Optical Character Recognistion”
Users should change their passwords under any of the following
384 At least once in 90 days.
circumstances____.
User should report to the user's manager if account is locked out before ____
*** 3 Invalid Attempts
invalid attempts.
The MIT (Manual Intervention Transaction) request submitted by the RINB user
*** After 7 days.
for updation of his PAN will expire __
Back to Index
All assets including hardware, software, physical assets, and media should be
385 reviewed for risk assessment by respective designated owner at least once in A Year. (i.e. Yearly)
_____.
The access to information and Information Systems shall be according to the “least privilege” and
386
principles of ________ and ________basis to authorized users. "need to know"
387 Email accounts shall be created on _____basis. “need to have”
The access of all ‘Users’ leaving the Bank shall be disabled as soon as possible
388 as agreed by the line manager but no later than ______working days of his last 3 (Three)
day in the Bank.
All user-ids of 'Critical' systems shall be reviewed at least once in a quarter. For
389 6 (Six)
Non-Critical systems this review will be performed once in _____months.
User IDs that have not been used for a period of ______can be considered stale.
390 3 weeks
Stale User IDs should be disabled
391 Passwords shall have a minimum length of _____ characters. 8 (Characters)
Password history should be maintained. The last ____ passwords should not be
392 5 (Five)
allowed.
___should be used for ensuring the confidentiality and integrity of confidential
393 Cryptographic Controls
and secret information stored on devices and storage media.
394 The cryptographic inventory shall be reviewed at least on ____basis. Annual Basis
Data communication channel should be encrypted to ensure integrity and
395 Cryptography Policy
confidentiality of data. Encryption should be in accordance to____.
All the external facing URLs should use the trusted TLS (minimum 1.2) certificate / (HTTPS) protocol for the
396
server authentication.
An email message that cannot be delivered and returns an error notification to
397 "Bounce Back"
the sender is said to ___.
_______refers to the storing and accessing of data and programs over the
398 Cloud computing
Internet instead of on another type of hard drive.
A _____is an Internet protocol used by your Internet service provider (ISP) to
399 Post office protocol (POP)
handle email. A POP account is an email account
400 _______generally refers to the speed of a printer. Pages per minute (PPM)
SAAS stands for
______is a software distribution model whereby software applications are
401 “SOFTWARE AS A
centrally hosted and licensed on a subscription basis.
SERVICE”
402 Baas Stands for___ Backend as a Service
An email containing live data intended to cause damage to the recipient's
403 LetterBomb
computer, is called___
A program in which damage (the payload) is delivered when a particular logical
404 Logic Bomb
condition occurs; e.g., not having the author's name in the payroll file.
A ____is a non-destructive program that is designed to log every keystroke made
405 Keylogger
on a computer
____is software designed to gather information about a user’s computer use
406 Spyware
without their knowledge
407 Using a password or user ID obtained in one attack to commit another attack__ Leapfrog Attack
A person who hacks telephone systems, usually for the purpose of making free
408 PHREAKER
phone calls
409 A person who combines phone phreaking with computer hacking is called__ PHRACKER
When phone networks are hacked in order to make free calls or have calls
410 Phreaking
charged to a different account.
Gaining unauthorized access to a computer system via another user's legitimate
411 Piggyback
connection.
Term often used to describe the techniques virus writers and hackers utilize to
412 Social Engineering
trick computer users into revealing information or activating viruses.
413 Malware that pretends to be malware removal software. Rogue Security Software
Message that warns of a non-existent threat, usually related to chain letters and
414 Hoax
usually harmless.
415 ____refers to unsolicited email messages sent for marketing purposes. SPAM
Spam mail from known source is called___ (i.e. the process of disguising one
416 computer user as another). When cybercriminals try to get into your computer by Spoofing
masquerading as a trusted source.
417 Malware that self-replicates and sends itself to other computers in your network. Worm
An apparently innocuous program that contains code designed to surreptitiously
418 Trojan horse
access information or computer systems without the user's knowledge.
419 Malware that encrypts data or locks computers until a ransom is paid. Ransomware
Back to Index
Malware that changes your browser settings to direct you to malicious sites or
420 Hijackware
show you ads. Also known as browser hijacker.
Disguises itself as normal files that “hide in plain sight” so your antivirus
software overlooks them. The goal is usually to steal the identity information
421 Rootkit
from your computer, often to gain control of a system. It’s difficult to detect and
remove.
Opens a backdoor into your computer to provide a connection for other malware,
422 Backdoor
viruses, SPAM or hackers.
____is a type of online scam where an attempt is made to redirect a website’s
423 traffic to another, fraudulent website. When website traffic is redirected to a Pharming
bogus website, usually an ecommerce or banking site.
This is the act of a person sneakily looking over the should of someone using a
424 Shoulder Surfing
PIN.
___is a method that fraudsters use to illegally obtain credit card information.
425 This is done using a method of using a small electronic device called a skimmer, Skimming
to swipe and store hundreds of victim’s credit card numbers
This is a variation on phishing in which the criminal fishes for personal data over
a cell phone. Instead of receiving an email, the person gets a text message that
426 tells him to call a toll-free number, which is answered by a bogus interactive SMiShing
voice-response system that tries to fool the person into providing his/her account
number and password.
This is a variation of phishing in which the criminal fishes for personal
427 information or attempts to install malicious software on a computer through a Vishing
video file.
428 Internet Piracy is known as___ Phishing#
#
Phishing is a type of email fraud in which the perpetrator sends out emails that appear to come from a
legitimate service or reputable company, such as a bank or an email service provider.
Phishing: When cybercriminals try to get sensitive information from you, like credit card numbers and
passwords. Some specific techniques include,
429
Spear Phishing (targets specific people or departments),
Whale phishing (targets important people like CEOs),
SMiShing (phishing via text messages) and
Vishing (voice phishing that takes place over the phone, usually through impersonation).
430 Scrambling data for securing is known as___ Encryption
431 Incremental back-up of data is to be taken at ___ intervals. Daily
432 Computer system failure is classified in the risk category of__ Operational Risk
433 Bitcoin uses a ___payment network made up of users with Bitcoin accounts. Peer-to-Peer (P2P)
434 To start up a computer that is already Turned Off, is called___ Cold Boot (Hard Boot)
435 To re-start up a computer that is already Turned On, is called___ Warm Boot
When you modify a certain piece of hardware for better performance, it is often
436 Tweaking
referred to as "_____" it.
437 Firewalls are used to protect against___ Unauthorised Attacks
The ____ converts digital signals to analog signals for the purpose of
438 Modem
transmitting data over telephone lines.
Customer Experience
439 In the online world of electronic commerce, what do the initials CEM stands for
Management
440 The fastest 1/0 of RAID (Redundant Arrays of Inexpensive Disks) is -- Level- 0
A communication processor that connects dissimilar networks by providing the
441 Gateway
translation from one set of protocol to another is__
442 Any Crime accomplished through knowledge or use of computer technology is – Techno - crime
Digital certificates (external / self-signed) shall have a pre-defined expiry period,
443 Two Years
maximum ___years, beyond which it shall not be used.
Testing of fire alarms, evacuation drill, automatic deactivation of access control
444 6 (Six)
devices, etc. should be conducted at least once in ____months
445 The evacuation plan should be reviewed at least______. Annually
A public address system should be installed at all facilities for emergency and
446 evacuation announcements. The system should be checked for proper 3 (Three)
functioning every _____months.
447 Anti-virus / anti-malware server should be installed in ___for pattern updates. Failover Mode
Antivirus and anti-malware software should be configured to scan all
448 Incoming & Outgoing
_____communications
Back to Index
449 Expand DRP Disaster Recovery Plan
450 Expand BCP Business Continuity Plan
451 The DRS (Disaster Recovery Site) for CTS is situated at___ Hyderabad
452 The DR (Disaster Recovery) site for ATM, CBS & INB Switch located at__ Chennai
Under Disaster Recovery Solution: To face any exigencies, the bank conducts
452 Quarterly
DR drills at _____ intervals
453 What is m-commerce Mobile Commerce
A collaborative network that uses Internet Technology to link business with their
454 Extranet
suppliers is called ____
Investment
455 SBI YONO offers Financial Products: Credit Cards, Insurance & ___
(SBICAP security)
_____gives convenience and ease while going through toll plaza to the customer
456 SBI FASTag
along with saving time, fuel and money.
SBI FASTag : Limited KYC holder’s account, at any given point of time, this
457 type of SBI FASTag account cannot have more than Rs. ____ /- in their FASTag Rs. 20,000/-
(Prepaid) account. The monthly reload limit is also capped to Rs. 20,000/-.
SBI FASTag : Full KYC Holders account, at any given point of time, this type
458 of SBI FASTag account cannot have more than Rs. ____ in their FASTag Rs. 1.00 Lac
(prepaid) account. There is no monthly reload cap in this account.
459 What is the validity of the SBI FASTag? 3 (Three) Years
460 What is the customer care number of the SBI FASTag system ? 1800-1100-18
461 What is the technology involved in SBI FASTag? Radio frequency identification (RFID)
462 The SBI FASTag is non-transferable & cannot be used outside of India. True
Issuance fees of the SBI FASTag across all categories, including all applicable
462 Rs. 100/-
taxes, is___
463 No issuance charge for Individuals / Corporate having ___ vehicles. 10 or More Vehicles
SBI FASTag : Minimum Balance & Security amount requirement for Light Balance: Rs. 100/-
464
Motor Vehicle for personal use (Other than Light Commercial Vehicle) is__ Security: Rs. 200/-
465 The users for the Branch for use of i-FAMS software are created at ……. Levels 3 (Three)
Personal segment loans such as housing, car, education, personal etc. are
466 sbiINTOUCH
available at these ___ branches.
sbiINTOUCH: Financial counselling through hi-definition Audio Video
Remote Expert Module
467 conferencing service is provided at select branches termed______, where
(REM)
customers can interact with financial experts.
sbiINTOUCH: Our goal is to create a ‘____’ marketplace within these futuristic
branches, to offer customers banking through self-service kiosks and services of
468 “Phygital”
other SBI subsidiaries such as Life Insurance, General Insurance, Mutual Funds,
Credit Cards, and online trading through SBI Cap Securities.
469 Tag line of IBM Lotus Symphony is____ Be Free. Work Smart
Document, Presentation &
470 Three Icons are displayed on the home screen of IBM Lotus Symphony___
Spreadsheet
Short-cut Keys in IBM Lotus Symphony
Help F1 Hyperlink CTRL + K
Rename F2 Close CTRL + W
Refresh F5 Close All CTRL + SHIFT + W
Next Part F6 Copy “CTRL + C” or “CTRL + Insert”
Spell Check F7 Cut “CTRL + X” or “SHIFT + Delete”
Extension F8 Paste “CTRL + V” or “SHIFT + Insert”
Re-Calculate F9 Paste Special CTRL + SHIFT + V
Style List F11 Save As CTRL + SHIFT + S
Show Short Key
Save As F12 CTRL + SHIFT + L
Assist
Text & Cell
These short-keys are common in Document and CTRL + 1
Property
Spreadsheet of IBM Lotus Symphony
Create Table CTRL + F12
Back to Index
471 In Microsoft Word / Excel, to go for HELP, which key is to be pressed___ F1
472 In Microsoft Excel Only to amend any cell, which key to be pressed__ F2
473 In Microsoft Word only, letters can be in CAPITAL letter or Small letter by___ Shift + F3
474 In Microsoft Word / Excel, for option “GO TO”, which key is to be pressed___ F5
475 In Microsoft Word / Excel, to check spelling, which key is to be pressed___ F7
476 In Microsoft Excel Only, Chart tool is can be used by pressing___ F11
477 In Microsoft Word / Excel, Save As option can be used as____ F12
478 In Microsoft Word / Excel, Paste Special option can be used as____ Ctrl + Alt + V
479 Increasing & Decreasing of Font Sizes are in MS Word from __ to___ Font size 1 to 1638
480 Increasing & Decreasing of Font Sizes are in MS Excel from __ to___ Font size 1 to 409
Ctrl+L (For Left Alignment)
Ctrl+R (For Right Alignment)
481 For doing Alignment or Justification of Paragraph / line in MS Word, Press-
Ctrl+E (Middle Alignment)
Ctrl+J (to Justfy)
482 By using _____ also contents can be Cut just like using “CTRL+C” Ctrl + Insert
483 By using _____ also contents can be Cut just like using “CTRL+X” Shift + Delete
484 By using _____ also contents can be pasted just like using “CTRL+V” Shift + Insert
485 By pressing ____ cursor can be carried in just previous field. Shift + TAB
486 File can be switched by pressing ____ ALT + TAB
487 To close the running task, ____ can be used ALT + F4
488 For Going to RUN option, simply ___ can be used. Windows Button + R
489 To access directly to My Computer ____ can be used Windows Button + E
490 To lock the computer ____ can be used. Windows Button + L
491 To Minimize the file in system ____ can be used. Windows Button + M
492 ___formulas perform multiple calculations on one or more cells of data. Array Formula
493 How to pull information from one Excel sheet to another? By using Excel Reference
494 eZ-Trade is powered by__ SBI Cap Security
495 Contactless cards (NFC) contacts machine through - Radio waves
496 In our foreign offices, we use the software ‘Finacle’, provided by__ Infosys
497 State Bank Training Management System (SBTMS) is managed by___ Wipro
Name the company which has implemented the National Real Time Gross Settlement
498 Logica CMG
System in banks.
499 Customer contact centre is located at Bangalore, Vadodara, Agra & Kolkata – operated by M/S Mphasis
500 Which is the nodal branch for ASBA facility? Capital market Branch, Mumbai
501 Technology provider for SBI MobiCash is M/s Oxigen Services (India) Private Ltd.
502 Proxy Address in our Bank http://proxytest.sbi.co.in/proxy.js
503 __is authorized to block ports through firewall IT-Networking dept. as advised by ISD
504 ISSSC in SBI is Information Systems Security Standards Committee
505 Expand CIARC Centralised Internet Access Regulatory Committee
For bank's business requirements authorised users can access positive list of
506 CIARC
websites approved by__
As per Bank's customer Grievance Redressal policy, all complaints should be
507 21
resolved within a maximum period of ___days
508 First Bank in India to introduce the concept of ―Digital Banking‖ State Bank of India
509 ______is web based software application for retail sale of gold coin. Metagrid
510 If you receive a Phishing mail, Do not respond to it and report it to __ report.phishing@sbi.co.in
511 What is the most common delivery method for viruses? E-mail
512 What is the biggest vulnerability to computer information security? End-Users
513 Treasury Solution has been procured from___ Reuters / Unisys
514 GLS (Global Link Services) handles the online remittance product - SBI Express Remit
A program that migrates through networks and operating systems by attaching
515 Virus
itself to different programs and databases is a__
Bank has laid detailed guidelines that would assist users in adopting secure
516 Acceptable Usage
practices in using computers called __
517 Application used for stock trading ___ SBI SMART
Back to Index
Decimal / Binary / Octal / Hexadecimal Comparison
Decimal (Base-10) Binary (Base-2) Octal (Base-8) Hexadecimal (Base-16)
00 0000 00 00
01 0001 01 01
02 0010 02 02
03 0011 03 03
04 0100 04 04
05 0101 05 05
06 0110 06 06
07 0111 07 07
08 1000 10 08
09 1001 11 09
10 1010 12 A
11 1011 13 B
12 1100 14 C
13 1101 15 D
14 1110 16 E
15 1111 17 F
16 10000 20 10
17 10001 21 11
18 10010 22 12
19 10011 23 13
20 10100 24 14
21 10101 25 15
22 10110 26 16
23 10111 27 17
24 11000 30 18
25 11001 31 19
26 11010 32 1A
27 11011 33 1B
28 11100 34 1C
29 11101 35 1D
30 11110 36 1E
31 11111 37 1F
32 100000 40 20
Back to Index
YONO (You Only Need One)
 Who can open Digital Savings Account?

Digital Savings Account is for every Resident Indian above 18 years who hold a valid AADHAAR Card and PAN and
who are born in India.
 What documents are required to open a Digital Savings Account?
You need a valid AADHAAR with updated details and a valid PAN card to open Digital savings account.
 Can customer open more than one Digital Savings account with SBI?
Only one Digital Savings Account is permissible for a customer.
 Can this account have a joint holder?
Digital Savings Account is meant to be in Single name only. Customer can open a regular joint account at any of our
branches.
 Who can open Insta Account?
Insta Account is for every Resident Indian above 18 years who hold a valid AADHAAR Card and PAN and who are
born in India. You are eligible for Insta account, if you are a new to the bank customer and do not be maintain any other
Aadhaar OTP based account with any bank.
 What documents are required to open an Insta Savings Account?
You need a valid AADHAAR with updated details and a valid PAN card to open Insta savings account
 Can I open more than one Insta Savings account with SBI?
Only one Insta Savings Account is permissible for a customer across all banks.
 Can this account have a joint holder?
Insta Savings Account is meant to be in Single name only. You can open a regular joint account at any of our branches.
 How much money can I deposit in my Insta Account?
At any point of time the maximum amount that can be deposited is Rs. 49,999/-
 Is there a limit on the total transaction amount?
The aggregate of all credits in a financial year, in all the deposits taken together should not exceed Rs. 2,00,000/-(Two
Lacs only) .For any single transaction the limit is Rs.49,999/-(Rupees Forty Nine Thousand Nine Hundred and Ninety
Nine only)
 Do I get a debit card for my Insta Savings Account?
Yes, you will be issued a RuPay debit card.
 Do I need to visit the branch to open an Insta Account?
To open an Insta Account, you will not need to visit the branch. However, you will need to complete the full KYC
within the next 12 months by physically visiting the branch.
 What are the type of transaction that I can do with an Insta Account?
You will be able to transfer funds using NEFT, IMPS, UPI etc. You will not be able to open FDs & RDs etc. Loans
cannot be availed on an Insta Account until you get your full KYC done in the branch.
 Is there a minimum balance that I will need to maintain in an Insta Account?
This is a zero balance account.
 Do I get a cheque book for my Insta Account?
No, There will be no cheque book issued.
 Can I register a complaint through YONO mobile App/web Portal?
Yes. A complaint can be registered through YONO mobile App/web Portal post login.
 When can I register a complaint through YONO mobile App/web Portal?
A complaint may be registered at any time through YONO mobile App/web Portal or any other channel viz. INB,
calling at Contact Centre, Website, SMS Unhappy.
 Can I register a complaint for mobile App/web Portal specific issues via other channels?
Yes. You may register a complaint for mobile App/web Portal specific issues via any other channel viz. INB, calling at
Contact Centre, Website, Branch, written complaints, SMS Unhappy, etc.
 Do I get a complaint registration number?
Yes. You will receive an SMS/e-mail containing your Complaint Ticket Number, upon successful registration of your
complaint.
 Can I track complaint through YONO mobile App/web Portal?
Yes. You may track your complaint by going to the “Support” section in the App/ Portal, selecting “Track Complaints”
and entering your Complaint Ticket Number
 Do I get any notification on closure of complaint?
Yes. You will be notified via SMS/e-mail on closure of your complaint on the number provided by you at the time of
registration of your complaint.
 How can I inquire about my deposit balance?
Your combined deposit account balance will be instantly displayed once you click "My Deposit" section. You can also
view the details of your individual deposit accounts such as the interest rate, maturity date etc. by clicking the respective
deposit account number in "My Deposits" section.
 Can I open a fixed deposit in ‘YONO’ platform?
Yes, you can create a new Fixed Deposit in ‘YONO’ platform. Please go to Relationship Overview tab in Home page,
then go to “My Deposit” there you will find the option to create fixed deposit option.
 What is the minimum and maximum amount of Fixed Deposit, I can create in ‘YONO’ platform?
You can create Fixed Deposit between Rs 1000 to Rs 99,99,999. Please refer to Bank's website for the latest
information.
Back to Index
 On closure of Fixed Deposit, I want to credit the proceeds to different account other than my saving account?
In the process of closing the Fixed Deposit, customer will be shown the list of all transaction accounts linked to her CIF.
She/he can choose any one from these accounts for fixed deposit closure proceeds.
 Is there any cut off time for creating Fixed Deposit by ‘YONO’ platform?
Fixed Deposit can be created online from 8:00 AM IST to 8:00 PM IST. Requests initiated beyond this period will be
scheduled for the next opening hours.
 What is Tax Saver Fixed Deposit?
Tax saver Fixed Deposit is a fixed deposit with a minimum tenure of 5 years and maximum tenure of 10 years.
 What is the minimum and maximum amount for a Tax Saver Fixed Deposit?
You can open a Tax Saver Fixed Deposit with a minimum amount of Rs 1000/- (Rs 10,000 for senior citizens), and the
maximum amount that can be deposited under the scheme is Rs 1, 50,000/- in a financial year.
 What is avail overdraft against Fixed Deposit option?
Overdraft is a facility provided for you to avail a specified amount as loan against a Fixed Deposit (if eligible) based on
certain parameters and terms & conditions. In this case, you need not close the Fixed Deposit. It will solve instant
liquidity needs. Please explore online videos in 'Discover our features' section for more details.
 By clicking avail overdraft, I got the overdraft limit. How it is derived?
The overdraft account will be like any other transaction account with a limit up to which you can utilize the amount.
The available balance of the overdraft account is available under 'My Balance' option under 'Relationship Overview'.
 How can I create a new dream?
You can create a new dream from the 'Create a New Dream' option under 'My Deposits' tab. You can fund the dream at
the point of creation or at a later stage.
 What is the size of the image I can upload for a Dream?
Size of the dream's image should preferable between 20 kb to 50 kb.
 Can I proceed ahead without uploading the image of the My Dream?
Yes, you can create a Dream without an image of the Dream. You can add the image of the dream at a later point of
time.
 What is the minimum amount I can save for a My Dream?
The minimum amount of monthly instalment shall be Rs 100. This monthly contribution amount, along with dream
amount will decide the tenure of the dream.
 What is the minimum tenure for My Dreams?
Minimum tenure for the My Dream product is 12 months (1 year).
 How can I fund My Dream?
You can click on the 'Add Funds' link provided just after dream is created. You can also add funds by clicking on link
provided below the dream listed under 'My Deposits' section.
 From where can I close the dream?
You can close a dream by clicking on 'Close Dream' button on dream details page.
 Can I open a recurring deposit (RD) account in ‘YONO’ platform?
Recurring deposit in ‘YONO’ platform is offered in the form of 'My Dreams' product. You can create a dream by
accessing 'My Dream' section under 'Relationship Overview'.
 What is Relationship Overview?
Relationship Overview is one view of all your relationships with SBI - Transaction Accounts, FD/RD accounts, Loan
accounts and SBI subsidiaries - SBI Life, SBI general, SBI Cards, SBI MF and SBI Cap Sec under different tabs.
 Can I see spend analysis for each of my accounts?
Yes you can see spend analysis for any of your transactional accounts in ‘YONO’ platform.
 How can I inquire about my loan account balance?
Your combined loan account balance will be instantly displayed once you click 'My Borrowings' section listed under
'Relationship Overview'. You can also view the details of your individual loan account such as the interest rate, loan
term, outstanding principal balance and maturity date by clicking the respective account number.
 How can I inquire about my investments?
Your combined investment balance will be instantly displayed once you click 'My Investments' section listed under
'Relationship Overview'. You can also view the details of your individual investment account by clicking the respective
investments.
 How can I inquire about my insurance policies?
Your combined amount of insurance policies will be instantly displayed once you click 'My Insurance' section listed
under 'Relationship Overview'. You can also view the details of your individual insurance policies by clicking the
respective insurance policy number in 'My Insurance' section.
 How can I inquire about my credit cards?
Your combined credit card balance will be instantly displayed once you click 'My Credit Cards' section listed under
'Relationship Overview'. You can also view the details of your individual credit card by clicking the respective credit
card number in 'My Credit Cards' section.
 Can I pay my utility bills through ‘YONO’ platform?
Using Bill Payment you can pay bills of various utilities like Electricity, Telephone, Mobile, Credit Card, Gas and
Insurance companies.
 How do I start using the Bill Payments service? Can I pay someone else's bill?
To use Bill Payments, you can pay directly from our pre login page through BBPS/SBI collect or you can pay after
login by clicking on the Bill Payment option on home page. Yes, you can pay someone else's bill. To do so you will
have to provide the Specific Details of the bill which is to be paid.
Back to Index
 What acknowledgement/receipt do I get for a payment made through Bill Payments?
For each payment made through Bill Payments, you get an instant electronic acknowledgement/receipt that has a
Transaction Reference Number
 What is "AutoPay" option?
The 'AutoPay' option is a standing instruction that you can set up for any bill which needs to be paid on a recurring basis
 Can I cancel/edit AutoPay amount and date later on?
You can cancel or modify the AutoPay option for the biller through the "Edit AutoPay" option under the Bill Payment
section.
 How to transfer funds to a new beneficiary?
You can transfer funds to a new beneficiary using beneficiary’s account details or MMID or QR code or VPA.
 Why I cannot see options like RTGS/NEFT/IMPS for funds transfer?
‘YONO’ platform smartly decides the mode of funds transfer based on amount and time of funds transfer (if payment is
done using account details).
 My beneficiary's account is not yet credited with the amount I have transferred. What should I do?
Please use 'Raise a Complaint' option available in 'Support' section in the ‘YONO’ platform using your transaction
reference number. You could also track your complaint using 'Track Complaint' option
 What is virtual payment address?
Virtual payment address (VPA) is an ID, which a user creates by linking her accounts to a Bank's mobile application.
This alias will be having account information about a customer like account number, branch code, IFSC, bank name,
full name. This VPA could be used to send/receive money. You can create your VPA ID from 'Manage VPA ID' under
'Settings' option.
 I want to delete a scheduled payment. Can I do it?
You can always delete your scheduled payment at least one day before the date of transaction.
 How do I add a new beneficiary?
Your beneficiary list will be automatically updated when you pay a new beneficiary. However, a valid profile password
is required for addition of new beneficiary. Click on ‘Pay a New Beneficiary' option available on the funds transfer page
and enter the details of beneficiary in the following page. You can also add a photograph of the beneficiary.
 Can I use the same app for accessing multiple accounts?
Existing SBI customer can access all the accounts under her CIF using ‘YONO’ App. Although, Customer can register
the ‘YONO’ App in a single device only using the registered mobile number.
 What should I do after downloading the app?
After you successfully download the ‘YONO’ app, you can explore/shop from our marketplace and other financial
products and open digital savings account from pre login page. Existing SBI customer can use their INB credentials to
directly register the app and login.
 How do I register for the app?
You can register the ‘YONO’ app with your INB credentials or account details including ATM Card. In case you do not
have either INB credentials or ATM card, please visit the branch.
 What is MPIN ?
MPIN is a 6 digit numeric code which is used to login into the app.
 Is MPIN mandatory for login into the ‘YONO’ Mobile App?
No. MPIN is not mandatory for the user in order to log-in to the ‘YONO’ App. A user can also login through her/his
valid INB credentials also.
 Can MPIN be used for Login to the ‘YONO’ Portal version?
No. A user can only login to the ‘YONO’ Portal using his/her INB Credentials only.
 What is PAPL?
PAPL is a Pre-Approved Personal Loan specially designed for meeting your.
 For what purposes can I avail this loan?
It is a general purpose loan for meeting any legitimate personal needs other.
 What is the minimum & maximum amount offered under PAPL?
The minimum & maximum amount offered under PAPL will be Rs. 25,000 & Rs.1,00,000
 What is the repayment period?
You can opt for a Repayment period of 6 to12 months as per your convenience.
 What is the interest rate?
Interest rate will be fixed at 560 basis points over one year MCLR effective on the date of loan (for e.g. if the MCLR is
8%, effective interest rate for PAPL would be 13.60 % p.a.). Rate of interest applicable on the date of availing loan will
be fixed for the entire tenure.
 Is there any Processing fee?
There is no Processing fee at present.
 Can I pre-close my account?
Yes. The loan account can be pre-closed. You have to contact the Home-branch.
 Is there any pre-payment penalty?
No prepayment penalty at present.
 DIGITAL BANK FEATURES (YONO)
Funds Transfer, Relationship Overview, Account Transaction Enquiry, Spend Analyzer, Goal Based My Dreams
Bill Payments & Loyalty Rewards
Back to Index
Prepaid Cards
Prepaid Cards / Other Cards

Card Type Minimum ` Maximum ` Validity Other Features
Cash Withdrawal is not allowed.
For Others- In association with VISA
` 1.00 Lac Add-on-cards not exceeding two in number to be used
Achiever Card ` 100/- 10 Years by the card holder in case of loss / misplacement /
For SBI- defacement of the card. (Any no. of reload allowed)
` 2.00 Lacs Card Issuance fee Rs. 100 + GST
Reload fee Rs. 10 + GST (free if INB)
Cash Withdrawal is not allowed.
In association with VISA
#
 R&DB/CS^NB-PPI/33/2017–18 dated 22.11.2017
For default Image Gift Card, If the Gift Card is not
topped up within One Month from the date of
#
Gift Card ` 500/- ` 10000/- 3 Years issuance, a charge of Rs.120 will be recovered from
your account.
For Image Based Gift cards (for specific occasion), an
issuance Fees of Rs.105+GST will be debited from
your account at the time of card order. Rs.105+GST
(as applicable)
Purpose: For payment of Government disbursements
like Scholarship, social benefits like NREGA,
Anganwadi staff salary, old age pension, Wages /
Bonus / incentives to employees, Periodical payment
of incentives to agents/commission to distributors &
e-Z Pay Card ` 100/- ` 1.00 Lac 10 Years Remittances received from abroad.
ATM Usage Charge: Withdrawal (Rs. 20/-) &
Balance Enquiry (Rs. 9/-)
For the card no need to be a SBI account holder.
Minimum reload Rs.100 per reload No Maximum
stipulation.
For Railway Employees
Cash withdrawal at any SBI ATMs (free of charge)
Imprest Card ` 100/- ` 1.00 Lac 10 Years and at charge of Rs 20/- at other Bank’s ATM.
Cash withdrawal from State Bank ATMs –
Min-Rs.100, Max- Rs. 40000/- per day.
Validity: 48 Hours or transaction which occurs first.
No restriction on No. of Cards
Virtual Card ` 100/- ` 50000/- In association with VISA
All INB Customers with Transaction Rights having PAN
registered with the Bank can avail this facility
Smart Pay-out The product is since withdrawn vide circular no. R&DB/CS^NB-PPI/33/2017–18 dated 22.11.2017
Can be issued in 8 currencies (USD, GBP, EURO, CAD, AUD, JPY, SAR & SGD)
Maximum 2 (Two) Add-on cards can be issued. (Charges :- Rs. 100 + GST for each)
Reload fee : Rs. 50 + GST
Foreign Travel No fee will be charged if the balance amount is claimed within 3 Months of the expiry of the card
Maximum amount per transaction: ATM ($3000), POS ($5000), E-com ($5000)
Maximum No. of Transactions in 24 hours : ATM (3 Txn), POS (5 Txn), E-com (3 Txn)
It cannot be used in India, Bhutan & Nepal.
01 Expand “PPIs” Prepaid Payment Instruments
If the undrawn amount of prepaid card remaining unclaimed for more
than ____ the amount has to be credited to the Depositor Education and
02 Awareness Fund (DEAF) account of RBI within a period of three 10 years
months from the expiry of said 10 years. (No breakage income for the
issuer)
Cash loading limit to all PPIs has been limited to Rs ____ per month
03 Rs. 50000/-
subject to overall limit of the Prepaid Payment Instrument (PPI).
The Prepaid Payment Instruments (PPIs) issuer has to maintain a log of
04 10 Years
all the transactions undertaken using the PPIs for at least ___years.
Cross Border outward transaction facility has to be enabled with per
Per Transaction limit Rs. 10000/-
transaction limit up to Rs ____/- and per month limit up to Rs ____/-
05 &
only on explicit request of the PPI holders and for such transactions the
Per Month Limit Rs. 50000/-
card should be EMV Chip and PIN compliant.
Back to Index
PPIs (Prepaid Payment Instruments ) with no financial transaction for a
consecutive period of ___ year has to be made inactive by the Issuer
06 after sending a suitable notice to the PPI holder. These cards can be One Year
reactivated only after validation and due diligence. These PPIs have be
reported to RBI separately.
For Prepaid Cards: Co-branding partner shall be a company
incorporated in India and registered under Companies Act 1956/
Companies Act 2013. In case the co-branding partner is a bank, then the
07 7 (seven) days
same shall be a bank licensed by RBI. Any new arrangement of co-
branding has to be reported to RBI within ____ days of finalization of
arrangement.
SBI offers Credit Card facility under “UNNATI card” Minimum and
08 Min-20000; Max-5.00 Lacs
Maximum limit of these cards are___
09 Under SBI UNNATI Card, SBI exempts for annual fee for ___years. Next 4 Years.
10 SBI UNNATI Card: Offers __% of STDR value as Card Limit. 80%
Back to Index
Core Banking Solution (CBS)

IBTS came into effect from_____
01 15.03.2011
(replacing BCGA –Branch Clearing General Account )
IBTS entry & reversal shall be responded by minimum capability
02 3&5
level___ and authorized by minimum capability level___
Age-wise break up of IBTS (Inter Branch Transfer System) entries outstanding beyond one month (for values
03
Rs.1 lac and above) and more than 3 months for other entries are maintained and reported to Controllers.
An auto-generated e-mail message will be sent to responding branch (in
04 Rs. 5 Lacs & above
case of IBTS) for originating entry of Rs. ____
An auto-generated e-mail & SMS both will be sent to responding branch
05 Rs. 1 Crore & above
(in case of IBTS) for originating entry of Rs. ____
Our bank rolled out Core Banking Solution and implemented CBS at
06 PBB, Hiranandhani
the first Pilot Branch in August-2003.
Approach for good quality data feeding in system so that it is
07 GET IT RIGHT FIRST TIME refers to- ensured of Data integrity. New account set-up complete and correct
in all respect and existing errors are corrected in CBS.
Centralized Online
08 CBS stands for Core Banking Solution, where CORE stands for___
Real-time Environment
09 The brand name of CMP product of SBI is__ SBI FAST
10 Bank’s WAN State Bank Connect is maintained and supported by__ Dimension Data Ltd.
11 VVR checking has been made online w.e.f. ___ 01-10-2012
12 What is the TAT of VVR Checking? T+1 Days
13 The data related to online VVR is available in CBS up to____. 3 Years
The OVVR allotment and checking reports needs to be stored in separate
14 server for retrieval purpose as and when required as per record retention 10 Years
period of__
If a teller does not login for __ days or more, his/her uses ID gets
15 7 Days
inactive.
16 Software used in CBS for maintenance of data-base is___ Oracle
17 Expand COV Customer One View
18 Name the Antivirus being used in our Bank (SBI) Trend Micro
19 Holiday Marking in Branch Calendar denotes as___ HH
20 Maximum Capability level is at branch ___ & CDC ___ respectively. 9 in Branch & 16 in CDC
21 Expand GLIF General Ledger Interface File
22 Expand GLCC General Ledger Classification Code
23 Expand GLCOMP General Ledger Comparison Report
24 Expand CTS Cheque Truncation System
25 Under CTS, what is IRD___ Image Replacement Document
26 Expand IFSC Indian Financial System Code
27 CGL/BGL cash Difference A/c 1204505001
28 CGL Suspense A/c 1111111111
29 Technical Suspense A/c 1260505001
30 Network Operations Centre (NOC) of State Bank Connect is located at___ Bangalore
31 No. of Digits in UTR (Unique Transaction Reference) in RTGS Txn. 22
32 No. of Digits in UTR (Unique Transaction Reference) in NEFT Txn. 16
33 No. of Digits in PPK (Pre-Printed Kit) 10
34 No. of Digits in SYS 20
35 SAN (Short Account Number) is provided in cheques to enable___ Posting in CBS
36 Customized forex outward remittance facility on the INB platform of bank__ remXout
37 Trade Finance software of the bank known as___ and acquired from__ Eximbills (Taiwan-China)
38 Expand CSP Customer Service Point
39 Head Quarter of SWIFT is situated at___ Brussels
Back to Index
40 Partner of Aadhar Card is___ ITEZ
41 For Tickle feed mechanism, file upload type “SMC” refers to Single Debit-Multiple Credits
To see whether a particular customer has INB+ATM+KYC+SMS+RISK Catg,
42 CTRL + SHIFT + A
which combination of keys have to be pressed ?
To see new account no from the existing old Bank Master account no, which
43 F8
key is to be pressed?
44 Front end software used in CBS Bancslink, the current version is___ 2.9.5
45 Punchline of State Bank Times ? Share the New; Share the Views
46 AUCA stands for__ Advances Under Collection Account
47 Expand CEEP Customer Experience and Excellence Project (It is now Project)
48 What does B@ncs24 mean ? Bank‘s Automation and Networking Control System for 24 hours
49 In CBS environment, AT@M refers to Asset Tracking and Monitoring
50 Expand VPIS Valuable Paper Inventory System
51 Expand IBCH In-Branch Cash Handling
52 What is C-Cube Centralised Capital Calculator
KYC deficient inoperative “Customer Information Files” and where the
53 aggregate balance in all accounts linked to each CIF is less than or equal Rs. 500/-
to______ should be closed after giving a notice of 30 days.
In CBS, under TDS automation functionality, the amount of TDS deducted
54 BGL- 3199362
gets credited to a the following BGL account.
Outstanding in CGL Suspense account, Technical Suspense account, and
55 GLCNTR
System Suspense account, is shown by ___ report.
IN CBS if the branch is having cash difference then the same will appear in
56 GLCOMP
which of the reports?
Oracle Financial Services
57 Which software acts as a platform for Asset Liability Management?
Application Suite (OFSA)
58 System Integrators for SBI aspirations__ IBM
59 Eximbills software is used for__ Forex Business
60 Signtrieve package is used for___ Signature Retrieval
61 Front end software used in CBS__ Bancslink
62 B@ncsLink & B@ncs24 software is produced from___ FNS, Australia
63 Finance1 (Finance-one) for CDC has been acquired from__ Comlink, USA
64 Translink software is used by the branches / offices to handle___ Western Union remittances
65 What is the name of the software used by the bank used for online forex rates Mercury FX
66 Software used for reporting of CMP transactions is__ Cash@will
67 C-Edge Technologies is a joint venture between SBI and __ TCS
Which of the following company that has been entrusted with the work relating
68 TCS India Ltd.
to customization, integration and pilot implementation of CBS is: -
69 Core Banking Solution-Hardware installed at CDC has been acquired from: HP Systems, USA
70 Default password of Service Desk‘ of CBS is___ servicedesk
A new User Type _____ has been created to be used exclusively for branch
71 User Type-27
level external/ statutory auditors.
Cheque debit transactions of Rs._______ lacs and above will now be subjected
72 Rs. 5 Lacs and above
to compulsory maker-checker process.
73 In CBS double authorisation required for cheque payment of _ Rs. 1 Crore and above
Loan - EMI/Term/ Amount Calculator will be available to the teller with User type 01/40/45/50/60
74
capability of with any capability level
75 Under account segment code 0806 refers to Per-NRI
76 Under account segment code 0706 refers to Per-PUB
A facility provided to remit foreign remittance introduced in CBS name the
77 Fxout
product___
While generating statement in PDF form in CBS, the statement can be
78 10 Pages
maximum of ___ pages in a time.
79 A password is best described as a method of user__ Authentication
Back to Index
80 In CBS for Trickle feed file upload (SAL), the following is used__ File Hash Generation
Hash Generation Utility for Corporate Clients for Trickle feed file upload
81 DotNet
(SAL) works on
In CBS, Housing Loan Interest certificates are generated and sent to the Centralised Mailing System,
82
customer from Mumbai
83 In month of ___Report, Inoperative Account repot is provided by the Bank. December
In month of ___Report, Housing Loan Provisional Interest Certificate repot is
84 November
provided by the Bank.
Under “Online Savings Bank Account Application”, applicant will be given
85 time period of ____ to apply to the branch with KYC documents otherwise 30 Days
application will be discarded by the system automatically.
In IBCH enabled branches, the teller who handles cash has to necessarily
86 Lock The Cash Drawer
perform the following transactions before sign-off.
87 NPA tracking in CBS happens__ Daily
88 Stamping of NPA accounts in CBS is based on __ Arrear Condition
While finding details to remove STOP from account in Screen no: 450, Stop
89 30
options denotes to__serial no.
While finding details to remove HOLD from account in Screen no: 450, Hold
90 31
options denotes to__serial no.
While finding details to remove MESSAGE Flag from account in Screen no:
91 33
450, MESSAGE options denotes to__serial no.
92 Screen No. in CBS for- Nominee Details Enquiry Screen No: 408
93 Screen No. in CBS for- Balance Confirmation__ Screen No: 410
94 Screen No. in CBS for- Deposit Transaction Enquiry__ Screen No: 450
95 Screen No. in CBS for- STDR/TDR Prepayment Charges Enquiry___ Screen No: 474
96 Screen No. in CBS for- TDS Enquiry Screen No: 510
97 Screen No. in CBS for- Green Remit Card Issuance (GRC) Screen No: 666
98 Screen No. in CBS for- Statement Issue in Deposit Accounts Screen No: 700
99 Screen No. in CBS for- Creation of Standing Instructions Screen No: 899
100 Screen No. in CBS for- Remove Hold under Standing Instructions Screen No: 956
101 Screen No. in CBS for- SC/DDP Lodging Screen No: 1019
102 Screen No. in CBS for- PPF Maturity Extention Scheme Screen No: 2012
103 Screen No. in CBS for- Single Screen for all financial Transaction Screen No: 4444
104 Screen No. in CBS for- UID Linking Screen No: 6789
105 Screen No. in CBS for- Extension/Closure of Matured SCSS Accts Screen No: 7008
106 Screen No. in CBS for- Welcome Letter Returned Screen No: 7017
107 Screen No. in CBS for- Term Product Change (For Deposit i.e. TDR/STDR/RD) Screen No: 7047
108 Screen No. in CBS for- RD Premature Closure Enquiry Screen No: 7070
109 Screen No. in CBS for- Account Channel Link Screen No: 7082
110 Screen No. in CBS for- SBI Card Payment Screen No: 7090
112 Screen No. in CBS for- BARCODE Linkage Screen No: 7104
113 Screen No. in CBS for- Marriage Date Registration For Sukanya Accounts Screen No: 7423
114 Screen No. in CBS for- Penalty for Sukanya Samriddhi Account Screen No: 8004
When Hanging transactions are found during the transactions in CBS, the user
115 Screen No: 8083
has to go for which screen to verify and take corrective steps
116 Screen No. in CBS for- Display Check Digit Screen No: 9022
117 Screen No. in CBS for- Set Stop Screen No: 9091
118 Screen No. in CBS for- Remove Stop Screen No: 9092
119 Screen No. in CBS for- Set Hold / Lien Screen No: 9093
120 Screen No. in CBS for- Remove Hold Screen No: 9094
121 Screen No. in CBS for- Remove Hold Screen No: 9094
Back to Index
122 Screen No. in CBS for- Account HOLD Screen No: 9095
123 Screen No. in CBS for- Set Message Screen No: 9096
124 Screen No. in CBS for- Remove message Screen No: 9097
125 Screen No. in CBS for- ATM Request Screen No: 9583
126 Screen No. in CBS for- User / Branch Enquiry Screen No: 9600
127 Screen No. in CBS for- Password Change Screen No: 9750
128 Screen No. in CBS for- Resetting of Password Screen No: 9760
129 Screen No. in CBS for- Capability Change Screen No: 9761
130 Screen No. in CBS for- Loan Transaction Enquiry__ Screen No: 10450
131 Screen No. in CBS for- NPA Enquiry Screen No: 10511
132 Screen No. in CBS for- Statement Issue in Loan Accounts Screen No: 10700
133 Screen No. in CBS for- Cancel Loan Screen No: 12410
134 Screen No. in CBS for- Collection Enquiry Screen No: 20401
135 Screen No. in CBS for- BGL Transaction Enquiry Screen No: 20450
136 Screen No. in CBS for- BGL Periodic Transaction Enquiry Screen No: 20451
137 Screen No. in CBS for- Manual charge collection Screen No: 20452
138 Screen No. in CBS for- Remittance Enquiry (IOI) Screen No: 20500
139 Screen No. in CBS for- Issue / Print IOI Screen No: 21019
140 Screen No. in CBS for- DD/BC status change Screen No: 21026
141 Screen No. in CBS for- IMPS Transaction through Branch Screen No: 22220
142 Screen No. in CBS for- Payment of IOI Screen No: 27300
143 Screen No. in CBS for- Reference Number Search Screen No: 29042
144 Screen No. in CBS for- Unified Payment Service Screen No: 29061
145 Screen No. in CBS for- To generate the request for product/branch change Screen No: 31669
146 Screen No. in CBS for- Cheque Book Personalization and issue cheque book Screen No: 50216
147 Screen No. in CBS for- Cheque Book Returned Screen No: 51377
148 Screen No. in CBS for- CKYC Create Details Screen No: 60429
149 Screen No. in CBS for- CIF Enquiry__ Screen No: 60450
150 Screen No. in CBS for- Link CIF to Account Screen No: 60455
151 Screen No. in CBS for- Maintenance of census code Screen No: 60468
152 Screen No. in CBS for- Search by Mobile/PAN Screen No: 60474
153 Screen No. in CBS for- LPG ID Linking Screen No: 60475
154 Screen No. in CBS for- VVR Allocation Screen No: 60652
155 Screen No. in CBS for- VVR Re-Allocation Screen No: 60655
156 Screen No. in CBS for- VVR Checking Screen No: 60657
157 Screen No. in CBS for- VVR Dashboard Screen No: 60666
158 Screen No. in CBS for- Form 15G/15H Generation Screen No: 61000
159 Screen No. in CBS for- For initiating the De-Duplication process Screen No: 61466
160 Screen No. in CBS for- Amend Customer Details Screen No: 67050
161 Screen No. in CBS for- Subsidy Processing Screen No: 67147
162 Screen No. in CBS for- Mark/Unmark as Master CIF for Entity Screen No: 70780
163 Screen No. in CBS for- Link/Delink Sub CIF to Master CIF for Entity Screen No: 70781
164 Screen No. in CBS for- GSTN Update Screen Screen No: 70828
165 Screen No. in CBS for- IMPS Transaction Enquiry Screen No: 70877
166 What is needed to print/issue IOI ? Date & Journal No.
Back to Index
167 Conversion of Plain Text to Cipher Text using certain logic__ Encryption
The Name of the website launched by the bank to track stressed assets at the
168 AT@M
branch in a systematic manner.
169 Trend Micro Antivirus scanning is scheduled by default weekly on___ Thursday
Biometric Authentication
170 BAS stands for___
System
171 Reminder facility is now available in CBS, Name the facility Icon____ Notes
Show Banner
Show Message in Pop-up also
172 What options are there under “Settings” Icon ?
Classic View
Show Genie
Maturity Calculator
Loan Calculator
Branch search
173 What options are there in Widget Library on Home Screen ? Announcements
BGL Balance
Non-Performing Assets
Branch Profitability
174 CC-OD Balance File & Loan Balance File are kept in ___ report folder. Transaction Report Folder
175 AUCA List (CTA Balance File) is kept in ___ report folder. Transaction Report Folder
Excercising Passing Power for Cash & Transfer (In CBS)
176 Junior Associates (Customer Support & Sales) Cash-15000; Transfer-20000
177 Associates (Customer Support & Sales) Cash-35000; Transfer-70000
178 Senior Associates (Customer Support & Sales) Cash-50000; Transfer-100000
179 Special Associates (Customer Support & Sales) Cash-100000; Transfer-400000
180 Chief Associates (Customer Support & Sales) Cash-200000; Transfer-500000
181 Locker related duties may be assigned to ___ Special Associates
Powers of Chief Associates (Customer Support & Sales):
Signing of Draft / IOIs etc singly below Rs. ___ and Jointly with an officer above Below Rs. 50000/-
182
Rs. ___. The feasibility of circulation of signature will be examined. Till such (singly)
time counter signature will be made by the permanent official.
Back to Index
Risk Focused Internal Audit (RFIA)

Inspection and Management Audit Department, Corporate Centre is
01 Hyderabad
located at
02 RFIA has been introduced in SBI___ 01.04.2003
Only ___ consecutive inspection reports need to be preserved after
03 ensuring that the immediately 4th earlier report has been dealt completely 3 consecutive inspection reports
and closed.
04 New Branch will be eligible for RFIA in___ 12 Months
Maximum penalty for giving false compliance certification in the
05 50 Marks
rectification of irregularities in RFIA is Marks
06 Management audit is conducted for__ Administrative Office
For prompt submission of compliance remarks for RFIA report, marks
07 15 Marks
are awarded in the same RFIA Report as an incentive to the branch__
The certificate of chest balance as on___ is submitted to RBI by the
08 31st May
Chest branch
09 LARF refers to Legal Audit Reporting Format
10 CARF refers to Credit Audit Report Format
11 Who conducts Credit Audit? I&MA Department, Corporate Centre Hyderabad
12 Statutory Audit is conducted by- Charted Accountants empanelled by RBI
It highlights important observations/impressions of the
13 What is a Management Letter?
concerned branch
Serious Irregularities under Group Heading (SIGH) of the erstwhile SDRM (Serious Deviations in Risk
14
inspection report format has been replaced by- management)
3 (Three)
(Group-I : High risk)
15 Under RFIA Branches are categorized into -------groups
(Group-II: Medium Risk)
(Group-III: Low Risk)
A- 850 & Above
B- 725 to 849
16 Under RFIA, on 4 types of grades the revised Risk Rating is divided.
C- 650 to 724
D- 649 & Below
Penalty Provision for - OTMS
Parameters Penal Score
Penalty for submission of false compliance observed during RFIA -5
More than 90% alerts responded after 7 days in OTMS, what will be the penal marks? -4
More than 50% but less than 90% alerts responded after 7 days in OTMS, what will be the
penal marks? -3
50% or less than 50% alerts responded after 7 days in OTMS, what will be the penal marks? -2
Periodicity For Submission Of Compliance Remarks By Branches / Controllers (In Weeks)
Branch / Auditee Unit Controller CAU / ZIO Total
Group I 10 Weeks 04 Weeks 04 Weeks 18 Weeks
Group II & Others 09 Weeks 04 Weeks 04 Weeks 17 Weeks
Group III 07 Weeks 03 Weeks 03 Weeks 13 Weeks
Credit CPCs 14 Weeks 04 Weeks 04 Weeks 22 Weeks
PENALTY FOR FRAUD CASES
PARAMETER PENAL SCORES
Fraud - Delay in Detection (Beyond 30 days of occurrence of fraud) -3
Fraud - On detection, Branches to report immediately to Controllers. Any deviation in reporting
to Controllers -2
Fraud - if the fraud is established after investigation by the Controller / LHO in more than 15
days of detection of fraud, then the penalty imposed on the branch. -8
Fraud - Lack of Internal Control & Inadequacy in due diligence. -12
TOTAL PENAL SCORE -25
Back to Index
17 Income Leakage Tracker Tool Introduced By I&MA Department is called__ 3rd EYE
Self Audit will be more useful if it is done under the supervision of an official either from controlling office or
18
from nearby Branch.
Self Audit should be conducted in a realistic manner by going through various books/ accounts/records and
correspondence etc. A gap between validated self audit score & RFIA score more than 5% results in zero
19
marks in respective Self Audit parameter (i.e. RFIA score is a minimum of 95% of the validated self audit
(VSA) score. RFIA score less than 95% of VSA score will not carry any score.)
Branches must conduct minimum two self audits between two inspections which must be vetted by controllers.
20
Periodicity of Self Audit is six months, i.e. Half-yealy.
Quality of Assets (NEW PARAMETERS REGARDING NPAs)
First Three audits of a unit, the following logic will apply for awarding score under ‘Quality of Assets’:
(a) Branch facing 1st RFIA :
 Standard Asset 100% : Full Marks
 Standard Assets < 100% : No mark
b) Branch facing 2nd and/or 3rd RFIA :

 Reduction Percent > 50% then 100% of Marks will be allocated
 Reduction Percent > 25% <50% then 50% of Marks will be allocated
 Reduction Percent > 10% <25% then 30% of Marks will be allocated
 Reduction Percent > 10% then 0 Marks will be allocated
c) For other branches undergoing RFIA for the 4th time or more, they will get full score if their standard assets remain
98% or above, In case of their standard assets < 98%, the conditions mentioned at (b) (i to iv) above will apply)
Scoring Matrix for RFIA

Group-I Branches
Category of Unit/Branch Maximum Score
# @ # @ Total
( External Compliance, Self-Audit) CRM ORM EC SA
CAG (Corporate Account Group) 700 260 30 10 1000
MCG (Mid Corporate Group) 700 260 30 10 1000
SAMG (Stressed Assets Management Group) 700 260 30 10 1000
Group- I NBG Branches ( with Credit over Rs.500 Cr) 700 260 30 10 1000
Group- I Branches ( All others, excluding special outfit) 600 360 30 10 1000
Group-II Branches
# @ # @ Total
Group-II ( Credit => Rs.50 Crs – Non BPR Centre 600 360 30 10 1000
Group-II (Other than credit related fee Income=>Rs. 1 Cr Or
510 450 30 10 1000
Retail Deposits=> Rs.150 Cr) – Non BPR Centre
Group-II (Credit => Rs. 25 Cr to Rs. 50 Crores) – Non BPR
525 435 30 10 1000
Centre
Group-II Branches at BPR Centres having SME Loan Accounts
550 410 30 10 1000
> Rs. 50 Lacs
Group-II Others at BPR Centres 200 760 30 10 1000
Group-III & Credit CPCs
# @ # @ Total
Group-III Non BPR Centres 500 460 30 10 1000
Group-III Branches at BPR Centres having SME Loan Accounts
500 460 30 10 1000
>Rs. 50 Lacs
Group-III Other at BPR Centres 200 760 30 10 1000
RACPC 700 260 30 10 1000
SMECCC 700 260 30 10 1000
RASMEC 700 260 30 10 1000
Back to Index
RETENTION PERIOD OF RECORDS- (in Years)
21 Attendance Register 5 Years
22 Leave Register 45 Years
23 Bonus Register 10 Years
24 Overtime Register 5 Years
25 Asset Hypothecation Register 8 Years
26 BMMC Register 5 Years
27 Branch Document Register 20 Years
28 Cash Balance Book 8 Years
29 Cash Receipt & Payment Register 8 Years
30 Currency Chest Register 8 Years
31 Charges Register 5 Years
32 Cheque-Book Register 5 Years
33 Cheque Referred & Returned Register 8 Years
34 Complaint Register 3 Years
35 VVR Allotment / Verification Register 8 Years
36 DCB (Demand-Collection Balance) Register 3 Years
37 Document Execution Register / TL Document Execution Register 20 Years
38 Demand loan Document Execution Register 10 Years
39 Inspection Register 8 Years
40 Inward Mail Register 5 Years
41 Miscellaneous Security Register 20 Years
42 Passbook Retained Overnight Register 5 Years
43 Passbook Issue Register 5 Years
44 Power of Attorney Register 60 Years
45 Letter of Indemnity / Succession Certificate 60 Years
46 Record Register 60 Years
47 Safe Custody Ledger / Register 20 Years
48 Safe Deposit Locker Register 45 Years
49 Safe Deposit Locker Key Register 45 Years
50 Locker Access Register 10 Years
51 Title Deed Register 30 Years
52 Equitable Mortgage Register 8 Years
53 Vault Register 5 Years
54 Nomination Forms 8 Years
55 INB Application Forms 8 Years
56 Document relating to closed locker account 5 Years
57 System Room Access Register 5 Years
58 Security Register / Ledger 20 Years
59 Lease Deed Permanent
Disincentive For Early Closure Incentive
1 False Compliance : 10 Marks
(a) High Risk & Medium Risk Areas :- 2 False Compliances : 20 Marks
= > 3 False Compliances : 30 Marks
1 to 3 False Compliance : 10 Marks
(b) Low Risk & Very low Risk Areas :- 4 to 5 False Compliances : 15 Marks
> 5 False Compliances : 20 Marks
Subject to (a) + (b) above not to exceeding 30 Marks
Back to Index
ZERO Tolerance Area (ZTA) : Total 21 ZTAs
CRM (Credit Risk Management)
01 Prescribed KYC documents of Borrower/ Guarantor not held on record.
Pre-sanction inspection to the site/farm/unit/residence/ business place of borrower/guarantor not done / not on
02
record.
Physical verification of property not done and independent verification of valuation not carried out, as per
03
Annexure F.
04 TVSR not obtained on Bank's standard format.
05 Scrutinized copy of Control Return for sanction not on record, even after three months from Date of Sanction.
06 Documents not produced for verification.
07 Mortgage of all properties stipulated in sanction not created.
08 Registration of EM with Central Registry (CERSAI) has not been done.
09 Registration of charge with ROC not done within the stipulated period.
10 Eligible accounts not covered under CGTMSE.
ORM (Operational Risk Management)
11 Risk categorization of customers into low, medium & high not done.
Account opening forms returned by LCPC for rectification not recorded in a Register and resubmitted after
12
compliance.
13 KYC documents / Signature of the account opening functionaries not verified.
Manual Intervention of Transactions in Interest Expenses & Income Accounts observed and proper records not
14
maintained and approval not obtained.
15 Lapses in systems &procedures pointed out earlier, recurred.
16 Opening and maintaining Parking Accounts without approval.
17 Transactions with value dates prior to transaction dates not approved by authorized official and monitored.
Back-up register not maintained for recording all entries passed manually through Interest Expense a/c and
18
Interest Income a/c. All entries not scrutinised and authorized by the competent authority.
19 Locker access module in the CBS is not put into use.
20 Instances of Incorrect / False Certification observed.
21- Fraud on detection, Branches to report immediately to Controllers. Any deviation in reporting to Controllers.
No. ZERO TOLERANCE AREAS (FOR CAG & MCG BRANCHES) are___ 10 (Ten)
Irregularities ‘Rectified During The Inspection’ (RDI)
The basis for awarding the score will be as under :-
*
Sl. No. % of Irregularities rectified during Audit Marks to be awarded
a.) < = 20 No Marks
b.) 21 to 40 2 Marks
c.) 41 to 60 4 Marks
d.) 61 to 80 6 Marks
e.) More Than 80 10 Marks
*
Minimum 20% + rectification should be from High Risk /Medium Risk are as otherwise, no score will be given for RDI
AUDIT OF OUTSOURCED ACTIVITIES (OSA), TIME NORMS FOR CLOSURE OF REPORTS
Submission of compliance remarks by Business Unit (Owner Dept of the vendor
i.e. RBO/ LHO Dept/ CC Dept/ GITC Dept) to their controllers. Inclusive of 06 Weeks
supplementary compliances sought from the Vendor
Submission of compliances remarks by controllers with due confirmations to GM,
02 Weeks
ZIO/ GM(CAU) I&MA for closure.
Closure of reports at ZIO / CAU, I&MA Inclusive of supplementary compliances
02 weeks
sought from the Business Unit.
Total time frame for closure of reports. 10 Weeks
Stock & Receivables Audit: Assigning / offering of SRA to Bank’s empanelled Auditor 30 days before the due date of
prescribed periodicity (yearly / half yearly / quarterly) as the case may be.
Stock & Receivables Audit: Time line for the Auditor to complete the SRA Within 45 days from the date of acceptance
of Bank’s offer.
Back to Index
Government Business & Financial Inclusion
While collecting fee through challan, in a single challan , up to how
01 10 Challans
many types of fee can be collected?
10 days or End of Months which
02 Validity period of Government Cheques is
is less
03 Double passing of Govt Cheques of Rs. ____ by two officials Rs. 10 Lacs & above
SBI conducts Govt. Business as agent of RBI wherever banking
04 department of RBI is not established under Section _____ of RBI Act 45 of RBI Act & 32 of SBI Act
and Section _____ of SBI Act
05 ____ passport seva kendras (PSKs) linked to SBI Branches. 77
06 Govt Cheques are order cheques and also___ Not Transferable
07 Expand GEPG Government Electronic Payment Gateway
08 PFMS stands for Public Financial Management System
09 All credits to the Govt. A/c should be supported by challans or ___ GAR-7
10 Bank gets commission on receipt of per challan (in physical mode) Rs.50/- per challan
11 Bank gets commission on e-receipt of per challan (in electronic mode) Rs.12/- per challan
12 Bank gets commission on Govt Payment___ Rs.65/- per Txn
The Bank makes the Govt Payment (other than Pension) through mirror
13 5.5 Paisa per Rs. 100/- Turnover
account and RBI pays commission @ ___ per Rs. 100/-.
Agency banks will be liable to pay penal interest at Bank Rate as
14 notified by Reserve Bank of India plus ____% for any wrong claims of Bank rate + 2%
agency commission settled.
Expand FSLO (deals with State Govt, Currency Chest, Small coin
15 Fund Settlement Link Office
deposit)
16 Expand SGLO. State Govt Link Office/ Branch
Branch should advise FSLO in case of difference between receipt and
17 Rs. 1.00 Lacs & Above
payments of Rs.___
18 Commission Sharing between dealing branch & link branch is__ 75:25
Once in a year as on __, the balance in State Govt A/c should be
19 30th September
transferred to FSLO. In case holiday on ___ it should be one day prior to this.
20 GBSS stands for__ Govt Business Software Solution
21 OLTAS stands for___ Online Tax Accounting System
22 Central Account System (CAS) of our bank is situated at___ Nagpur
23 TDS related challan form is___ ITNS-281
24 BSR (BASIC STATISTICAL RETURNS) code has ___ digits. 7 digits
th
25 4 character of PAN card can be one from these 10 characters. ABCFGHJLPT
26 Expand CIN Challan Identification Number
27 Expand CBEC Central Board of Excise & Customs
28 Expand EASIEST Electronic Accounting System in Excise & GST
29 Expand CPAO Central Pension Accounting Office
30 Expand TRACES TDS Reconciliation Analysis and Correction Enabling System
31 Expand SBI FAST Funds Available in Shortest Time
32 SBI e-Pay is___ Payment Aggregator Service. SBI has signed MOU with leading 41 Banks
33 Expand VDMS Verified Date-Wise Monthly Statements
34 Expand EASeR Electronic Accounting System for e-Reciepts
World University Service
35 E-Focal Point Business (e-FPB) branch for Central Excise Payment is___
Centre Chennai (0288)
Fort Market Branch, Mumbai
36 E-Focal Point Business (e-FPB) branch for GST is___
(05347)
37 E-Focal Point Business (e-FPB) branch for CBDT is___ Bangalore Main Branch.
Agency banks will be liable to pay penal interest at Bank Rate as notified by Reserve
38 2%
Bank of India plus ____% for any wrong claims of agency commission settled.
39 RBI has fixed a fixed interest rate of ___% for delayed payment of pension 8%
Back to Index
40 Withdrawals can be made in PPF, once in a year, after___ 6th to the 15th year
Rs 50,000 (w.e.f. 01 June-2016)
41 No tax would be deducted at source for PF withdrawals of up to___
(Earlier this limit was Rs.30000/-)
Minimum & Maximum Deposit in PPF account is ____ per annum in multiple of Rs.
42 500/- & 150000/-
5/-
Interest credited in PPF account on 31st March every year calculated on the minimum
43 05th
balance between ____ day and end of the month
44 Maximum Loan Repayment term in PPF is 36 Months
The account extended beyond 15 years; partial withdrawal allowed up to ____% of
45 60%
the balance to the credit at the commencement of the extended period.
Premature closure of a PPF account on grounds of genuine hardship could be
46 considered only after the ______ from the end of the year in which the account was Expiry of 5 years
opened.
Discontinued account can be revived on payment of Rs.___ per year along with
47 Rs. 50/-
arrears of subscription of Rs.500/- per year
Loans can be availed from the third financial year
excluding the year of deposit. Amount of such loans must
48 Advance against Public Provident Fund (PPF) not exceed 25% of the amount that stood to the account
holder’s credit at the end of the second year immediately
preceding the year in which the loan is applied for.
Maximum amount that can be deposited in Senior Citizen Savings Scheme in
49 Rs. 15 Lacs
multiple of Rs.1000/- is
Period of deposit in SCSS is 05 years which can be extended only once but not more
50 3 Years
than
In case the depositor does not close the account on maturity and also does not extend
the account within a period of one year after maturity, the account will be treated as Post Office Savings
51
matured and the depositor will be entitled to interest at the rate applicable to the Bank Rate
deposits under _____ during the post maturity period.
An account has been opened jointly under SCSS, what will be the maximum deposit Rs.15 Lacs only for
52
amount. both depositors
53 Passing of challan by Treasury officer/Head of Department Enfacement
Maximum 1/3 of Pension can be commuted and full pension will be restored
54 15 years
after____ from the date of commutation.
55 ITRO credited through ECS up to Rs. ____ Rs. 25000/-
56 A SWO can issue Govt. Receipts without referring to cash officer upto Rs. Rs. 3000/-
57 Rate of interest for PPF Loan for normal case ___ & Default Case___ 2% & 6%
58 Interest on SCSS 2004 is paid at Quarterly
59 Penal interest for delayed settlement of Govt Transactions Bank Rate + 2%
1.5 % after 1 year and
60 Penalty for premature closure of SCSS 2004
1% after 2 years
61 Under SSA (Sukanya Samriddhi Account) Initial deposit should be___ Rs. 1000/-
62 Nomination in Sukanya Samriddhi Account is ___ NOT ALLOWED
Any no. of
63 No. of Nomination in PPF__
Nomination
In case of no nomination in PPF account the outstanding amount will be paid to legal
64 Rs. 1.00 Lac
heirs of the deceased without Succession Certificate up to
65 Digital Life Certificate for Pensioners ____ Jeevan Praman
The Government of India has since launched “Jeevan Pramaan”, a digital life
66 10.11.2014
certificate based on Aadhaar Biometric Authentication on ___
67 Pension for the month of March is payable on___ 01st working day of April
68 Pensioner‘s complaints received on line should be acknowledged within_ Same Day
69 Life Certificates are to be submitted in the month of ____every year. November
70 Non Employment Certificate to be submitted half-yearly____. (November & May every year)
If, Family pensioner is unmarried/widowed daughter or widowed wife,
71 (November & May every year)
Non-marriage certificate to be submitted half-yearly____.
72 In case of Lost of Govt Challan, Duplicate Challan is____ NOT Issued
73 TDS from salary/pension u/s 192 filed under TDS return 24Q
74 TDS in respect of deductee who is a non-resident filed under TDS return 27Q
75 TDS in respect of deductee who is a pensioner filed under TDS return 26Q
Back to Index
Branches will be required to upload such miscellaneous data into TRS (TDS Reporting
76 System) on _____basis and also have to upload details of challans through which Daily Basis
remittance of TDS for such miscellaneous data was done by the branches
TDS on Miscellaneous Data refere to—
 Payment of Interest u/s 193 (RBI Bonds),
77  Overdue Interest on Deposits/ Delayed payment of Interest pertaining to previous year,
 Payments to employees outside HRMS (such as Incentives),
 Payments to retired & deceased employees other than pension, etc.
78 Mapping of Stream with respect to Forms under TRS:- Form-24Q generated through HRMS & CPPC
79 Mapping of Stream with respect to Forms under TRS:- Form-26Q & 27Q generated through CBS & VPS
Data search based on Section IDs can be done through this field. Following is the list of Form types with the
respective section IDs available in them are listed below:
Section IDs to be used
Form No. Nature of Payment/Section under which Tax has been deducted
For input in this field
26Q 94-A Interest other than interest on securitites
26Q 193 Interest on securities (Section-193)
26Q 94-C Payments to contractors (Section-194C)
26Q 94-J Payment for professional or technical fees (Section-194J)
26Q 4-IA Rent Payments (Plant & machinery) (Section-194I (a))
26Q 4-IB Rent Payments (Land & building) (Section- 194I (b))
26Q 94-H Brokerage or commission (Section-194H)
24Q 92-A Payments made to Govt. employees other than Union Govt. employees
24Q 92-B Payments made to employees other than Govt. employees
24Q 92-C Payments made to Union Govt. employees
th
80 Due date for payment of tax deducted in Month of March___ 30 April
81 Due date of filling return for TDS deducted in March 31st May
82 193- TDS on Interest on Security @ ___% 10%
83 194A- TDS on Interest on other than Security @ ___% 10%
194C- TDS on Payment to Contractors, Either more than Rs. 30000/- in single Individual/HUF- @1%
84
payment or Rs. 1.00 Lacs Total in a Year. Others- @2%
85 194H- TDS on Brokerage payment, if exceeds Rs. 15000/- @___% 5%
Rent on Machine- @ 2%
86 194I- TDS on Rent, If exceeds Rs. 1.80 Lacs in a year___ Rent on Land & Building-
@10%
87 194IA- TDS on Transfer of Immovable property, if Rs. 50 Lacs & above. 1%
88 194J- TDS on Fee for Professional & Technical services / royalty, if exceeds Rs. 30000/-. 10%
Timelines to take actions mentioned below:
Frequency of Last Date

Action
Activity Q-1 to Q-3 Q-4
Q1- 15th July
Correct Refund Data Daily Q2- 15th Oct 15th May of following year
Q3- 15th Jan
Correct Monthly TDS Data Monthly 3rd of following month 25th April of following year
Add Miscellaneous Data Daily 4th of following month 15th April of following year
Remit TDS for Miscellaneous
Deductees - Manually Monthly 5th of following month 15th April of following year
(Not through system)
Upload Miscellaneous
Monthly 6th of following month 15th April of following year
Challan Details
Submit Branch Return 16th of month succeeding the
Quarterly 16th May of the following year
Submission Request end of respective Quarter
Q1- 15th Aug
Download Form 16A Quarterly Q2- 15th Nov 15th June of the following year
Q3- 15th Feb
Download Form 16 Annual N.A. 15th June of the following year
Back to Index
In case TDS has been wrongly deducted due to non-updation of Form 15G/H, Concession/ Exemption
certificate, non-availability of PAN etc. then the branches can make refund of the TDS deducted in CBS/VPS
through the respective source system only, to the customer(s)/ vendor(s) even after payment of the tax has
89 been made to the government up to 15 days from the end of the quarter. No refund of TDS will be permitted
after filing of TDS Returns.
 CBS:- TDS can be refunded to the customer up to 15 days from the end of the Quarter.
 VPS:- TDS can be refunded to the vendor till the same month end.
Branches/operating units for which return submission request is not received by 18th EOD from the end of the
90 quarter, “Forced submission request” will be generated by the system, which will be deemed as “Return
Submission Request” submitted by the branch.
Branch can accept Form 15H from a resident Individual of age 60 Years or More at any time during
91 the financial year. For Example, customer is attaining age of 60 years as on 20/03/2018, then he is entitled
to submit Form 15H in the branch from 01/04/2017 onwards at any time during the year.
New account is opened after
92 A new form 15G/H is to be obtained in case of___ submission of 15G/H or
Renewal /Roll Over cases
Branches have to retain all the TDS related documents pertaining up to
93 8 Years
31.03.2017 up to ___ from the end of Financial Year to which it pertains.
A copy of Form No. 16/16A Pertaining to period up to 31st March 2017
94 have to be retained by the Branches up to ____ from the end of Financial 8 Years
Year to which it pertains.
95 FRT Department of SBI referes to Financial Reporting & Taxation Department, SBI
As per instructions issued in 1995, agency banks were advised to spread disbursal of pension over the last
96 four working days of the month, except for the month of March, which will continue to be credited on
or after the 1st working day of April.
As LC/BG business is not part of agency banking, government can choose any commercial bank for this
purpose. i.e. The government department concerned would be directly taking up the matter with any
97
commercial bank identified by them and all matters concerned with the issuance of LC should be dealt with
by the government and the commercial banks, without involving RBI.
The ______has been introduced in case of the reimbursement of Railway
Pension payments by almost all agency banks. Railway pension payments
98 Single Window System (SWS)
made by these banks will be reimbursed by RBI, Central Accounts
Section, Nagpur.
99 e- Procurement, a part of “e-Governance”, comprises : e-Tendering & e-Auction
100 Expand B2C Business to Consumer
Advance Tax- 100
101 Minor Head for Income Tax Challan (ITNS-280) Self Assessment Tax-300
Regular Assessment Tax-400
Minor head 200 can be for current Assessment Year as well as for previous Assessment Years, whereas 400
102
can be used only for previous Assessment Years.
103 Normal TDS is deposited under minor head 200 and in case of demand raised by IT department then it is 400.
Nature of payment is mandatory for TDS challan, e.g. 92A, 92B, 94C, and
104 94I etc, all valid codes are given at the back of ITNS 281. There are 32 Codes
____codes for Nature of Payment.
105 TAN contains 4 alphabets + 5 digits + 1 alphabet
106 PAN contains 5 alphabets + 4 digits + 1 alphabet
Challan Identification Number is _____character expression which
107 contains 7 digit BSR code, Cheque deposit date in DDMMYY format and 18 (Eighteen)
5 digit Challan serial No.
Financial Inclusion
SBI TINY Account :
Eligibility: Individuals of 18 years & above, daily wage earners/or those with monthly income below Rs. 5000/-
Mode of Operation: Single Only
Initial Deposit: Rs. 100/- (No Minimum Balance Requirement)
Maximum Balance: If the value of business connection including interalia, the other liability products like Recurring
Deposit or Term Deposit, exceed Rs.50,000/-, the account will get upgraded to the normal category at the discretion of
the depositor.
Ceilling on Credits in a Year: Up to Rs. 1,00,000/-
Rate of Interest: This account will carry interest as applicable to Savings Bank from time to time. Presently the interest
being 3.50% p.a. However, the interest will be payable if the minimum balance in the account is Rs. 500/- or more
during a month.
Other Features: Cheque facility will not be extended on this account.
Back to Index
Savings Bank Cum Overdraft
Eligibility: (i) All FI accounts, which are operated satisfactorily for at least six months.
(ii) OD to be granted to the earning member of family, preferably woman of the house.
(iii) Age of applicant between 18 years to 60 years
Period of Sanction Loan Amount:- 36 Months subject to annual review of account.
a) 4 times of Average monthly balance
b) or, 50% of credit summations in account during the preceding 6 months
c) or, Rs 5000/- whichever is lower
Other Features: Cheque facility will not be extended on this account.
SBI Tiny Special Term Deposit
Minimum Deposit amount: Rs 1000/- thereafter in multiple of Rs 500/-
Maximum Deposit amount: Rs. 10000/- Only.
Tenure of Deposit: 6, 12, 24 & 36 months only
Number of accounts: Multiple accounts may be allowed subject to the ceiling of max balance of Rs 50,000/- in all the
liability accounts of the customer.
Features RECURRING DEPOSIT – TINY RD

Initial Deposit Minimum Rs.10/- in cash ( No fixed installment.)
Deposit
Multiple deposits can be made in the account during a month
Tenure of RD 6 Months / 1 Year / 2 Years / 3 Years / 4 Years / 5 Years (Mode of Operation: Single)
Number of account per Multiple accounts can be opened with maximum aggregate balance up to Rs.50,000/-
customer including SBI Tiny SB Account
KYC Norms Liberalized KYC as applicable in Small Account
No debits allowed other than premature payment/ payment on maturity.
Others Mini statement with the last ten transactions will be issued on request
Interest will be compounded every calendar quarter
Loan to Self Help Groups (SHGs) (for Micro Credit-SHG Bank Credit Linkage CLICK HERE)
108 Eligibility SHG should have been in active existence for at least a period of six months.
The loan is given to SHGs for meeting the entire credit requirements of SHGs,
109 Purpose of Loan namely, a) Income generation activities, b) social needs like housing, education,
marriage, etc., and c) debt swapping.
(a) The quantum of the loan depends on the corpus of the group.
Loan Amount
(b) The first loan to group should NOT EXCEED 4 times the corpus. However, in case
110
of repeat loans, higher need based loan can be sanctioned subject to maximum loan per
(Margin-NIL)
SHG member should not exceed Rs.50,000/-.
111 Margin, Processing Fee, Security & Insurance are-- Exempted
For Term Loan :- 60 Months &
112 Repayment For Cash Credit:- At least 30% of the principal drawals during the operational year
to be repaid besides servicing of monthly interest
113 Inspection Up to Rs. 25000/- of Loan- NIL
Atal Pension Yojana (APY)
114 Age Criteria for joining the scheme:- 18 to 40 Years of age
115 Contribution to be made up to ___ 60 years of age
116 Fixed Pension per month Ceiling for the subscriber are :- Rs. 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000 & 5000
Minimum & Maximum Monthly Subscription for monthly pension of Rs. 42/- (who joins at 18 years)
117
Rs. 1000/- are: Rs. 291/- (who joins at 40 years)
Minimum & Maximum Monthly Subscription for monthly pension of Rs. 210/- (who joins at 18 years)
118
Rs. 5000/- are: Rs. 1454/- (who joins at 40 years)
The Central Government would also co-contribute 50% of the total contribution or Rs. 1000 per annum,
119 whichever is lower, to each eligible subscriber, for a period of 5 years, i.e., from F.Y. 2015- 16 to 2019-20,
who join the APY before 31 st December, 2015.
Under APY, the monthly pension would be available to the subscriber, and after him to his spouse and
120 after their death, the pension corpus, as accumulated at age 60 of the subscriber, would be returned to
the nominee of the subscriber.
For Subscription of Pension of Rs. 1000 = ` 1.70 Lacs
121 Return of corpus amount to the nominee are:- For Subscription of Pension of Rs. 3000 = ` 5.10 Lacs
Back to Index
Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana (PMSBY)
Min-18 (Age Last Birthday)
122 Age Criteria for joining the scheme:- Max-70 (Age Nearest Birthday)
With operative account holders
123 Premium Is- Rs 12/- (Premium: Rs.10/- and Administrative cost: Rs.2/- (Service tax is presently exempted)
124 Insurance Cover is- Rs. 2.00 Lacs (Maximum only on Accidental case)
Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana (PMSBY) is a scheme offering accident insurance cover for Death
125
and Disability (both total and partial) on account of an accident.
126 Cover Period 1st June to 31st May (Of Every Year)
127 Term Insurance Partner under the scheme is_ National Insurance Company Limited
Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana (PMJJBY)
Min-18 (Age Last Birthday)
128 Age Criteria for joining the scheme:- Max-50 (Age Nearest Birthday)
With operative account holders
129 Premium Is- Rs 330/- (Premium: Rs.289/- and Administrative cost: Rs.41/- (S.Tax is presently exempted)
130 Life Insurance Cover is- Rs. 2.00 Lacs (on death due to any reasons)
Termination: On attaining 55 years (age nearest birth day) or closure of savings bank account or
131
insufficiency of funds for payment of premium or withdrawal in writing.
132 Cover Period 1st June to 31st May (Of Every Year)
133 Life Insurance Partner under the scheme is__ SBI Life Insurance Co. Ltd.
For new members enrolling into the scheme the risk will not be covered during the first 45 days from
134 the date of enrollment into the scheme (lien period) and in case of death (other than due to accident)
during lien period, no claim would be admissible
Sl. No. Points on AEPS (Aadhaar Enabled Payment System)
Micro-ATM is a Card Reader and PIN Pad device with interoperability for withdrawal transactions. The
transactions are permitted by swiping Debit Card and PIN authentication at BC channel. All types of Debit
ATM Cards ( Rupay / Master / Visa) of State Bank group as well as other Banks are accepted. The
135 withdrawals upto the maximum of Rs.10,000/- per day per customer is permitted at CSPs.
Micro-ATM devices of M/s Ingenico International India Pvt Ltd.(iCT 220) and M/s VeriFone India Sales Pvt
Ltd. (VX 520) have been enabled at our Kiosk Application.
The Aadhaar Enabled Payment System (AEPS) is an interoperable payment platform offered by NPCI to
Banks which uses Aadhaar number and online biometric authentication from UIDAI for conducting financial
transactions at BC CSP outlets.
136
The AEPS functions through the National Financial Switch of NPCI which is also used for routing Inter Bank
ATM transactions and Inter Bank Mobile Payment Services (IMPS).
AEPS empowers the Bank customer to:
137  Use Aadhaar as identity to access his Aadhaar enabled Bank account
 Perform basic banking transactions (Cash deposit, Cash withdrawal, Aadhaar to Aadhaar Funds
Transfer, Balance enquiry) that are intra bank (On Us) or inter bank (Off Us) in nature, through our
BC channel thereby ensuring inter-operability across banks in a safe and secured manner
AEPS transactions are classified as either:
138  On Us - Kiosk Customer of SBI visits the SBI CSP outlet

 Off Us (Acquirer) Other Bank customer visits SBI CSP outlet
 Off Us (Issuer) SBI Kiosk Customer visits Other Bank CSP outlet
AEPS (On-Us) facility in SBI Kiosk Banking enables our Banks FI customers, to conduct financial and non-
financial transactions using Aadhaar number and Aadhaar based biometric authentication. Only finger print is
139 validated from UIDAI using NPCI platform. If validation is successful then the transactions will happen
online in Kiosk Platform, as per normal Kiosk Transactions. The transaction limit has been kept at Rs.
10,000/.
In AEPS (OFF-Us) Inter-Bank transactions, the authentication request first travels to UIDAI via NPCI. On
140 successful authentication of biometric/Aadhaar no, the transaction is routed to the Destination Bank for
payment and response travels back to the Originating Bank via NPCI.
Back to Index
Revised BC REMUNERATION
141 SB account Opening with initial deposit below Rs 100/- without Aadhaar Nil
142 SB account Opening with initial deposit below Rs.100/- with Aadhaar Rs.5/- per a/c
SB account Opening with initial deposit of Rs.100/- & above but below
143 Rs.5/- per a/c
Rs.500/- without Aadhaar
SB account Opening with initial deposit of Rs.100/- & above but below
144 Rs.10/- per a/c
Rs.500/- with Aadhaar
SB account Opening with initial deposit of Rs.500/- & above without
145 Rs.10/- per a/c
Aadhaar
146 SB account opening with initial deposit of Rs.500 & above with Aadhaar Rs.15/- per a/c
147 For mobile capturing Rs.5/-per account (additionally)
148 Opening of RD Accounts Rs.10/- per account (Min. Deposit Rs.50/-)
149 Opening of STDR Accounts 0.50% of amount deposited (Max.Rs.25/-)
Rs.2000/-subject to opening minimum 25 accounts per month or minimum
150 Rural CSP (Incentive)
25 transactions per month.
Transaction Limit: BC channel
 Deposit, Withdrawal, Deposit in Loan, Remittance: Rs.20,000/- per transaction
151
 AEPS & ATM Debit Card: Rs.10,000/- per transaction
 IMPS: Cash-Rs.5000/- (maximum Rs. 25000 per month ) and Transfer-Rs.20,000/ per transaction
Aadhaar seeding (existing account holders) Rs. 5/- per account *
152
*Rs.10/- per account during the campaign period from 01.12.2017 to 31.03.2018
153 Inputting valid Contact Number Rs. 5/- per account
Rs.5/- per PIN reset per
154 Generating Green PIN for RuPay ATM Cards Account / Month For first
time PIN generation
155 Fee To Be Collected From Customer: in case of :
 Savings Bank account opening including enrolment. Rs. 20/- per Account
Cash Withdrawal / Transfer (Home branch) (Maximum Rs.20,000/-) First 4 withdrawals will be
FREE in a month. In excess
 Cash Withdrawal using Debit Card / AEPS-On-US (Issuer) (Max. upto of these four withdrawals,
Rs.10,000/-) Rs.15/- + GST will be charged
per transaction.
Back to Index
Govt. Small Savings Schemes
Features Public Provident Fund-1968 Sukanya Samriddhi Account
Eligibilty Any Resident Individual Only Girl Child
Entry of Age (Min & Max) No Age Limit Min- Since Birth; Max-10 years
Minimum Deposit Rs. 500/- (in multiple of Rs. 5/-) Rs. 1000/- (in multiple of Rs. 100/-)
Maximum Deposit Rs. 150000/- Rs. 150000/-
Min-1 subscription; Max-No Time limit
(The total amount deposited in an account
shall not exceed Rs. 1.50 Lacs in a
financial year .If any deposit in excess of
No. of Subscriptions Max.-12 & Min.-1
Rs. 1.50 Lacs is deposited in the account
due to any accounting error, it will not be
eligible for any interest and may be
withdrawn any time by the depositor.)
No. Mandatory Initial Deposit, Subject to
MANDATORY Initial
Minimum subscription in year should be Rs. 1000/-
Deposit
Rs. 500/-
Tenure / Maturity 15 Years 21 Years
Max. Period for Subscribe 15 years 14 Years
Each extension of 5 years with any no. of
Extension No Extension Allowed
extension
18 years
(Withdrawal is permissible only after the girl
Lock in Period 5 Years
child attains 18 years of age or has passed
tenth standard, whichever is earlier.)
Documents KYC of Account Holder Birth Certificate & KYC of Guardian
Penalty on Default Rs. 50/- for every default year Rs. 50/- for every default year
Natural/ Legal guardian may open two
accounts in the name of two girl children.
No. of Accounts Only One per Individual Third account in case of twin girl as second
birth or if first birth itself results in three girl
children.
Interest will be calculated for the calendar Interest will be calculated for the calendar
month on the lowest balance in an account on month on the lowest balance in an account on
Interest Calculation
the deposits made between the close of the 5th the deposits made between the close of the 10th
day and the end of the month and shall be day and the end of the month and shall be
(Compounded Yearly) credited to the account at the end of each credited to the account at the end of each
financial year financial year
Nomination Yes, Available (Any no. of Nominee) Not, Available
50% of the balance in the account as at the Withdrawal is permissible only after the girl
Withdrawal end of the 4th financial year can be withdrawn child attains 18 years of age or has passed
in the 6th year) tenth standard, whichever is earlier
Loan Facility Available, from 3rd year till 6th year Not Available
Pre-Mature Closure Only on Death of Subscriber  If the account holder becomes a non-citizen
or NRI after opening of account, the account
shall deemed to be closed prematurely from
the date of change of status & no interest
shall be deemed to accrue to the account
PREMATURE PAYMENT: from such date.
Others Features  On the death of the account holder the
Premature payment is allowed only after the account shall be closed immediately on
account or the account of the minor account production of death certificate issued by
holder of whom he/she is the guardian has competent authority. In this case the interest
completed five financial years, where: will be paid till the date of death of account
a) The amount is required for the treatment of holder. In this case, No penalty to be
serious ailments or life threatening diseases of imposed for failure to deposit the minimum
the Account holder, spouse or dependent stipulated amount of Rs.1000/- in a year.
children or parents, on production of
Form-A Application Form supporting documents from competent  Interest is permitted even after the
Form-C PPF Withdrawal
medical authority; completion of 14 years of the account till the
b) That the amount is required for higher closure of account on maturity
Form-D Loan from PPF education of the account holder or the minor  No interest shall be payable once the
account holder, on production of documents Account completes 21 years from the date
Form-E Nomination and fee bills in confirmation of admission in a of its opening.
Form-F
Cancellation/Variation of recognized institute of higher education in  If Sukanya Samriddhi Account defaults, it
Nominee India & abroad. can only be regularised within 15 years else
Form-G Claim by Nominee /Hier Post Office Savings Bank interest rate will
be applicable at the time of its maturity
Form-H PPF Extension
Back to Index
Features Senior Citizen Saving Scheme – 2004
 An individual who has attained the age of 60 years and above on the date of opening of an account.
 Who has attained the age of 55 years or more but less than 60 years and who has retired on
superannuation or otherwise on the date of opening an account
 Who has retired at any time before the commencement of these rules and attained the age of 55 years or
Eligibility more on the date of opening of an account,
 The retired personnel of Defense Services (excluding civilian Defense employees) irrespective of the
above age limits subject to fulfillment of other specified conditions.
 Both NRIs and Hindu Undivided Family are not eligible to open an account under these rules.
 There shall be only one deposit in the account in multiple of one thousand rupees not exceeding
Deposit
Rupees 15.00 Lacs
 Maximum – Rs. 15.00 Lacs ( in multiple of Rs.1000/-); Tenure – 5 Years (Can be extended only
Amount of Deposit
once for maximum for 3 years)
Withdrawal  Permitted after one year of opening the account but with penalty
 By cheque or demand draft drawn in favour of the depositor and endorsed in favour of the deposit
Mode of Deposit office.
 Cash allowed only if the amount of deposit is less than Rupees One lakh.
 The depositor may extend the account for a further period of three years after the maturity period of
Renewal five years. An application in Form B should be made within a period of one year after the date of
maturity period
 Payable at the end of each calendar quarter e.g. 31st March / 30th June / 30th September / 31st
Interest December. Compounding of interest not permissible
 The depositor may nominate a person or more than one person by an application on Form-C
Nomination accompanied by the passbook to the Branch.
 The deposit made at the time of opening of account shall be paid by the concerned deposit office after
the expiry of five years from the date of opening of the account on production of the passbook
accompanied by a written application (withdrawal form) Form E.
 In case a depositor does not close the account on maturity and also does not extend the account, the
Maturity
account will be treated as matured and the depositor will be entitled to close the account at any time
subject to the condition that the post maturity interest at the rate as applicable to the deposits under the
Post office Savings Accounts from time to time will be payable on such matured deposits up to the end
of the month preceding the month of the closure of the account.
 In case of death of the depositor before maturity the account shall be closed and deposit refunded on
application in Form-F along with interest to the nominee or legal heirs in case the nominee has also
expired or nomination was not made as per rules.
Death of Depositor
 If the total amount including interest payable is up to Rupees one lakh it may be paid to the legal heirs
on production of (i) letter of indemnity (ii) an affidavit (iii) a letter of disclaimer on affidavit (iv)
certificate of death of the depositor on stamped paper in the form as in Annexure to Form F.
On an application in Form E the depositor may be permitted to withdraw the deposit and close the
account at any time after the expiry of one year from the date of opening of the account subject to the
following conditions:
 In case the account is closed after the expiry of one year but before the expiry of two years from the
Pre-mature closure date of opening of the account, an amount equal to 1.5% of the deposit shall be deducted and the
balance paid to the depositor.
 In case the account is closed on or after the expiry of two years from the date of opening of the
account, an amount equal to 1% of the deposit shall be deducted and balance paid to the depositor
 TDS is applicable. However, no TDS is applicable if the depositor files Form 15H or Form 15G or a
certificate under S 197 (i) of IT Act.
TDS
 Nominee of investors of SCSS can also produce 15G form at the time of payment after the death of
depositor
 Both the spouses can open individual and / or joint accounts with each other with the maximum
deposits up to Rs.15 lakh each, provided both are individually eligible to invest.
 In case of Joint account, The whole amount of investment in an account under the scheme is attributed
to the first applicant / depositor only.
 In case of a joint account, if the first holder / depositor expires before the maturity of the account, the
spouse may continue the account on the same terms and conditions as specified under the SCSS Rules.
However, if the second holder i.e. spouse has his / her own individual account, the aggregate of his/her
Others individual account and the deposit amount in the joint account of the deceased spouse should not be
more than the prescribed maximum limit.
 A depositor may apply in Form G, enclosing the Pass Book thereto, for transfer of his account from
one deposit office to another. If the deposit amount is rupees one lakh or above, a transfer fee of Rs. 5/-
per lakh of deposit for the first transfer and rupees 10/- per lakh of deposit for the second and
subsequent transfers shall be payable
 A depositor may extend the account for a further period of three years by making an application
to the deposit office within a period of one year after maturity.
Back to Index
Capital Gain Account Scheme (CGAS)
 The CGAS account can be opened only with an authorized/approved bank branch.
Rural branches of banks are not included.
 Minimum Deposit Rs. 1000/- No Maximum

#
 Period of deposit is 2 or 3 years from date of transfer of original asset as the case may be.
#
 Period of Deposit:- Max- 24 Months Purchase of One Residential House situated in India from the date of transfer
#
 Period of Deposit:- Max- 36 Months Construction of One Residential House situated in India from date of transfer
 Funds withdrawn from CGAS account needs to be utilized within 2 months.
 No loan facility against this deposit is available. This term deposit can neither be accepted as margin money for non-
fund based nor as collateral to any type of fund-based facilities.
 Interest earned on CGAS deposit, will be taxable.
 Type of Account- S.B. Account (Deposit Account-A) and Term Deposits (TDR / STDR) (Deposit Account-B)
 ROI:- As applicable to normal Savings Bank account and/or Term Deposits for respective maturities of Retail & Bulk
deposits.
 No additional interest rate benefit for Senior Citizens or Staff.
 Transactions at non-home branches are NOT allowed for these products.
 INB facility is allowed with viewing rights only, NO transaction rights permitted.
 Closure of TDR/STDR (Account – B) allowed before maturity. (Proceeds to be credited to CapGains SB account-
Account- A only).
 At the time of closure of all accounts, the depositor will have to produce specific authority letter/ certificate from the
Income Tax Officer of the respective jurisdiction. The closure would be allowed on the terms mentioned in the letter
of authority.
 Nomination facility is available for the deposits (Up to 3 Nominees can be nominated)
 Auto renewal is NOT available for Term Deposits or Special Term Deposits opened under SBI CapGains Plus unlike
the Regular Term Deposit or Special Term Deposit product.
 Periodical interest (quarterly, half yearly etc.,) can be credited to regular SB account of depositor. Calendar quarter
option will NOT be available for this product.
 Upon maturity of a Term Deposit or Special Term Deposit opened under SBI CapGains Plus, the proceeds will be
credited into the Savings Bank Account opened under SBI CapGains Plus.
 NO ATM debit card or Cheque book can be issued for CapGains SB account (A/C-A).
 Cash withdrawals from Account-A only upto Rs.25,000 per instance. Above Rs.25,000 can be paid only by way
of issuance of a crossed DD / banker’s cheque drawn in favour of the person to whom the depositor intends to make
the payment.
 Accounts under CapGains are barred from online opening of account / assigning Internet banking transaction rights.
(Can be mapped only for enquiry rights) Payment of interest on Capgains TDR Periodical interest (quarterly, half
yearly etc.,) can be credited to regular SB account of depositor. Calendar quarter option will NOT be available for
this product.
 Form-A: Application Form; Form-B: Conversion of TDR into S.B. Account
 Form-C: Withdrawal from CGAS
 Form-D: Subsequent Withdrawal are permitted only after the customer submits the details regarding the manner and
extent of utilisation of the amount withdrawn from account on the previous occasion
 Form-E: Nomination; Form-F: Cancellation of Nomination
 Form-G: Complete closure of all Capgain plus accounts
 Form-H: To be used by the legal heirs / nominees of the deceased customer, duly approved by the Assessing Officer,
Income Tax Department of the Assessee’s (depositor’s) jurisdiction.
ROI in PPF 7.8% (Oct-Dec 2017) 7.6% (Jan-March 2018)
ROI in NSC 7.8% (Oct-Dec 2017) 7.6% (Jan-March 2018)
ROI in SSA 8.3% (Oct-Dec 2017) 8.1% (Jan-March 2018)
ROI in SCSS-2004 8.3% (Oct-Dec 2017) 8.1% (Jan-March 2018)
ROI in KVP 7.5% (Oct-Dec 2017) 7.3% (Jan-March 2018)
ROI in Post Office Savings Bank 4% (Oct-Dec 2017) (Jan-March 2018)
Back to Index
Foreign Exchange

Categorisation of Branches:- Branches authorised to maintain Foreign
01 Currency accounts including ACU accounts and would handle all types Category- A
of forex transaction.
Categorisation of Branches:- Branches authorised to handle trade-
related and Service-related transactions denominated in foreign
02 Category- B
currencies and Indian rupees and authorised to operate on Bank's
Foreign Currency accounts
Categorisation of Branches:- Branches authorized to handle and report
all types of transactions, as B Category Branch does, through their Link
Office (designated B Category Branch). However, those C1 Category
Branches, authorized to handle FCN transactions can directly report
03 through Mfx (for FCN only) for immediate positioning. The designated Category- C-1
LO in turn would report all transactions in R-Return and as follows:-
(i) To RBI for exchange control (submission of R- returns by LO only)
(ii) To GMU-K for funding etc, and
(iii) Operate on foreign currency accounts
Categorisation of Branches:- Branches authorised to handle service -
04 related transactions denominated in Indian rupees including opening Category- C-2
and maintenance of NRE accounts.
05 Expand “UCPDC” Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits
06 Expand “ICC” International Chamber of Commerce
07 SFMS stands for Structured Financial Messaging System
08 PCFC stands for Pre-shipment Credit in Foreign Currency
09 FFMC stands for Full Fledged Money Changers
10 ESOP stands for Employees Stock Option
11 ECGC stands for Export Credit Guarantee Corporation
12 FCCB stands for Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds
13 FTP stands for Fund Transfer Pricing
14 ECB stands for External Commercial Borrowings
15 BCQP stands for Buyers Credit Quotes Portal
16 DGFT stands for Directorate General of Foreign Trade
17 SWIFT stands for Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication
18 DTAA stands for Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement
19 INCOTERMS stands for International Commercial Terms
 Cross Rate: the exchange rate between 2 foreign currencies without
the intervention of the home currency.
 Cash Rate : The exchange of currencies take place on the date of deal.
 Tom rate : The exchange of currencies takes place on the next working
day.
20 Rates related statements ___  Spot rate : The exchange of currencies is effected on 2nd working day
from the date of quoting the rate.
 Forward rate : The exchange of currencies is effected on a future day
from the date of quoting the rate
 Hedging: Buying foreign currency forward at current price so as to
cover for the unpredicted change in the market
21 Head Quarter of SWIFT is situated at___ Brussels (Belgium)
22 Head Quarter of ICC is situated at___ Paris
23 FEMA came into effect from ___ 01.06.2000
Two days from the date of quoting
24 Spot rate is when exchange of currencies take place at__
the rate
25 NOSTRO Accounts means___ Our Account With You
26 VOSTRO Accounts means___ Your account with Us
27 LORO Accounts means___ Their account with you
28 Expand OFAC Office of Foreign Assets Control
Back to Index
29 Expand LIBOR London Inter-Bank Offered Rate
30 Expand MIBOR Mumbai Inter-Bank Offered Rate
It may be allowed to open up to Max.____Diamond Dollar Accounts
31 5 DDA
(DDA) with their banks (In USD only)
32 DDAs ACCOUNT Current Account with a minimum balance of __ USD 1000
33 Expand “EDF” Export Declaration Form
The operations under 20:80 scheme stands withdrawn. The scheme
34 Import of GOLD
relates to
In order to facilitate outward remittances of foreign exchange for
35 personal SEGMENT customers through a centralized platform, in a Fx-OUT
hassle free manner, GMU-K has rolled out a new product
36 Vishwa Yatra Foreign Travel Card can be issued in ---- Currencies 8 currencies
37 Hawala transactions are defined u/s ___ of FEMA Act 1999. Section-3 of FEMA Act
38 Noting or protesting is compulsory in case of___ Foreign Bill
In equilibrium position, spread between foreign and domestic rate of
39 Forward and Spot exchange rates
interest must be equal to spread of___
Theory which considers change in exchange rate with fluctuations in
40 Purchasing power parity
inflation rates is classified as___
For a foreign exchange of specific currency, non-hedged position is
41 Open Position
classified as___
Position which came in to existence because of holding assets more than
42 Net long in currency
liabilities is considered as___
43 Export and Import comes under the purview of: Ministry of ___ Commerce & Industry
44 EXIM Bills is the software used in___ CCIL
45 ICC (International Chamber of Commerce) came into existence w.e.f. __ Year 1919
Any person resident in India, who had gone out of India on a temporary
visit, may bring into India at the time of his return from any place
46 outside India (other than from Nepal and Bhutan), currency notes of Rs. 25000/-
Government of India and Reserve Bank of India notes up to an amount
not exceeding Rs____. (in denomination not exceeding Rs.100)
For Visit to Nepal and Bhutan : Residents can carry any amount of
47 Indian currency while travelling to these countries, currency notes of Rs 25000/-
Reserve Bank of India of all denominations upto a limit of ____
Any person resident in India who had gone to PAKISTAN and/or
BANGLADESH on a temporary visit, may bring into India at the time
48 Rs. 10,000/-
of his return, currency notes of Government of India and Reserve Bank
of India notes up to an amount not exceeding _____per person.
A person coming into India from abroad can bring with him foreign
exchange without any limit. However, if the AGGREGATE VALUE of
the FOREIGN EXCHANGE in the form of Currency Notes, Bank
49 USD 10,000
Notes or Travelers Cheques brought in exceeds ________or its
equivalent, it should be declared to the Customs Authorities at the
Airport in the Currency Declaration Form (CDF), on arrival in India.
A person coming into India from abroad can bring with him foreign
exchange without any limit. However, if The value of ONLY Foreign
50 Currency exceeds ______or its equivalent, it should be declared to the USD 5,000
Customs Authorities at the Airport in the Currency Declaration Form
(CDF), on arrival in India.
In terms of sub-section 4, of Section (6) of the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, a person resident in
India is free to hold, own, transfer or invest in foreign currency, foreign security or any immovable property
51 situated outside India if such currency, security or property was acquired, held or owned by such person when
he was resident outside India or inherited from a person who was resident outside India.
Further, a resident individual can also acquire property and other assets overseas under LRS.
In terms of Section 3 of the Indian Stamp Act, read with Article 37 of Schedule-1 of the said Act, all letters of
52 credit (covering both imports and exports) attract a stamp duty of Rs. 2/- for each credit and the revenue stamp
for this value should be affixed at the time such credits are issued/documents negotiated.
53 UCPDC first has been brought by ICC in year Year 1933
54 UCPDC_600 came into existence w.e.f. ___ 01-07-2007
55 Total no. of Articles are available under UCPDC_600___ 39 Articles
56 Article-1 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Application of UCP
Back to Index
57 Article-2 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Definitions
58 Article-3 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Interpretations
59 Article-4 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Contracts (Credits)
60 Article-5 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Documents (Goods, Services or Performance)
Availability, Expiry Date and Place for
61 Article-6 of UCPDC_600 defines___
Presentation
62 Article-7 of UCPDC_600 defines___ (Responsibility of___) Issuing Bank (Undertaking)
63 Article-8 of UCPDC_600 defines___(Responsibility of___) Confirming Bank (Undertaking)
64 Article-9 of UCPDC_600 defines___(Responsibility of___) Advising Bank (Undertaking)
65 Article-10 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Amendments
66 Article-12 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Nomination
67 Article-13 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Bank-to-Bank reimbursement arrangements
68 Article-16 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Discrepant Documents, Waiver and Notice
69 Article-17 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Original Documents and Copies
70 Article-18 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Commercial Invoice
71 Article 19 to 27 defines ___ under UCPDC_600 Transport Documents
72 Article-20 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Bill of Lading
73 Article-21 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Non-Negotiable Sea Way
74 Article-22 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Charter Party Bill of Lading
75 Article-23 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Air Transport Document
Road, Rail or Inland Waterway Transport
76 Article-24 of UCPDC_600 defines___
Documents
77 Article-27 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Clean Transport Document
78 Article-28 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Insurance Document and Coverage
79 Article-30 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Tolerance
80 Article-31 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Partial Drawings or Shipments
81 Article-32 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Installment Drawings or Shipments
82 Article-33 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Hours of Presentation
83 Article-34 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Disclaimer on Effectiveness of Documents
84 Article-35 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Disclaimer on Transmission and Translation
85 Article-36 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Force Majeure
86 Article-38 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Transferable Credits
87 Article-39 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Assignment of Proceeds
88 Normal Transit Period for purposes of all bills in Foreign Currencies__ 25 days
Export of Goods for Exhibition / Trade Fairs outside India-It would also
89 be permissible to "gift" unsold goods upto the value of ____per exporter, USD 5,000
per exhibition/trade fair
Residents can buy foreign exchange ___ days ahead of the journey date.
90 In case it is not possible to use the foreign exchange within the period of 60 days
60 days, it should be surrendered to a bank.
Surrender of Unspent Foreign Exchange on Return :- Amounts in
excess of USD 2000 (in Currency Note / Travelers Cheque) have to be
91 180 Days
surrendered to a bank within____days of return or credited to RFC(D)
account.
92 Bank’s launch for “knowledge sharing portal” is known as____ “e fx Forum”
Which form is used when exports are made otherwise than by Post and
93 Custom Office is not computerized (i.e. where EDI facility is not GR (Guaranteed Remittance) Form
available).
The EXPORTER submits the duplicate GR FORM along with other
94 21 Days
shipping documents to AD within ____ days from the date of shipment.
Which form is used when exports are made otherwise than by Post and
95 SDF Form
Custom Office is computerized (i.e. where EDI facility is available).
Back to Index
96 When exports are made to any country by post parcel. PP Form
97 In case of export of computer software in non-physically form. SOFTEX Form
At fortnightly, as at the close of
R-Returns are to be submitted to RBI____
business on the 15th and the last
98
day of each month but within 7
(Two types of R-return are submitted)
days
When Outstanding Export Bills > 6 Months, XOS Return is to be Half-yearly intervals i.e. June and
99
submitted at___ December but Within 15 Days
Imports in respect of which documentary proof has not been submitted
100 Quarterly but Within 15 Days
by Importer, BEF Return is to be submitted at___
101 Detailed return on NRI Deposit is submitted upon ____ NSD CSR
Under UCPDC 600 directives, time available for scrutiny of documents
102 5 working day
received under the LC is___
103 Trade Finance software of the bank known as___ and acquired from__ Eximbills (Taiwan-China)
Customized forex outward remittance facility on the INB platform of
104 remXout
bank__
______is a dispute resolution procedure specifically designed for the
105 DOCDEX
world of trade finance.
Under Foreign Trade documents: Insurance & carriage cost is arrange by FOB (free on board) &
106
Buyer on both____ FAS (free alongside ship)
Under Foreign Trade documents: Insurance & carriage cost is arrange by
107 CIF (cost, insurance and freight)
Seller on both____
_______ is an evidence of contract to carry goods and receipt of good
108 Bill Of Lading
received and is issued by the shipper.
If a Bill of lading is submitted to the bank for collection or negotiation
109 21 days
after ____ days from the date of shipment, this is regarded as Stale.
A Letter of Credit (LC) which can’t be amended or cancelled by the
110 Irrevocable Letter of Credit
opening bank without the consent of all the concerned parties.
Where One bank advises another bank to pay only if a transaction agreed
111 to by the opener of the credit with the beneficiary is not performed, such Standby Letter of Credit
LC is called ___
Name the LC where on payment of bill the LC shall be reinstated by the
112 value of the bill negotiated but within the original value of the LC and Revolving Letter of Credit
before its validity.
113 The validity of Revolving Letter of Credit should not be more than ___ 1 (One) Year
Name the LC , when the opening bank requests the advising bank to give
114 Red Clause Letter of Credit
loan to the exporter for the purpose of export.
Name the LC, which provides finance for pre-shipment (storage
115 Green Clause Letter of Credit
facilities) at the port of Shipment.
When an inland LC is backed by the Foreign Letter of Credit for supply
116 of goods by the manufacturer to the exporter for onward exporting the Back to Back Letter of Credit
goods to foreign country.
Demand/sight bill under import LC shall be crystalised if not retired by
the customer on the ____ day from the date of receipt thereof by
117 10th day
converting the foreign currency amount in to rupees at the Bank’s Bill
selling rate.
In Pre-shipment finance (rupee) (CC/OD/DL) advance has to be repaid
118 within a maximum period of ____days. RBI would provide re-finance 360 Days
only up to 180 days.
Post-shipment credit in Foreign Currency (PSCFC) is extended in the
119 form of export bill rediscounting facility only. Banks can now rediscount 180 Days
export bills up to _____days usance from the date of shipment.
In all cases of imports, where value of forex remitted exceeds USD
120 100000 or equivalent, evidence for import has to be submitted by the 3 Months
importer within :
Those transactions in which the goods supplied, do not leave the country
121 Deemed Export
and the supplier in India receives the payment for the goods.
122 Who regulates the forex dealings by Authorised dealers? Reserve Bank of India
For availing the facility of Liberalised Remittance Scheme, the resident
123 individual must have maintained the account with the bank for a 1 (One) Year
minimum of _____years
Liberalised Remittance Scheme (LRS) for resident individuals has been
124 USD 2,50,000
increased to USD ______ per F.Y (i.e April to March)
Back to Index
For Resident Individuals: The limit of USD 250000 per Financial Year is available under the Scheme also
includes/subsumes remittances for CAPITAL and CURRENT ACCOUNT transactions (or a combination of
125 both). Current Account Transactions (i.e. Private Visit; Gift/Donation; Going abroad on employment;
Emigration; Maintenance of close relatives abroad; Business Trip; Medical treatment abroad & Studies
Abroad).
Travellers going to all countries other than (a) and (b) below are allowed to purchase foreign currency notes /
coins only up to USD 3000 per visit. Balance amount can be carried in the form of store value cards, travellers
cheque or banker’s draft. Exceptions to this are
(a) travellers proceeding to Iraq and Libya who can draw foreign exchange in the form of foreign currency
126
notes and coins not exceeding USD 5000 or its equivalent per visit;
(b) travellers proceeding to the Islamic Republic of Iran, Russian Federation and other Republics of
Commonwealth of Independent States who can draw entire foreign exchange (up-to USD 250,000) in the
form of foreign currency notes or coins.
For travellers proceeding for Haj/ Umrah pilgrimage, full amount of entitlement (USD 250,000) in cash or up
127
to the cash limit as specified by the Haj Committee of India, may be released by the Ads and FFMCs.
128 Maximum limit upto which a resident can retain foreign currency notes USD 2000
129 Maximum limit upto which a resident can retain foreign currency coins UNLIMITED
Under LRS: It is mandatory to have PAN card to make remittances
under the Scheme for capital account transactions. However, PAN card
130 USD 25,000
need not be insisted upon for remittances made towards permissible
current account transactions up to USD_____.
The INCOTERMS rules describe mainly the Tasks, Costs and Risks
131 Sellers to Buyers.
involved in the delivery of goods from ____
132 How many INCOTERMS are presented____ 11 (Eleven)
133 The form used for remitting trade related forex transaction Form A1
134 The form used for remitting personal remittances. Form A2
135 Trade Control Regulations in India are administered by___ DGFT
136 Exchange Control Regulations are governed by the provisions of Act FEMA
India uses ____ method of quotation ____ under which "Buy Low / Sell
137 DIRECT
High is the MAXIM used.
Under options delivery Forward contract, the customer gets a maximum
138 1 (One) Month
option period of___
For remitting foreign exchange for capital account transactions under
139 liberalized remittance facility, the customer should have held account 1 (One) Year
with the bank for a minimum period of_______
140 The exchange rate quoted by the market to the bank is called___ Inter Bank Rate
141 The Card Rates are the rates quoted by the bank to ___ Customers
Protect the bank against exchange
142 Cover Operations are undertaken by banks in order to__
rate fluctuation.
When the exporter wants a pre-shipment advance to be given to him for
meeting the cost of production, the importer will have to open ___
How many times an LC can be transferred to others by the exporter if
144 Only ONCE
the LC is a transferable credit____?
The primary liability to make payment to the exporter under an LC lies
145 Issuing Bank
with ____Bank.
When the LC stipulates that negotiation can be made with a particular
146 Restricted Letter of Credit
bank the LC is called____ Credit
147 Bill of lading is called as ____ Quasi negotiable instrument.
148 In an FOB Contract the freight and insurance charges are borne by__ The Importer
149 In a CIF contract, the freight and insurance are arranged by__ The Exporter
When the freight charges are arranged by the exporter and the insurance
150 CFR (Cost & Freight) Contract
is borne by the importer, it is a called ___
A bill of lading which does not contain any remark regarding the quality
151 Clean Bill of Lading.
of Packaging of the good is referred to as ___
A knowledge sharing portal launched by GMU Kolkata to share the
152 eFx Forum
information on forex related matters is____
153 Fx-OUT per transaction limit increased to ___ $ 25000
Release of foreign exchange is not admissible for travel to and
154 Nepal & Bhutan
transaction with residents of _______ & _______
155 Noble Branch for Gold Deposit Account is___ Overseas Branch, Mumbai
Back to Index
156 Noting or protesting is compulsory in case of___ Foreign Bill
157 R-Returns are to be submitted to RBI within ___days. 7 days
DIPP is the nodal agency in the field of foreign investments in India. What is Department of Industrial
158
the full form of DIPP ? Policy and Promotion
Cash Flows in different
159 “Currency Swap” is an instrument to manage__
currencies
Removal of all controls on cross-movement of Foreign exchange on capital
160 Floating Rupee
account, is called___
161 Expand ESBTR Electronic secured bank and treasury receipt.
162 Expand “ISBP-600” International Standard Banking Practice-600
163 Our Branches report their foreign currency transactions to__ Treasury Mumbai
The ICC Uniform Rules for Collections were first published by the ICC in 1956. Revised versions were issued
164
in 1967 and 1978.
165 The Uniform Rules for Collections (URC)-322 were originally introduced in- January 1979
166 The latest revision, URC 522, came into effect on__. 1 January 1996
URC 522 is divided into 26 articles under 7 distinct sections:
 General Provisions and Definitions - articles 1-3
 Form and Structure of Collections - article 4
167  Form of Presentation - articles 5-8
 Liabilities and Responsibilities - articles 9-15
 Payment - articles 16-19
 Interest, Charges and Expenses - articles 20-21
 Other Provisions - articles 22-26
URR 725 has been effective since__. URR 725 is an updated version of
168 01 October 2008
previous rules for bank-to-bank reimbursements known as URR 525.
169 Expand “URR-725” Uniform Rules for Bank-to-Bank Reimbursements-725
170 URR 725 consists of total ____ and approved by____ 17 articles & ICC
171 The right to buy an asset at a fixed date and price. Call Option
172 The right to sell an asset a fixed date and price. Put Option
Rate applied for a foreign exchange transaction which involves immediate
173 Ready Rate
conversion of currency is known as __
174 The asset price at which the investor can exercise an option Strike Price
175 The amount of each currency that the option allows the investor to sell or buy. Notional
176 The rate quoted for issue of Drafts/TTs is _ TT Selling Rate
The rate quoted for inward remittances by TT/DD, where the cover fund has
177 TT Buying Rate
already been credited to our Nostro a/c is
In case of negotiation of export bills, which of the following rates would be
178 Bill Buying Rate
applied ?
How many types of rates are quoted in respect of foreign exchange sales
179 4 (Four)
transactions?
How many types of rates are quoted in respect of foreign exchange
180 6 (Six)
purchase transactions?
181 Letter of Credit has ____ parties. 4 (Four)
182 Bank Guarantee has ___ Partees. 3 (Three)
An import license is valid for _____ months for capital goods, and ___ 24 Months- Capital Goods
183
months for all other goods. 18 Months- Others
184 An import license is valid for _____ months for restricted goods 18 Months
Export Authorisation for restricted (Non SCOMET- Special Chemicals,
185 12 Months
Organisms, Materials, Equipment and Technologies) goods is___
Export Authorisation for restricted (SCOMET- Special Chemicals,
186 24 Months
Organisms, Materials, Equipment and Technologies) goods is___
Fortnightly as on 15th & last working day of
187 Branches should submit return of overdue import bills__
each month
Overseas Corporate Body (OCB) means a company, partnership firm, society and other corporate body owned
directly or indirectly to the extent of at least sixty per cent by Non-Resident Indians and includes overseas
188 trust in which not less than sixty percent beneficial interest is held by Non-resident Indians directly or
indirectly but irrevocably, which was in existence as on September 16, 2003 and was eligible to undertake
transactions pursuant to the general permission granted under Foreign Exchange Management Regulations.
Back to Index
189 A registered exporter is one who is registered with__ Export Promotion Council/Commodity Board
Any Passenger can take gold to India provided they declare and pay the
applicable customs duty in India. Up to ______of gold per passenger can be
190 10 Kilograms
imported to India provided the period of stay overseas has been more than six
months.
The weight of silver (including ornaments) should not exceed the quantity
191 100 Kilograms
of____ per passenger (by NRI to India also).
An NRI is eligible for wealth tax exemption for _______ years after his/her
192 7 Years
return to India.
193 In India, foreign exchange rates are quoted as under __ Indirect Quote
Standard Transaction Reference Number (STRN) on export bill covering
194 16 (Sixteen)
schedules consists of _______ digits
Request for cash payment against FTC/FCN may be accepted upto the extent
195 of US$ _______________ or its equivalent per transaction at non metro US $ 500
centres
196 BEF (Bill of Entry Form) statement should be submitted to RBI. Half-yearly
197 Forex transactions are reported to Treasury, Mumbai through___ ELENOR
198 Export usance bills should be crystallised on ____ day from due Date. 30th
199 Rate to be applied when an export bill is cyrstallised__ Bill Selling
200 Rate to be applied when a crystallised export bill is realized__ TT Buying
201 Normal Transit Period allowed for export sight bills___ 25 Days
3 months from the date of
202 An importer should furnish to the AD document evidencing import within
remittance
203 Which documents evidences import of goods into India? Bill of Entry form
Documents pertaining to exports are to be submitted to A.D within ___days
204 21 Days
from the date of export.
205 As per RBI guidelines, banks are to provide export finance to the extent of 12% of Net bank Credit
What is the time limit within which the bank has to sanction a fresh /
206 45 Days
enhancement export credit proposal ?
207 Export Packing Credit is normally sanctioned for a period of___ 180 day
Ministry of Commerce, Govt.
208 Foreign Trade Policy is framed by___ (Currently 2015-2020)
of India
209 Opinion Report on foreign buyers can be obtained from___ Dun & Bradstreet
210 Exporters are permitted to open EEFC accounts in any one of 4 ____ USD, GBP, EURO, YEN
Forward Contract permitted up to ___ years now in case of Foreign Currency
211 5 Years
Non Resident (FCNB) premium accounts.
Back to Index
Non-Resident Indian (NRI) Services

As Per Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA), 1999 - Sec 2: A NRI is an Indian citizen or Foreign
01 National of Indian Origin resident outside India for purposes of employment, carrying on business or vocation
in circumstances as would indicate an intention to stay outside India for an indefinite period.
As Per Income Tax Act: An individual will also be considered NRI if his stay in India is less than 182 days
02
during the preceding financial year.
Resident but Not Ordinarily Resident (RNOR) -A Non Resident who has returned to India for good is
covered under the provisions of section 6(6) of the Income-tax Act. He / she is given a special status of
Resident but not ordinarily resident (RNOR) if he / she satisfies one of the following conditions:
 An individual who is a non-resident in India in 9 out of 10 years preceding the relevant previous year;
03 Or
 An individual is staying in India for 729 days or less during 7 previous years proceeding the relevant
previous year.
 In other words, a person returning from overseas to settle down in India can be treated as "Resident
But Not Ordinarily Resident" for a period of two years after he returns to India.
NRI’s are permitted to open NRO account with resident Indians on ____
04 basis only and in regards to existing accounts with “Either or Survivor” "Former or Survivor"
facility, one month’s notice need to be given for changing the status.
RBI has clarified that transfer of funds from one NRO accounts to
05 TRUE
another NRO accounts is not allowed.
NRE account can be opened as S.B, CA, RD, TDR & STDR with mode
06 Former or Survivor
of operation as ___
07 NRE (RD, TDR & STDR) account can be opened for ___ Years 1 to 10 years
NRO account can also be opened as S.B. CA, RD, TDR & STDR for RD- 1 to 10 Years
08 foreign students and tenure of RD, TDR & STDR accounts respectively TDR- 7 days to 10 years
are___ STDR- 6 Months to 10 Years
09 FCNR (B) account type (Only TDR and STDR) and tenure___ 1 to 5 Years
Foreign Currency Non-Resident
10 FCNR (B) refers to
(Bank)
RFC (Resident Foreign Currency) account (Only TDR and STDR) and
11 1 to 3 Years
tenure__
NRI (including PIO/OCI) residing in ____ are not permitted to open
12 Nepal & Bhutan
NRO a/c.
13 The front-end software used for making payments under MoneyGram is DeltaWorks
14 The Nodal Branch for making payments under MoneyGram is NRI Kochi
We are offering MoneyGram services under agreement entered with the
15 Thomas Cook India Ltd.
principal agent.
16 Full form of “SPP” used in Western Union payment is Streamlined Payout Procedure
The front-end software used for making payments under Western Union
17 Translink
payment is___
18 The maximum limit per transaction in Western Union money transfer is $ 2500
Under The Money Transfer Service Scheme, a beneficiary can receive a
19 30 Txn
maximum of ____ transactions in a calendar year.
20 “MTCN” Stands for___ Money Transfer Control Number
21 “TRM” stands for___ To Receive Money
Under The Money Transfer Service Scheme, ___transactions are
22 Only Inward Txn
permitted.
23 Vishwa Yatra Foreign Travel Card can be issued in ---- Currencies 8 currencies
Branches may open ____bank account in favor of foreign students
24 NRO Account
studying in India.
25 Channel though which Remittances from gulf countries-middle east is __ SBI EXPRESS
26 Under SBI Express: Transaction Limit Min- Rs. 500; Max- Rs. 10 Lacs
Under SBI Express : Restrictions on transactions: For blue-collared Blue-collared workers: Rs.25 lacs
27
workers: ___and for professionals etc ____ per calendar year. Professionals :Rs.60 lacs
28 Resident Foreign Currency (RFC) Savings Bank (SB) Account has been DISCONTINUED
It has been decided to apply TDS on NRO STDRs on ___basis every
29 year on 31st March or at the time of maturity/renewal which occurs first, Accrual Basis
in line with domestic STDRs.
Pakistani National will require a prior approval from ___before opening
30 RBI
the account.
Back to Index
Differentiating various NRI Accounts & Deposits
ACCOUNTS NRE NRO FCNR(B)
To park current Indian
To park overseas earnings To park overseas earnings
Purpose of account earnings and overseas
remitted to India remitted to India
earnings remitted to India
USD, GBP, EURO, CAD,
Currency Rupees Rupees
JPY, & AUD (6 currencies)
Savings Banks, Current Savings Banks, Current
Type of Accounts Account, TDR/ STDR & Account, TDR/ STDR & TDR/ STDR
RD RD
Min- 1 Year Min-7 days Min- 1 Year
Investment Term
Max- 10 Years Max- 10 Years Max- 5 Years
Savings/Current- Nil
Initial Funding for Opening TDR/STDR- ` 1000/-
RD- ` 100/-  USD 1000
 GBP 1000
Savings, Current: Nil
 EURO 1000
RD: Rs. 100
 CAD1000
TDR, STDR: For Personal Banking Branches in:
Minimum Balance  JPY 1000
 Metro / Urban centres: Rs. 1 lac
 AUD1000
 Semi-Urban / Rural centres: Rs. 50,000/-
 For all other Branches: Rs. 1000/-
NRIs NRIs NRIs
Joint Holding With Resident Indians on Resident Indians on Resident Indians on
Former or Survivor basis Former or Survivor basis Former or Survivor basis
Current income up to
Repatriability of Principal Freely Repatriable $ 10 Lacs Freely Repatriable
(Conditional)
Freely Repatriable subject
Repatriability of Interest Freely Repatriable Freely Repatriable
to deduction of tax
Interest income is taxed as
per India Income Tax
Interest income tax free in Interest income tax free in
Taxability in India Rules. Reduced tax under
India India
Double Tax Avoidance
Agreement

Foreign nationals who come to India on employment and on leaving the
India can convert their Domestic account to NRO account, to enable them
31 6 (Six) Months
to receive their legitimate dues subject to certain conditions. But,
continuation of account beyond ____ months will require RBI’s approval.
NRO account be opened for Foreign Students studying in India on the basis of his/her passport (with appropriate visa &
immigration endorsement) which contains the proof of identity and address in the home country along with a photograph
and a letter offering admission from the educational institution, subject to following:
Within a period of _____days of opening the account, the foreign student
should submit to the branch where the account is opened, a valid address
32 proof giving local address, in the form of a rent agreement or a letter from 30 Days
the educational institution as a proof of living in a facility provided by the
educational institution.
During the 30 days period, the account should be operated with a condition
of allowing foreign remittances not exceeding USD _____ into the account
33 USD 1,000
and a cap of monthly withdrawal to Rs. 50,000/-, pending verification of
address.
According to the amendment to the Public Provident Fund Act, 1968, "if a resident who opened an account under
this scheme subsequently becomes a non-resident during the currency of the maturity period, the account shall be
DEEMED to be closed with effect from the day he becomes a non-resident."
Interest with effect from that date will be paid at the 4% rate applicable to the post office savings account up to the
last day of the month preceding the one in which the account is actually closed, the Public Provident Fund (Amendment)
Scheme, 2017, said.
NRIs are not allowed to invest in small savings schemes like NSC and PPF. However, they were earlier permitted to
retain their PPF account if they had opened it before becoming an NRI.
One more thing, Account will be DEEMED as closed. It will not be closed in actual, means it will not earn interest
benefit of PPF and will not be extended on maturity also.
Operations in NRI accounts are not permitted on the basis of Lette of
34 TRUE
Authority.
From NRO Account: If the remittance amount is Not Chargeable to Tax
35 and if amount of remittance exceeds USD _____or equivalent, Form-A2 is USD 25000
required.
Back to Index
NRIs staying in US, UK, Canada and Japan cannot open Demat and
36 TRUE
Trading accounts due to regulatory restrictions.
-NRE Savings Bank (SB) account.
NRIs can invest online in Equities, Derivatives, IPOs,
-NRE Portfolio Investment Scheme (PIS) account
37 and Mutual Funds with the comfort of home or office
-Demat Account
through our 4-in-1 account consisting of:-
-Trading Account
NRI Family Card: If Personalized Card (i.e. bearing the name of the
applicant) has been opted, then card has to be collected from the branch
38 12 (Twelve)
after approximately ____ working days from the date of submitting the
application in the branch.
39 NRI Family Card: Validity of card is___ 10 Years
40 NRI Family Card: Minimum & Maximum recharge amount are___ Rs. 100 & Rs. 50000/-
41 NRI Family Card: Maximum Balance in the card can be Rs.___ Rs. 50000/-
42 NRI Family Card: A cardholder can take maximum ___ cards. 5 (Five)
When an NRI sends any email requesting for anything, DO open your e-
mail account (your branch email account) on daily basis and respond to
43 emails within ______hours of receiving it. If it is not possible to reply or 24 Hours
resolve the matter mentioned in email, please send an acknowledgement of
the receipt of the email to the sender.
While settling deceased case in case of NRI, Foreign nationals cannot be
44 accepted as sureties while obtaining Letter of Indemnity as he / she will not TRUE
be governed by Indian law.
INB to NRI: In order to activate the internet banking, customer has to send
45 an SMS containing Activation Code from his / her registered mobile 9223040040
number to the number___
INB to NRI: For first ______days from activation customer will have
46 limited access to INB. Post cooling period the customer will get complete 5 (Five)
access to the account through INB.
In order to encourage mobilization of funds under the FCNR (B) deposits, it has been decided to waive the penalty
provisions at the time of premature payment of FCNR (B) deposits subject to the undernoted conditions:
a.) Interest on premature payment will be paid by the bank only for the period, FCNR (B) deposit has remained with the
Bank.
b.) Above interest will be paid at the rate prevailing at the time of opening the related FCNR (B) deposit account.
c.) Since minimum period of FCNR (B) deposit prescribed by RBI is one year, no interest will be paid on premature
payment of FCNR (B) deposit if it is paid within one year from the date of deposit.
Back to Index
Loan Policy 2017-18

For Both, Rs. 10 Lacs whether
01 Priority Sector Advance limit in Education Loan___
in India or Abroad
02 Micro & Small Enterprises involve in Manufacturing Activity called__ SSI (Small Scale Industries)
03 Micro & Small Enterprises involve in Trading & Services activity called__ SBF
Medium Enterprises involve in Manufacturing, Trading & Services
04 C&I (Commercial & Institution)
activity called
05 National Banking Group deals with proposal of Rs. Up to___ 50 Crore
06 National Banking Group deals with proposal of Rs. Up to___ 50 Crore
07 Mid-Corporate Group deals with proposal of Rs. Up to___ > 50 Crore up to 500 Crore
08 Corporate Account Group deals with proposal of Rs. ___ > 500 Crore
09 Expand VMS Vendor Management System
A person or entity can be re-financed only after___ from the date of
10 After 5 years
removing their name from the wilful defaulter’s list
Temporary Overdraft of Rs. up to ______ and casual purchase of cheque Rs. 25000 & Rs. 5000/-
11
of Rs. ______ at a time is not treated as Credit Facility
12 Term Loan tenure normally be___ 10 Years
13 For Manufacturing Unit Current Ratio (Desired & Acceptable level) is >1.33 & >1.00 respectively
14 For Trade & Service Unit Current Ratio (Desired & Acceptable level) is >1.20 & >1.00 respectively
15 DSCR (Debt Service Coverage Ratio) (Desired & Acceptable level) is >=1.50 & >=1.20 respectively
16 FACR (Fixed Assets Coverage Ratio) (Desired & Acceptable level) is 1.25
17 Adhoc limit are to be reviewed not later than ___ from its sanction. 3 Months
When Adhoc limit is not reviewed/renewed within ___ from its sanction,
18 180 Days.
becomes NPA.
19 Facility Rating in CRA is applicable for exposures of___ Beyond Rs. 5 Crore
20 Dynamic Review of Rating is applicable to ___ Rs. 10 Crore & above
Hurdle rate of rating for New/Existing proposal for fresh / renewal as the
21 SB-10
case may be, is__
Working Capital Limit and Term Loan sanctioned but not utilized or
22 6 Months
availed within ___ from the date of sanction, need REVALIDATION
23 Bank Guarantee is issued /renewed for a period of maximum- 18 Months
24 Maturity period of Bank Guarantee is__ 10 Years
25 Above 10 years, BG can be issued against ___ with prior approval. 100% cash margin
26 Countries have been classified in ___ risk categories. 11 risk category
27 UCC refers to Unconditional Cancellability Clause
28 Loan, Which doesn’t have any security either primary or collateral called Abinitio Unsecured Loans
Banks are to submit quarterly return on borrowers exposures of Rs. ____
29 Rs. 5 Crore & Above
to RBI-CRILC
30 Expand IBC Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code-2016
31 Expand BIFR Board for Industrial & Financial Reconstruction
32 Expand ECIB Export Credit Insurance for Banks
33 Expand FFR Financial Follow-up Reports
34 Expand LEF Large Exposures Framework
35 Expand IPEL Internal Prudential Exposure Limit
36 Expand UFCE Un-hedged Foreign Currency Exposure
37 Expand FITL Funded Interest Term Loan
38 Expand FEDAI Foreign Exchange Dealer’s Association of India
39 Expand EPC Export Packing Credit
40 Expand “LIE” Lender’s Independent Engineer
41 Expand NSFR Net Stable Funding Ratio
Back to Index
42 Expand IRAC Income Recognition Asset Classification
___ LC authorizes an intermediary bank to make an advance to the
beneficiary before shipment.
Apart from advance for pre-shipment, ___ LC gives advance to the exporter
44 Green Clause Letter of Credit
to cover storage at the port of shipment.
45 Our Bank issues only ___ Irrevocable LC
Takeover Rating Criterion
46 ECR (External Credit Rating) is applicable to___ Rs. 10.00 Crore & above
47 For Exposure (25 Lacs to 10 Crore) CRA should be SB-7 or better
CRA should be SB-7 or better &
48 For Exposure (10 Crore to 50 Crore) If ECR NOT available.
Collateral at least 75%
49 For Exposure (10 Crore to 50 Crore) If ECR available.
ECR should be- “BBB” or better
50 For Exposure (above 50 Crore) If ECR NOT available. CRA should be SB-5 or better
51 For Exposure (above 50 Crore) If ECR not available.
ECR should be- “BBB+” or better
52 Generally, takeover of loan of Rs. ___ is considered in our Bank. Rs. 25 Lacs & above
Takeover: Ideally, only such accounts should be targeted for Takeover where the unit is in commercial
53 operations for at least two years (one year in case of Infrastructure projects) and no major green field / brown
field project is under implementation.
Takeover : Increase in exposure should not exceed 30% (where total taken over exposure is upto Rs.1.00 crore)
and 15% or Rs.30 lacs whichever is higher (where total taken over exposure is above Rs.1.00 crore) of the
54 initial amount taken over from other banks, within 12 months from the date of initial sanction of take over. This
would need to be discussed and clarified to the prospective borrowers at the time of negotiation for Takeover
itself.
90 Days in takeover case and
55 Perfection of security must be completed within __ of disbursement.
6 months in normal case
Taken over accounts above Rs_____ crores are to be reviewed under Early
56 Rs. 5 Crores
Sanction Review Mechanism of I&MA Department.
Takeover in Agriculture
57 Minimum amount eligible for takeover, in case of ACC accounts Rs. 1.00 Lacs
58 Minimum amount eligible for takeover, in case of ATL for allied activity Rs. 10.00 Lacs
Minimum amount eligible for takeover, in case of ATL for other than
59 Rs. 2.00 Lacs
allied activity
60 Maximum amount eligible for takeover in Agriculture is__ Rs. 2.00 Crore
61 ATL having residual repayment period of ___ is eligible for takeover 2 Years
Additional norms for takeover of Agriculture Loans of Rs.25 lacs and above:- The advances to be taken
62
over should be rated SB-7 or better (the unit should score at least 60% in the financial parameters).
15% of Bank’s Capital Fund
63 Exposure Norms, In case of Single Borrower is +
5% for Infrastructure
40% of Bank’s Capital Fund
64 Exposure Norms, In case of Borrower Group, is +
10% for Infrastructure
25% of Bank’s Capital Funds,
Exposure to Oil Companies that have been issued oil bonds (which do not
65 plus an additional 5% for credit to
have SLR status) by Govt. of India.
infrastructure projects.
10 % of Bank’s Capital Funds,
66 Exposure to a single NBFC plus an additional 5%, for
infrastructure sector.
67 Exposure to a single NBFC-AFC (Asset Financing Company) plus an additional 5%
68 Exposure to Infrastructure Finance Companies (IFC) plus an additional 5%
69 Aggregate exposure to the capital markets shall not exceed 40% Bank’s Net-worth
Exposure to Indian Joint Ventures, Wholly owned Subsidiaries abroad and
70 20% of Bank’s Capital Funds
Overseas Step-down subsidiaries of Indian Corporates
Bank’s exposure exceeds 10 % of
71 Exposure norms with respect to Large Borrower
the Bank’s capital funds.
Back to Index
Large borrower is defined as a borrower to whom the Bank’s exposure
72 exceeds 10 % of the Bank’s capital funds. The aggregate exposure to all 800%
“large borrowers” should not exceed _____% of Bank’s capital funds.
Maximum aggregate exposure in respect of Individuals as borrowers of
73 Rs. _____ crores. However, maximum aggregate exposure in respect of Rs. 50 Crore
Ship Breaking/ Diamond Industry the cap shall be Rs.100 crores.
Maximum aggregate exposure in respect of Non-corporates of Rs.
____crores. However, for aggregate exposure in respect of Renewable
74 Rs. 100 crores
Energy Projects the cap shall be Rs.50 crore, and for Ship Breaking and
Diamond Industry the cap shall be Rs.200 crores.
Credit Risk Assessment models and Exposure Limits for various industries are approved by Credit Risk
75
Management Committee (CRMC) and Risk Management Committee of the Board (RMCB).
76 “FPC” stands for__- Fair Practice Code
In terms of Section ______of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, the Bank
77 Section 20(1) of BR Act 1949
cannot grant any loans and advances on the security of its own shares.
No credit facilities shall be sanctioned against FDRs, or other term
78 Other Banks
deposits of _____ Banks.
Substantial Exposure Limit
Types of Substantial Exposure Stipulation (in excess of)
 Exposure to any Single Borrower 10% of Capital Funds
 Exposure to any Single Borrower with additional exposure to Infra 15% of Capital Funds
 Exposure to Oil Companies with oil bonds with non-SLR status 15% of Capital Funds
 Exposure to any Borrower Group 25% of Capital Funds
 Exposure to any Borrower Group with additional exposure to Infra 30% of Capital Funds
 Aggregate of Substantial Exposures to Single Borrowers 300% of Capital Funds
 Aggregate of Substantial Exposures to Single Borrowers and Borrower Groups 600% of Capital Funds
Renewal of working capital limit is carried out every year on the basis of audited financials. In case working
capital limits are not renewed for valid reasons, approval from the sanctioning authority needs to be sought for
review (continuation of limits) for a maximum period of 180 days from the due date. In respect of working
capital limits sanctioned by ECCB, such approval needs to be sought from CCCC.
79 ii) In case even after expiry of this period of 180 days a full scale renewal is not completed, approval needs to
be sought from the sanctioning authority for review (continuation of limits) for a further period of maximum 90
days. Within this time the regular renewal proposal must be completed.
iii) The maximum period for which the credit facilities extended to a unit may be continued, based on reviews,
will thus generally not exceed 270 days from the due date.
CRA of borrowal units is required to be reviewed periodically. For units which are assigned CRA rating upto
80 SB-10, CRA is to be reviewed annually. For units having CRA SB-11 and worse, the CRA shall be reviewed at
half-yearly intervals, except the accounts those are covered under Dynamic Rating.
Back to Index

NPA Management
Provision in NPA Accounts (Normal Provisioning).

Secured Assets Unsecured Assets
Assets’ Normal
IRAC Status Accelerating Normal Accelerating
Period of NPA Provisioning
Provisioning Provisioning Provisioning
25% (Other)
Up to 6 Months 15% 15% 25%
20% (Infrastructure)
Sub-Standard
25% (Other)
Above 6 to 1 Year 15% 25% 40%
20% (Infrastructure)
Doubtful-1 2nd Year 25% 40% 100% 100%
Doubtful-2 3rd & 4th Year 40% 100% 100% 100%
Doubtful-3 5th Year Onwards 100% 100% 100% 100%
Loss Assets *** 100% 100% 100% 100%
01 As per Provisioning Norms- Provision for Agri Loans & MSE loans 0.25%
As per Provisioning Norms- Provision for Medium Enterprises & P-Seg loans, Mid
02 0.40%
Corporate & Large Corporate Loans
03 As per Provisioning Norms- Provision for CRE (Residential) Housing loans 0.75%
04 As per Provisioning Norms- Provision for CRE (Commercial Loan) 1.00%
Restructured accounts classified as non-performing assets, when upgraded to
05 “standard” category will attract ____% provision (w.e.f. 31.03.2016) in the first 5%
year from the date of upgradation.
06 Provision in case of Willful defaulters (in Standard Account) 5%
As per New Proposed IRAC Norms,
07 RG-00 & RG-03 means No overdue upto__ 30 Days
08 RG-09, refers to __ Regular Account
09 SMA-0 refers to- (Overdue upt 30 days) RG-00 (SMA-00)
10 SMA-1 refers to- (Overdue upt 31-60 days) RG-01 (SMA-01)
11 SMA-2 refers to- (Overdue upt 61-90 days) RG-02 (SMA-02)
As per Existing IRAC Norms:
12 Principal / Interest / both not served up to – (00-06 days) RG-00 (Standard)
13 Principal / Interest / both not served up to – (07-29 days) Temporary Irregular RG-01 (Standard)
14 Principal / Interest / both not served up to – (30-59 days) Problem Loan RG-02 (Standard)
15 Principal / Interest / both not served up to – (60-89 days) Problem Loan RG-03 (Standard)
16 Principal / Interest / both not served up to 90 days RG-04 (Sub-Standard)
17 If Account remains up to 1 year in the Substandard category RG-05 (Doubtful-1)
18 If Account remains Less Than 2 years in the Substandard category RG-06 (Doubtful-2)
19 If Account remains up to 3 years in the Substandard category RG-07 (Doubtful-3)
20 If security erosion is more than 90%__ RG-08 (Loss Assets)
21 Income in NPA account is on___ Actual / Realization Basis
22 Income in Standard account is on___ Accrual Basis
23 If outstanding is more than Drawing Power, then account will be__ Out of Order
24 When such Out of order continues for More than ___ days, becomes NPA 90 days
Account turns into NPA when sufficient credit / Interest survicing not available
25 90 days
for___
26 Stock statement not submitted up to ___ days account will be out of order 90 Days
Further such out of order continues in regard to Stock statement for next 90 days,
27 NPA (i.e. total in 180 days)
account will be___
28 Renewal of Account not done after ___ days, account will be NPA 180 days
Back to Index
29 EMI / Principal / Interest overdue for ___ days, account will be NPA 90 days
30 If Security Erosion more than 50% of Realizable value, Account will be Doubtful Category
31 If Security Erosion more than 90% of Realizable value turns into ___ Loss Assets.
The bill remains overdue for a period of more than _____days in the case of bills
32 90 Days
purchased and discounted. Turns into NPA.
33 System suspense entry outstanding of ___ days and above turns into NPA. 90 Days
Banks are required to report credit information, including classification of an
34 account as SMA to CRILC on all their borrowers having aggregate fund-based Rs. 5 crore above
and non-fund based exposure of Rs.____ and above.
Collaterals such as immovable properties charged in favour of the bank should
be valued once in three years by Bank approved valuers.In case of outstanding of
35 Rs. 1 crore and above
Rs._____ and above, two valuation reports from different empanelled Valuers of
the Bank should be obtained.
Stock audit conducted at stipulated intervals as per applicability. (In case of
36 Annually
Standard Accounts Exposures from Rs.10 Crs to Rs.25 Crs
37 Stock Audit in case of NPAs with balance of Rs.5 crores and above. Annually
Stock Audit in case of Standard Accounts with FBWC Limit, TL Exposure
38 (Outstanding) and NFB Limit aggregating above Rs.5 crores and upto Rs.25 Half Yearly
crores having CRA SB-11 & worse.
Stock Audit in case of Standard Accounts with FBWC Limit, TL Exposure
39 (Outstanding) and NFB Limit aggregating above Rs.25 crores having CRA SB-9 Half Yearly
& worse. (For Stock Audit more details CLICK HERE on RFIA last page)
Stock Audit in case of Borrowers like Gold Jwellery Business, Commodity
40 Quarterly
Traders & IT enabled services having exposure of Rs 5.00 Cr and above.
Approval for issuing notice under section 13(2) of SARFAESI Act to be obtained as follows:
41 For Exposures Rs. Up to – 25 Crore, Approval to be taken from. Officer, SMGS-IV
42 For Exposure above Rs.25.00 Cr, Approval to be taken from__ GM (Network)
Notice can be hand delivered or sent through registered post/speed post / courier
/ fax or email. Normal practice is to issue Registered Notice with
43 Acknowledgement Due (AD). If AD is not received in ______days, immediate 10 (Ten) days
complaint to be given to Post Office/Courier agency and followed up for
obtention of certificate from postal authority.
Original Application (OA) is to be filed in DRT immediately on approval but in
any case within a maximum period of 3 months from the date of approval.
44 2 (Two) Months
Where documents are getting time barred, Original Application (OA) in DRT is
to be filed ____ months before expiry of documents.
Time within which Borrower can file a petition in the DRT against Bank for
45 45 days
having taken possession of property within_ from the date of action of the Bank.
Maximum time within which DRT has to pass the order for the above -
46 Within 4 months
_____from the date of application in the DRT.
Time within which the Bank / Borrower can file appeal with the Appellate
47 Tribunal against the order of the DRT - Within ____ from the date of receipt of 30 Days
the order of the DRT.
48 NPA Account outstanding more than 10 Lac up to Rs. 10 cr. transferred to SARB
49 NPA Account outstanding more than 10.00 Cr, transferred to SAMB
50 Small Enterprises, Which is having turnover upto Rs.___ 5 crore
51 Medium Enterprises, Which is having turnover of Rs.___ More than 5.00 crore
Above 50 Lakhs to Rs. 5
52 ESR (Early Sanction review) is applicable to___
crore
53 LRM (Loan Review Mechanism) is applicable to___ Rs. 5.00 crore & above
54 Willful defaulters can be declared, who is having loans of ___ Rs. 25 Lacs & above
55 Non-Cooperative Borrower can be declared, who is having loans of ___ Rs. 5 Crore and above
56 Advance value refers to__ (Market Value - Margin)
57 Drawing Power is equal to Advance value or Limit whichever is less.
Additional funding facility. It will be standard for 12 months. If after 12 months any
58 Rehabilitation Means-
account is in NPA, it will also be turn into NPA.
Amend in existing repayment duration. NPA account turns into NPA and are under
59 Restructuring Means-
review for 12 months. If performance is satisfactory, it turns into Standard assets.

Back to Index
AUTHORITY STRUCTURE FOR CONFIRMATION OF IRREGULARITYREPORT &
PERIODICITY FOR SUBMISSION OF IRREGULARITY REPORT
Periodicity For Submission of Irregularity Report For Standard Accounts
Irregularities due to application of interest in Working Capital accounts:-
Irregularities in standard accounts arising solely from application of interest
 need not be reported, if the account is regularized within ____ days from the 30 days
date of application of interest, irrespective of whether the outstandings are
within the sanctioned limit or not.
Irregularities in Term Loan accounts:- Irregularity in standard Term Loan on
 account of application of interest/non-payment of installment, but adjusted Monthly Basis
within 30 days or not adjusted within 30 days, should be reported ___ basis.
Periodicity For Submission Of Irregularity Report For Non Performing Accounts
To be submitted within 10th day
 Immediate reporting (i.e. on loan account being classified as NPA)
of subsequent month.
Subsequent reporting – Where the variation in irregularity/outstandings is
*
 only on account of accrued but unapplied interest (quantum of unapplied Quarterly
interest to be shown separately).
Subsequent reporting – Where there is variation in irregularity/outstanding *
 Quarterly
due to reason other than clubbing of accrued unapplied interest.
*
Operating units are to base their submission on calendar quarter i.e. January – March, April – June etc. for submission of
irregularity reports. Further, even in cases where during a quarter the NPA account is regularised and IRAC status is
upgraded, operating units will be required to submit irregularity report to sanctioning authority competent to approve such
exposure within the delegated authority structure, with the observation “Regularised during the quarter under report”.
Utilisation of fund in another activity of the firm like investment in fixed
Assets, utilization in long term in place od short term, creation of other assets. It
60 Diversion of Funds refer to
doesn’t affect adversly so much to the unit but is not in conformity with the
terms of sanction.
It should be construed to occur if any funds borrowed from banks / FIs are
61 Siphoning of Funds refer to utilized for purposes un-related to the operations of the borrower, to the
detriment of the financial health of the entity or of the lender.
62 If recovery is in NPA account, then sequence of recovery is Charges, Interest then Principal
63 Drawing Power is calculated on the basis of stock statement not older than 3 Months
64 If Central Government repudiates its guarantee, account will turn into__ NPA
65 ___ Both type of account can be written-off as provision is 100% Doubtful-3 & Loss category
66 Asset Reconstruction Companies will be a Public Financial Institution with a minimum capital of Rs. 2 Crore.
In cases where the amount is agreed to be recovered in instalments, normally at least 15% of the approved
67 settlement amount (inclusive of initial deposit) would be payable upfront with the balance instalments spread
over a maximum period of 12 months.
Further, in case of wilful defaulters, initial deposit under no lien account will be 10% of offer amount and on
68 approval of the compromise, upfront payment including initial deposit will be 25% of the approved
compromise amount.
Publication of photographs of the defaulter Borrowers/Guarantors shall be
69 Rs. 25 Lacs & above
resorted to only when loan with outstanding is Rs. ___ & above.
The publication of the names and addresses of the defaulter borrowers /
70 Chief General Manager
guarantors with their photographs shall be approved in each case by the-
71 Expand “HOO” Holding On Operation*
* “Implementation of Holding On Operations in respect of SMA category I / II or substandard accounts would not require any
administrative clearance / approval / sanction and would need only to be reported to the reviewing authority. The reviewing authority
would take the report on commencement of holding on operations on record and would give necessary directions to the branch on the
proposed action plan. If holding on operations continued beyond the initial period of 3 months, the same has to be approved by the
sanctioning authority”.
Example of Non-Performing Assets (in Agriculture) as per existing IRAC Norms

Kharif Season: 01st April to 30th September (Due Date-31st January / Date fixed by DLTC/SLBC)
Rabi Season: 01st October to 31st March (Due Date-31st July / Date fixed by DLTC/SLBC)
Multi / Double Crops Single / Mono Crop Long Term Crops
Timeline
(Short-Term) (e.g. Rabi Season) (One Crop)
Date of Sanction 01.10.2017 01.10.2017 01.10.2017
Repayment Due Date 01.10.2018 31.07.2018 01.10.2018
01.10.2019 31.07.2020 01.10.2019
Turns into NPA on
(2 Crop Season) (2 Crop Season) (1 Crop Season)

Back to Index
Policy Guidelines 2017-18

01 CASA as on 31-12-2016 46.55%
02 CASA Target minimum 46%
According to IMF’s World Economic Outlook, Global Growth is estimated to
03 3.4%
slow at 3.1% in year 2016 before recovering __% in 2017.
04 CSO estimates GDP growth __% as on 31.03.2017 7.1%
05 SBI estimates GDP growth __% as on 31.03.2017 6.7%
06 Agriculture Growth __% in Year 2017 4.1%
07 Industry Growth __% in Year 2017 5.2%
08 Service Sector Growth __% in Year 2017 8.8%
09 Inflation in Whole Price Index ___ % in Jabuary-2017 5.25%
10 Inflation in CPI ___ % in Jabuary-2017 3.17%
11 Current Account Deficit down by ___ in Q2-2017 $ 3.4 Billion
12 Foreign exchange reserve increased ___ Q2-2017 $ 8.5 Billion
The fortnightly data of ASCB indicates that credit off take (YOY) has been
13 declined to historical low of ___% as of week ending 17.02.2017 compared to 4.76%
the last year’s growth of 11.6% in Feb-2016.
14 Under Make in India concepts, India targets to manufacture ___ products 181 products
15 India currently imports goods across ___ sectors 25 Sectors
Smart Cities: An investment of ______over a five-year period has been
16 Rs.50,802 Crore
proposed in these 100 cities.
17 Renewal Energy: Annual Target is ___ by year 2020 175 GW
18 Skill India: To train minimum ___ skilled work force by year 2022. 300 Million
19 __% of our population based on agriculture. 70%
20 BASEL-III to be implemented by__ 31-03-2019
21 Expand ETECP End to End Credit Process
Our bank is able to sell only ___ products per customers against average 3 in
22 1.97 products
private banks.
Target to sell at least ___ products to new customer and ___ new products to
23 3 & 2 respectively
existing customers respectively.
24 Cost to Income ration as on Dec-2016 decreased by 1.3%, Now it is__ 49.48%
Domestic-Systemically
25 Expand D-SIB (SBI, ICICI & HDFC (Now) are identified as D-SIB)
Important Banks
26 CAR (Capital Adequacy Ratio) in March-2018 at__% 11.325%
27 CAR (Capital Adequacy Ratio) in March-2019 at__% 12.10%
JAM (Jan Dhan- Aadhar- Mobile) trinity envisages linking India’s ____to their
28 900 million mobile users
Bank accounts and also links them with Aadhar.
29 Expand ANBC Adjusted Net Bank Credit
30 Expand EWS Early Warning System
31 Expand AQR Asset Quality Review
Market Risk Participation
32 Expand MRPA
Agreement
33 Expand AUM Asset Under Management
01-07-2016
34 SBI Mingle is introduced on___
(On Bank’s day)
Under SBI Wealth Management - SBI Exclusif, 1956 HNI customers have been
35 Rs.1525 crore
on-boarded with ____AUM as on 31st December 2016.
Under SBI Wealth Management - SBI Exclusif, we should target at least
36 5000 HNIs
____customers with AUM of Rs. 5000 crore in FY 2018.
37 SBI Buddy was launched on___ with 13 languages. 18-08-2015
While GOI has so far allocated Rs.5,681 Crore of Capital during FY 2017, the
38 Rs.9,100 Crore
Bank has raised __of Additional Tier-I Capital during the year till date
39 The Capital Adequacy Ratio (CAR) of the Bank was __% as on 31.12.2016. 13.73%
Back to Index
40 Target for Overheads increase for-Circles at 10.5%
Target for Overheads increase for- Corporate Centre Establishments including
41 10%
apex training institutions at__
42 Target for Overheads increase for-I&MA including ZIOs 5%
43 Target for Overheads increase for-GITC at _ 35%
44 After Merger approx increase in Branches is__ 6000
45 After Merger approx increase in Staff is__ 70000
46 Target for F.Y. 2018- Operating Profit to increase by minimum 17%
47 Target for F.Y. 2018- Net Interest Income to increase by minimum 6%
48 Target for F.Y. 2018- Overheads to increase by maximum 14%
49 Target for F.Y. 2018- Cost to Income ratio- below 48%
50 Target for F.Y. 2018- NIM Domestic -Minimum 2.90%
51 Target for F.Y. 2018- Gross NPA- Ratio below 6.75%
52 Target for F.Y. 2018- AUCA recovery Rs. 6000 Crore
53 Out of Total AUCA recovery of 6000 Cr. target for SAMG is Rs. 3825 Crore
Target for F.Y. 2018- Growth in Deposits YoY- Minimum 9%
 Out of total deposit growth, Target in Saving Bank Deposit Growth 7%
 Out of total deposit growth, Target in Current Account Deposit Growth 21%
Growth in Advances YoY- Minimum 11%
 Out of total advance growth, Target in Retail Segment- 18%
 Out of total advance growth, Target in Home Loan- 17%
 Out of total advance growth, Target in Auto Loan- 17%
54 Target for F.Y. 2018- Other Income to increase – Minimum 30%
55 Target for F.Y. 2018- ROA (Return on Assets) Minimum 0.55%
56 Target for F.Y. 2018- ROE (Return on Equity) Minimum 9.50%
57 Target to reduce customers’ complaints by __% in F.Y. 2018 50%
58 Daily Average Transaction in POS is___ 5.52 Lacs
Total percentage of Any Time Channel is 77.32% (December-2016) and
59 85%
targeted at __% by March-2018
60 Digital Banking Includes___ INB, MBS, POS & KIOSK
IBG contributes 14% in balance sheet and __% in Profitability of the Bank as
61 30%
on 31-12-2016.
62 As on December 31, 2016 Bank’s PSL lending was ___of its ANBC. 33.01%
Back to Index
Customer Relationship Management (CRM)

01 CRM is ____ centric programme. Customer
02 CLTV stands for__ Customer Life time value
03 Lead ___ checks if lead already exists in the system. De-Dupe
(1)Mobile + Product
04 In Lead Management for MCS, de-dupe check is done on basis of__
(2)CIF + Product
05 In Lead Management for NRI leads, de-dupe is done on basis of__ Passport No. + Product
(1)End-to-end lead life-cycle management
(2)Automated Reminders and escalation
The new process is equipped with adequate steps to eliminate
06 (3)System facilitated follow-ups and
the challenges in the existing process:
appointments updates.
(4)Well defined customer communication
(1)Branch Walk-in
07 In SBI, leads are generated through various channel such as __ (2)Analytics & SPSS
(3)Refferal
(1)Follow-up
(2)Fixing an Appointment
08 While processing Lead, there are 4 stages____ (3) Collecting Documents
(4)Verifying & sending
details to CBS
Only primary lead details are captured in CRM, Details of secondary applicant and nominee are generated in
09
CBS.
Only Branch Mananger can approve lead. After approval a Customer
10 Qualify
Relationship Officer (CRO) can mark it as ___
(1)Rejected
11 Disqualify a lead refers to___ (2)Not Eligible
(3)Not Interested
12 Not Interested status can be selected only after___ status. Documents Collected.
Branch- Branch Manager
Regional Head- RM
13 Role Configuration in CRM:- Zonal Head- DGM
Network Head-GM
Circle Head-CGM
14 In Q/R/C/F what does “Q” stand for___ Query
15 “RaROC” Stands for___ Risk-adjusted return on capital
16 “GNC” stands for___ Global NRI Centre
If a customer walks in with all required valid documents, the lead has to be
17 Docs Collected
created in ___ status.
18 In CRM, what does “EWS” stand for? Early Warning Score
EWS Score in accordance with their colour and risk categories.
Green Low Risk 0.00 to 37.49
19
Amber Medium Risk 37.50 to 42.49
Red High Risk 42.50 to 100
In case of co-applicant, the maximum no of co-applicant’s details that can be
20 5 (Five)
maintained in CRM is__
In case of Guarantors, the maximum no of Guarantors’ details that can be
21 5 (Five)
maintained in CRM is__
If source of Leads is Corporate Buzz, the leads go to committee for approval
22 Assigned by Committee
and assignment, at this stage what is the status code of the Lead ?
Once, the committee assigns the leads to respective Corporate Centres the GMs
23 Assigned by GM
assigns to various AMTs for action on the lead, the status code of Lead is
In CRM, for a CAG Customer which of the Field is not Editable Under Key
24 CIF Number
Information section?
In CRM, for CAG Customer which of the following Field is Editable Under Key Strength and
25
About Company section? Weakness
Back to Index
Organizational Structure & Bank’s Financial Results
01 Bank‘s registered office is at___ Kolkata
02 Bank’s Corporate Office is at___ Mumbai
03 Bank of Calcutta, later renamed the Bank of Bengal, was established on 2 June 1806
04 Bank of Bombay was established on 15 April 1840
05 Bank of Madras was established on 01 July 1843
The Presidency banks amalgamated on_____, and the re-organised
06 27 January 1921
banking entity took as its name Imperial Bank of India.
07 On__, the imperial Bank of India became the State Bank of India 1 July 1955
SBI Exclusif, The Wealth Management Services of our bank was
08 Kochi
launched at ____.
09 What is “SBI InCube” ? Financial Advisory Branch for Start-ups
SBI creates wholly-owned subsidiary (SBIIMS) to manage real
10 SBI Infra Management Solutions Pvt. Ltd.
estate. Expand SBIIMS.
11 Global Market Unit (GMU) Kolkata is headed by: General Manager
SBI Life Insurance is a joint venture between State Bank of India and
12 BNP Paribas Cardif. SBI owns ____% of the total capital and BNP 70.1%
Paribas Cardif holds 26%
SBI General Insurance Company was formed in the same year as a joint
13 venture of SBI with Insurance Australia Group (IAG). SBI owns ____% 74%
of the total capital and IAG holds 26%.
14 ____ is the largest non-promotors shareholder in our bank. Life Insurance Corporation
15 During which financial year SBI registered 'zero' growth in profits? F.Y. 1989-90
16 Strategic Training Unit (STU) is headed by___ CGM
17 Name the periodical published from SBIICM ___ Kshitiz
18 Our Bank has embraced the present LOGO in Year___ 1971
19 Gold Banking Business comes under ____ Group. Mid- Corporate Group (MCG)
20 Corporate Account Group is headed by__ DMD
21 What is ‘e_Booster’ Migrating transactions from branches to INB Channels
S- Strong ethics
T- Transparent & high standards of corporate governance
Our New Chairman has urged
22 E- Empathy & compassion for colleagues, customers & communities around
for STEPS. It stands for___
P- Politeness in dealing with customers, peers, seniors & junior colleagues
S- Sincerity
Sixth Apex training Institute, named State Bank Institute of Management
23 Kolkata
(SBIM) has been inaugurated in __
Ecosystem Financing (____________) was introduced by our Bank to take
24 Project Shikhar
advantage of the growing e-commerce footprint in the economy
Shri Rajnish Kumar has taken over the charge of Chaiman on 07.10.2017 as
25 25th Chairman
___Chairman.
26 MD (Corporate & Global Banking) of our Bank is___ Mr. B Sriram
27 MD (Retail & Digital Banking) of our Bank is___ Mr. Praveen Kumar Gupta
28 MD (Risk, IT & Subsidiaries) of our Bank is__ Mr. Dinesh Kumar Khara
29 DMD & CDO of our Bank is__ Mr. Prashant Kumar
30 Chief Sustainability Officer of our Bank is___ Mr. Karnam Shekar
31 Chief Customer Service Officer of SBI is____ Shri Rajeev Ranjan Sharma
32 MD & CEO of SBI Card__ Vijay Jasuja
33 MD & CEO of SBI Life Insurance Co. Ltd___ Mr. Arijit Basu
34 CEO of SBI Mutual fund is___ Anuradha Rao
35 Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, SBI General is___ Pushan Mahapatra
36 Chairman of SBI General is___ Shri Rajnish Kumar
37 Chief Economic Adviser to the State Bank of India is__ Soumya Kanti Ghosh
38 ___ was the first Indian to be the Chairman of Imperial Bank of India. Sir Badridas Goenka
39 ___ was the first Chairman of State Bank of India. Dr. John Mathai
40 SBI has paid Dividend on 16.06.2017 @ Rs. ___ per share. Rs. 2.60 per share
Back to Index
41 How Many NGO Partners under SBI Foundation__ 18 (Eighteen)
SBI Foundation will promote the strategy “SBI-GRAM SEVA” by identifying and partnering with the NGOs/NPOs to
carry out the CSR of State Bank of India rather than working on different concepts/projects from multiple NGOs. SBI
42 aims to reach to maximum of 100 Gram Panchayats across India by 2021. As per SBI Gram Seva Strategy plan, one
gram panchayat means covering maximum of 5 villages. To begin the mission, SBI Foundation will begin with 10 Gram
Panchayats covering 50 villages.
Project “SBI Sanjeevani – Clinic on Wheels” has been initiated to provide healthcare to tribal population of Namchi and
43 Ravong blocks of Sikkim through a “Mobile medical van” which is equipped with state-of-the-art multispecialty
healthcare facilities available at the their door step.
44 SBI Online is India’s most and world’s _____most visited banking site 5th
With the opening of 386 new branches, the branch network of your Bank 17,170 (SBI) &
45
has reached (No. of Branches) ____as of March 2017 24017 (Group) as on 01.04.2017
209572 (SBI) &
46 No. of Staffs as on 31.03.2017 in SBI & on 01.04.2017 in Group.
279803 (Group) as on 01.04.2017
As of March 2017 your Bank enjoys a patronage of 17 lakh NRI
79 (Seventy Nine) Dedicated NRI
47 customers, who in turn take pleasure in being served through our
Branches
_____dedicated NRI branches, and 100 NRI intensive branches.
Our Bank has designed and rolled out ‘SBI Exclusif’, a unique suite of Wealth Management Services (WMS)
48 for its high-net-worth customers. Wealth Management services are now available at 9 centres across 8
Circles. Three e-Wealth centres are now operational in Delhi, Mumbai and Bangalore.
Our Bank has 7 sbiINTOUCH premium outlets in Ahmadabad, Bangalore, Chennai, Delhi, Kolkata, and
49 Mumbai; and 250 sbiINTOUCH Branches equipped with State-Of-The-Art digital technology. These
sbiINTOUCH branches cover more than 143 districts across the country.
50 SBI has started custodial service in collaboration with__ Societe Generale, France
A new Chief General Manager position designated as ____under the
51 CGM & Chief Strategy Officer
Chairman for monitoring various corporate strategic initiatives.
The Chief Customer Service Officer (CCSO) shall now report to the
52 MD (Retail & Digital Banking)
__________ instead of the Chairman.
For imparting greater impetus and sharper focus on recovery of NPAs and resolution of stressed assets, it has
been decided that this critical area be brought under the control and oversight of a Whole-time Director of the
53
Bank designated as Managing Director (Stressed Assets Resolution Group) Till the time new MD for SARG
is appointed, Mr. B. Sriram will be looking after the stressed assets resolution group department as well.
TOP Management Organisation Structure
Chairman
DMD & CDO DMD & CFO
Chief Ethics Officer Chief Vigilance Officer CGM & Chief Strategy Officer
MD (Corporate & Global MD (Retail & MD (SARG) MD (Risk, IT and

Banking) Digital Banking Subsidiaries)
DMD (CAG) DMD (COO) DMD (SARG) DMD

(Internal Audit)
DMD (MCG) DMD (DB &NB) DMD & CIO DMD & CRO
DMD (Global DMD (RB) All Subsidiaries DMD & CCO

Markets)
DMD (IBG) CGM (Circles) CGM & GCO
Chief Customer Service Officer
Chief Marketing Officer
Back to Index
SBI Gram Sewa,
54 Flagship programme running under SBI Foundation are___ Centre of Excellence,
SBI Youth for India
55 MD & CEO of SBI Foundation is___ Shri Mahendra Kumar Rekhi
56 SBI’s Customer Service Committee of the Board (CSCB) is headed by M.D (Retail & Digital Banking)
57 No. Subsidiaries wholly owned SBICAP. 5 (Five)
Bank's wholly owned subsidiary has been incorporated on 17 June 2016
SBI Infra Management Soluon
58 to look aer the transacon management, advisory services, project
Pvt. Ltd
management and facility management. Name it__
59 CCRO stands for___ Chief Credit & Risk Officer
60 Asset Liability Management Committee (ALCO) is headed by- DMD & CFO
61 No. of ATMs in SBI as on March-2017 and market Shares (%) 59263 (Market Shares 28.44%)
62 Market Shares of SBI ATMs : Value of Transactions 38.84%
63 Market Shares of PoS Terminals 20.16%
64 Market Shares of Mobile Banking : Value of Transactions 44.37%
65 Second Highest number of followers across all Indian bank in__ Twitter & Instagram (Rank-2nd)
66 Highest number of followers across All Indian Banks__ Linkedin & Pinterest (Rank-1st)
67 4.98 lakh views. Ranked number 1 Globally among Banks is__ Youtube (Rank-1st)
68 Highest number of followers across all banks in the world_ Facebook (Rank-1st)
Leadership position in Merchant Payment Business with over ____
69 10,89,000
touch points which includes Bharat QR and Bhim-Adhar-SBI
70 Leadership position in Debit Card spends with ___% Market-share 31%
____of total transactions through alternate channels. Share of Digital
71 78%
Transactions up over 1000 bps as on Sep 17 from Sep 16
Our Bank revamped its Mobile Banking App and launched the State
72 January 2017
Bank Anywhere – Personal in ___
Which are the countries where we have a Foreign Banking Subsidiary
73 Canada & California
with the name 'State Bank of India'
74 ____ Regional Rural Banks (RRBs) sponsored by our Bank. 14 (Fourteen)
75 No. of Circles are in our Bank___ 16 (Sixteen)
76 No. of Administrative Offices (earlier called Zonal Offices) 99 (Ninety Nine)
77 No. of State Bank Learning Centres (SBLCs) After Merger. 54 (Fifty Four)
78 No. of Apex Training Institutes (ATIs) 6 (Six)
79 No. of Mid Corporate Branches available in the country as on 31.03.17 54 (fifty four)
80 No. of regional offices for Mid Corporate Group across the country 14 (Fourteen)
81 No. of regional centre we have for Corporate Accounting Group (CAG) 6 (Six)
The Bank has 195 foreign offices in ____countries (as on 31st March
82 36 Countries
2017) spanning all me zones. (Source Annual Result-2016-17)
No. of Foreign Banking Subsidiaries of our Bank are____ (As per 8 (Eight) (Including Bank of
83
Annual report 2016-17) Bhutan Ltd.)
No. of Non-Banking Subsidiaries of our bank are____(As per Annual 16 Domestic + 5 Foreign = 21
84
report 2016-17) (Twenty One)
No. of Other Domestic Subsidiaries of our bank are____(As per
85 7 (seven)
Annual report 2016-17)
86 There are a total of 20 SAM Bs and 62 SARBs located across different regions of country
Harvard Management Mentor provides opportunity on management and
87 44 (Topics)
leadership development through -------- lessons.
Our Bank services highest number of accounts with more than 62 lakh PPF and 7.60 lakh Sukanya Samriddhi
88
accounts.
89 SBI General insurance is joint venture partnership with which association ? IAG Australia
90 SBI Life insurance is joint venture partnership with which association ? BNP Paribas Cardif.
SB I Cards & Payments Services Pvt. Ltd (SBICSPL) is joint venture between SBI
91 Carlyle
and___.
The Asset Management Company of SBI M F is the 5th largest Fund House in terms
92 of average 'Assets under Management' and is a leading player in the market with AMUNDI (France)
over 5.8 million investors. It's a joint venture between SBI and ___.
93 Retail & Digital Banking Group has ___ Business Units 6 (Six)
Back to Index
Financial Results
March-2017
June-2017 September-2017
Particulars (Figures in Crores) (Yearly)
(Quarterly) (Half-Yearly)
(SOLO) Without e-ABs
Net Interest Income ` 57195 ` 17606 ` 36192 (Half-Yearly)
` 19999 (Q2)
Operating Profit ` 50848 ` 11874
` 31873 (Half-Yearly)
` 18418 (Q2)
Less: Provsions ` 40364 ` 9868
` 1582 (Q2)
Net Profit ` 10484 ` 2006
` 112343 (6.90%)- Solo

Gross NPA ` 188068 (9.97%) ` 186115 (9.83%)
(SBI Group-9.11%)
` 58277 (3.71%)- Solo

Net NPA ` 107760 (5.97%) ` 97896 (5.43%)
(SBI Group-5.19%)
Net Interest Margin (NIM) (Domestic) 3.11% 2.50% 2.59%
Return on Equity (ROE) 7.25% 4.75% 4.23%
Return on Assets (ROA) 0.41% 0.25% 0.22%
65.95% - Solo
Provsioning Coverage Ratio (PCR%) 60.79% 65.10%
(SBI Group-61.53%)
Govt Shares in SBI 61.23% 57.07% 57.07%
CASA % 45.58% 44.38% 44.88
Capital Adequacy Ratio (CAR) 13.11% 13.31% 13.56%
Earning Per Shares (EPS) 13.43% *** ***
Average Cost of Deposit 5.79% 5.54% 5.42%
Average Yield on Advance 9.42% 8.49% 8.46%
Cost-to-Income Ratio 47.75% 53.64% 51%
Facevalue of Shares ` 1 Per Share ` 1 Per Share ` 1 Per Share
Equity Share Capital ` 797.35 ` 863.21 ` 863.21
Business Per Employee ` 16.24 Crore *** ***
Profit Per Employee ` 5.11 Lacs *** ***
Back to Index

Important COMMITTEEs of Banks

01 Payment Bank is recommendation of ___ Nachiket Mor
02 NBFC (Non Banking Financial Company) A C Shah Committee
03 Concept of weaker section Ghose Committee
04 Customer Service In Banks Goiporia Committee
05 Non Performing Assets Khanna Committee
06 IRAC Norms Narsimham Committee
07 Banking Sector Reform Narsimham Committee
08 Asset Reconstruction Companies Narsimham Committee
09 Single Window Counter Mahadevan Committee
10 Computerization of Banking Industry Rangrajan Committee
11 Technology Issues In Banking Industry WS Saraf Committee
12 Customer Service Talwar Committee
13 Teller System Talwar Committee
14 Willful Defaulter SS Kohli Committee
15 Rehabilitation Of Sick Industrial Units SS Kohli Committee
16 Rationalization Of Staff Strength In Banks SS Kohli Committee
17 Financial Sector Reform Raghuram Rajan Committee
For comprehensive financial services for small businesses and low-
18 Nachiket Mor Committee
income households
19 New Bank License Bimal Jalan Committee
20 Licensing Of New Urban-Coperative Banks Marathe Committee
21 Regional Rural Banks ML Dantwala Committee
22 Agricultural Finance And Cooperative Societies Purshottam Das Committee
23 Cooperative Societies RN Mirdha Committee
24 Self Help Group & Role of NGO Kalia Committee
25 Relating to frauds and malpractices in banks Ghose Committee
26 To regulate payments and settlements for Digital Payments Ratan Watal Committee
27 Service Area Approach Ojha Committee
28 Lead Banking System Gadgil Committee (1969)
29 Lead Bank Scheme (Review) UK Sharma Committee
30 Soiled Bank Notes Hathi Committee
31 Working Capital Finance In Banks IT Vaz Committee
32 Term Loans To SSI Tambe Committee
33 Consortium Advances JV Shetty Committee
34 Education Loan Scheme Kamath Committee
35 Small Scale Industry (SSI) Karve Committee
36 Electronic Fund Transfer Mrs. KS Shere Committee
37 Branch Expansion Programme Nariman Committee
38 Pay Scales Of Bank Officers Pillai Committee
39 Inspection System Of Banks R Jilani Banks
40 Foreign Exchange Markets In NRI Investment In India Sodhani Committee
41 Trading In Public Sector Banks SS Nadkarni Committee
42 Capital Account Convertibility SS Tarapore Committee
43 Mutual Fund Scheme Vaghul Committee
44 Reforms In Small Savings YV Reddy Committee

Back to Index
General Rules regarding Liabilities (P-segment) / Deposit Products

01 ______MCCs, by default, shall be issued to Savings Bank customers. “Bearer” Cheque
_____ Multicity cheques (MCCs) will be issued to HNI/NRI SB A/c holders &
02 “Order” Cheque
all current accounts / cash credit account holders.
Aadhar No.
03 QR (Quick Response) Code generated after E-KYC process consists of ____ Certificate No.,
Date & Time of Issue
All branches should monitor these accounts (accounts where minors have
04 Report “depd0622.txt”
attained majority) from the daily report ____ sent to them by CBS.
The accounts opened under the product Codes ‘Pehla Kadam’ or ‘Pehli Udan’
05 ‘Low- Risk’
in the name of minors, are treated as ___ risk Category
Where one of Joint account holders is illiterate, only ____ is allowed to
06 Literate Account Holder
withdraw amount by way of Cheque.
The ____thumb impression of the depositor should be obtained on the account
07 Left-Hand thumb
opening form in the place provided for signature of the depositor.
The Bank can in such cases preferably open joint accounts to be operated jointly
08 Close blood relations.
by the deaf dumb illiterate along with his _____ relative(s).
Maximum Transaction Limit at Non-Home Branches :
For Cheques issued under normal S.B. account------------------------------------ Rs. 10 Lacs
09
For Cheques issued under normal HNIs S.B. account----------------------------- Rs. 50 Lacs
For Cheques issued under normal Current Account------------------------------- Rs. 50 Lacs
Sections 53 and 54 of ___ Act provide for the appointment of guardians for The Mental Health Act,
10
mentally ill persons and in certain cases, managers in respect of their property. 1987
Multiple Disabilities Act,
11 Section 2 of _____ Act defines a “person with disability”
1999
 In S.B. account, Nomination can be made in favour of only one nominee.
 Nomination in HUF accounts cannot be made.
 Nomination in Proprietorship account is also available (Only One)
 Nomination in Joint account is also available.
 In the case of joint accounts, the nominee’s right arises only after the death
of all the depositors.
 In case of joint accounts with mode of operation as both/all/jointly, either or
survivor, Former or survivor, Latter or survivor, etc., all the joint account
12 These Statements are true:-
holders must sign the request letter for transfer of accounts.
 KYC compliant Accounts, can be transferred “Online” only for Single
Account.
 At Non-home branches, third party cash payments are not allowed.
 Holders of Basic Savings Bank Deposit Account will not be eligible for
opening any other Savings Bank Deposit account in the bank.
 If the HUF is engaged in any business activity, only current account will be
opened.
All the account holders can draw cheques for any amount at home branch,
13 however, Account holders, themselves can withdraw cash upto Rs ___only at Rs. 50,000/-
Non-home branches.
14 Expand Farmers’ Clubs – “VVV” Vikas Volunteer Vahini
For becoming more proactive in finding the whereabouts of the account holders
whose accounts have remained inoperative, an annual review should be carried
15 Rs. 5000/-
out of accounts with the balance of Rs._____ and more and in which there are
no transaction for more than a year
Balance of unclaimed deposit up to Rs. _____will be processed directly by the
16 Rs. 1,00,000/-
branches after due diligence and KYC compliance.
Under normal circumstances, depositors account will not be closed by the Bank.
17 However, if needed, accounts can be closed by giving at least ____ days notice 30 days
indicating the reasons for such closure.
No charge is levied upon S.B. account closure up to ___ days from the date of
18 14 days.
its opening.
Service charge at prescribed rate will be recovered if an account is closed after
19 1 Year
14 days and upto _____ year(s) of its opening.
20 After ___ year(s) No charge is levied upon S.B. account closure 1 Year
 Change of every Financial Year;
21 Form 15G/15H is to be submitted at the time of :  Issue of a new time deposit.
 Renewal of existing Term deposits.
22 Form 15G/15H can be submitted at ____ Both, Home & Non-Home Branches
The details of Form 15G and 15H will be submitted to Income Tax Dept under
23 Corporate Centre.
“15 G/H Return” by______.

Back to Index
In case of any erroneous deduction of Tax, branches can refund the TDS to
customer in the respective source stream only through appropriate screen in
24 15 days
CBS, till ______ days after the end of the quarter, if sufficient balance is
available in respective TDS BGL accounts.
25 Interest on deceased Current Account to be paid at the rate of? Savings Banks Rate
Charges @ ₹_____ per cheque leaf for all Savings Bank accounts having
26 Rs. 3/- (Three)
Quarterly Average Balance (QAB) as on previous quarter end below ₹25,000.
Charges @ ₹___ per cheque leaf for accounts having QAB 25000 and above as
27 Rs. 2/- (Two)
on previous quarter end.
_____ Leaves free per year for senior citizen/salary accounts and ____ leaves
28 50 & 20 Respectively
free per year for other P-Segment/AGL Segment customers.
Centre Govt Salary package Eligibility Criterea For 4 Variants Based On Gross Salary & Designation Of Employees
Eligibility Silver Gold Diamond Platinum
Permanent employees
of Indian Central Class I Officers, Under Director, Joint Secretary,
Governments, Secretary, Joint Director, Addl. Secretary, Spl.
Gross Monthly Gross Monthly
Autonomous Bodies, Dy. Secretary or Secretary, Cabinet
Salary between Salary between
Univ., Permanent Employees with Gross Secretary or Employees
Rs. 5,001 and Rs. 20,001 and
employees of Monthly Salary between with Gross Monthly
Rs. 20,000 Rs. 50,000
NABARD, RBI Rs. 50,001 and Salary above
and Defence Rs. 1,00,000 Rs. 1,00,000
Civilians, CGDA, etc.
A personalized special Platinum Debit Card (with customer’s photo), branded as Digital Savings Bank
Account will be issued free of cost as against levy of issuance charges of Rs. 300/- + taxes for Platinum card
at present. Following Benefits would be made available on the Card:
a) Withdrawal Limit - @ATM Rs. 1 lac, @POS Rs. 2 Lacs
b) Personal Accident Insurance (Death Cover) – Rs. 5 Lacs
c) Purchase Protection – up to Rs. 50,000
29
For accounts with Quarterly Average Balance Rs. 25,000/- and above, the following additional benefits are
proposed:
a) Annual maintenance charges of Rs. 250/- p.a. at present applicable on Platinum Card will be waived.
b) 25% concessions across the board in scheduled charges levied on services applicable to operation of
account
(i) Phela Kadam and Pheli Udaan (PKPU) accounts
The following categories of accounts
(ii) Minors up to the age group of 18 (Primary Account Holder)
30 have been exempted from the
(iii) Pensioners, all categories including recipients of Social Welfare
requirement of maintenance of MAB.
Benefits
Back to Index
Liability (P-Segment) Products / Deposit Products
Savings Bank Savings Bank Plus

For joint account Mode Operation can be as
(a) Either or Survivor (b) Former or Survivor (c) Latter or Survivor
(d) Both or Survivor (e) Both jointly
For Metro: Monthly Average Balance of Rs. 3000/- (Updated)
For Urban: Monthly Average Balance of Rs.3000/-
For Semi-Urban: Monthly Average Balance of Rs. 2000/-
For Rural: Monthly Average Balance of Rs.1000/-
This Monthly Average Balance requirement is not applicable to BSBD Accounts, BSBDA-SMALL Accounts, CSP
accounts, No- Frills accounts, Phela Kadam and Pheli Udaan accounts, Minors up to the age group of 18 (Primary
Account Holder), Pensioners, all categories, including recipients of social welfare benefits, and In- Operative accounts.
Ordinarily, Bank will not issue more than one cheque book at a time or before exhausting all or nearly all cheque
leaves issued previously.
Cheques, drafts or other instruments drawn only in favour of the account holder will be accepted for credit of the
account. Third party instruments endorsed in favour of the account holder will NOT be accepted.
No. of cash deposit transactions in a month - 3 transactions free

Beyond 3 Transactions in a month (Excluding Alternate channel transactions) -
Rs. 50/-+ GST per Transaction. No restriction of cash deposit at Non-Home
Branches for Savings Bank Account
Account Closure Charge for: Upto 14 days of opening Nil ; After 14 days
PBBU (Individuals) Rs. 500/- + GST SMEBU (Company/Non-Individual) - Rs. 1000/- + GST
No overdraft can be allowed in SB accounts. In case of very good customers, overdrafts may be
permitted up-to a maximum of Rs.1000/-, not exceeding 3 times in a year, which has to be adjusted
within One Month with proper sanction.
 Minimum Deposit = Rs. 10/- Auto Sweep Availabale
 Minimum Withdrawal = Rs. 50/- Minimum Threshold Rs. 35000/-
 Maximum no. of Withdrawal = 30 (in six months excluding Minimum Resultant Balance- Rs.25000/-
alternate channel transaction Minimum TDR / STDR = Rs. 10000/- (in multiple of Rs.
 Interest is payable quarterly on 25th of June, Sep, Dec &
1000/-)
March. (Calculated on daily basis)
 Interest will be paid only if works out to Re1/-or more.
 TDR/STDR (as opted) can be broken as LIFO
Thereafter, fifty paise and more will be rounded off to the  TDR/STDR term length = 1 to 5 Year (By default- 1Y)
next higher rupee and anything less will be ignored.  Nomination (in favour of one Individual Only)
 Account becomes Inoperative if no transaction takes place in 2  At Non-home branches a max. of Rs 25,000/- can be
years except interest credited / charges debited by bank. deposited.
 Minors can open Savings Bank accounts either singly or jointly At Non home branches a
with his/ her guardian or by guardian alone on behalf of his/ her Maximum of Rs.50, 000/- can be withdrawn by SELF
minor ward. only.
 Mothers can also be a Guardian of the minor for opening of
Bank accounts. Mothers, however, will be guardian for the
limited purpose of operation of the account with their minor
children.
 Banks cannot open joint accounts with either or
survivor/former or survivor mandate where one account holder
is a minor and the other one is major
 Two Minor can open open SB account only as “JOINTLY”
operated.
 If minor is less than 10 years of age, ID proof and address of
the person who will operate the account shall be obtained with
the Account Opening Form.
 In cases where minor can operate the account independently
i.e. he is of 10 years and above and can sign uniformly. KYC
documents of applicant (Minor) would be required only.
 Maximum Deposits that can be accepted in the SB accounts
of minors in single name is Rs. 10.00 Lacs. and with
guardian is Rs 20.00 Lacs
 Two notices be sent to the KYC non-compliant account holders
afresh with a response time of 3 months each (for partial freeze
after 3 months' notice)
 WELCOME-KITS- ATM, Cheque Book, INB Kit, Welcome
Letter, Z Card & BCSBI Banking Codes.
 Government Departments or Bodies who for performance of
their functions depend on Budgetary Allocations, cannot open
Savings Bank Accounts.
Nomination (in favour of one Individual Only)
At Non-home branches a max. of Rs 25,000/- can be deposited.
Self withdrawal at Non-Home Branch Max- Rs. 50000/-
Back to Index
YUVA SB ACCOUNT SURABHI ACCOUNT
 Monthly Average Balance (MAB) for C.A. = Rs. 10000/-
The Product has since been withdrawn by  MAB for Savings Bank = Same as Normal Savings Bank Rules
 Penalty for Non-Maintenance of MAB = Rs. 500 + GST
our bank vide circular no.  SB or CA linked to CLTD
 Period of CLTD Minimum-12 Months; Maximum-36 Months
NBG/PBU/LIMA-MISC/10/2017–18  Threshold Limit for Auto Sweep = Rs. 1.00 Lacs
dated 19.07.2017  For CLTD – Initial deposit would be i.e. for the first sweep –
Rs. 1,00,000/-and above and subsequent deposits would be in
The product National Skill Development Corporation multiples of Rs.10,000/- with a minimum of Rs 1,00,000/-
(NSDC) Trainee’s account has also been withdrawn  Partial Withdrawal based on LIFO in multiples of Rs.10,000/
Nomination (in favour of one Individual Only)
BSBD Account Small Account
 Person, Who don't have Officially Valid Documents
 Liberalized KYC
Full KYC Copliance  Only Single (Mode of Operation)
Can be opened either Single or Jointly  No Minimum Balance Stipulation
No Minimum Balance Stipulation  Account closure Charges- Nil
Account closure Charges- Nil  Aggregate of all credits in a financial year does not exceed
No limit on number of deposits that can be made in a rupees one lakh;
month  Aggregate of all withdrawals and transfers in a month
Maximum Four withdrawals in a month including ATM does not exceed rupees Ten thousand
withdrawals free of charges.  Balance in the account at any point of time does not exceed
Beyond 4 withdrawals: No withdrawal allowed rupees Fifty thousand, and
Minimum services like: ATM-cum-Debit card will be  Foreign remittances are not allowed to be credited unless the
issued free of cost and no annual maintenance charge will identity of the client is fully established through the
apply production of official valid documents.
If the customer already has a Savings Bank Account, the  These Small Accounts would be valid normally for a period
same will have to be closed within 30 days of opening a of twelve months. Thereafter, such accounts would be
Basic Savings Bank Deposit Account allowed to continue for a further period of twelve more
NO CHEQUE BOOK facility months, if the account holder provides a document showing
that she/he has applied for any of the officially valid
document, within twelve months of opening the Small
Account.”
Pehla Kadam Pehli Udaan
Minor of any age. Jointly with the Parent/ Guardian or  Minors above the age of 10 years and who can sign uniformly.
Singly by Parent/ Guardian Singly operated
 Cap on Balance • Rs. 10 lac in the Account
 NO Minimum Balance Required.
 With Enquiry rights and limited transactions like - Bill payment, Inter-Branch Transfer (NEFT Only) e-TDR/e-STDR/e-RD & Issue
of Draft. Per day transaction limit of Rs. 5,000/-
 Photo-embossed ATM Card (With POS limit Of Rs. 5000/-); 10 Cheque Leave free in a year
 Mobile Banking: With viewing rights and limited transaction right like: Bill payment, Top ups. Per day transaction limit of Rs.
2,000/-
 Auto sweep facility with a minimum threshold of Rs. 20,000. Sweep in multiple of Rs 1,000 with a minimum of Rs. 10,000/-
 Personal Accident Insurance Cover (offered by SBI General) for the Parent (in case of Pehla Kadam account only)
 Smart Scholar - Child Plan offered by SBI Life with inbuilt premium waiver benefit and loyalty additions to fulfil the child’s
dreams.
Features Current Acount Power POS (OD) Current Account (Sahaj)
Monthly Average Balance Rs. 10000/- Rs. 5000/- Rs. 1000/-
Penalty for non-maintenance
Rs 500 +GST Rs 500 +GST Rs 300 +GST
MAB
A/c Keeping Charges Rs. 550 + GST (P.A.) Rs. 550 + GST (P.A.) Rs. 550 + GST (P.A.)
Banks should, at the time of opening Current Accounts, insist on a declaration to the effect that the account holder is not
enjoying any credit facility with other Bank(s). Banks should scrupulously ensure that their branches do not open Current
Accounts of entities which enjoy credit facilities (fund based or non-fund based from the banking system without
specifically obtaining a No-Objection Certificate from the lending bank(s).
 Penalty for closing the a/c Upto 14 days of opening- Charges = Nil & After 14 days - Rs.1,000/-+ GST
Cash withdrawal at counter in
Cash Withdrawal (Home Br.) Unlimited Unlimited
Home Branch Not Allowed
P’ Segment – Rs 50,000/- for self. ‘SME’ Segment – Rs 1,00,000/- for self. Drawings per cheque to be
Cash Withdrawal (Non-home) No cash payment to third parties. No cash payment of CAG/MCG/CMPcheques. limited to Rs. 15,000/-
OD Facility :
Available up to Rs 5 lakhs.
 Max Deposit Rs 10000/- per
Loan :25% of last 6 months Txn
Min: Rs 25000/- Max: Rs 5 Lacs day
 To be eligible for OD, the  Cheque Book Available
********************** ****************** Merchant must have generated  Immediate credit of Outstation
a transaction volume of at Cheques upto Rs 15000/-
least Rs 1.25 lac on the  ATM Available (Cash
terminal(s) installed in the last Withdrawal limit Rs. 15000/-)
6 months to be eligible
Back to Index
Features Power BASE Power GAIN Power PACK
Monthly Average Balance Rs. 20000/- Rs. 200000/- Rs. 500000/-
Rs 500 +GST Rs 1500 +GST Rs 2500 +GST
MAB
A/c Keeping Charges Rs. 550 + GST (P.A.) Rs. 550 + GST (P.A.) Rs. 550 + GST (P.A.)
Banks should, at the time of opening Current Accounts, insist on a declaration to the effect that the account holder is
not enjoying any credit facility with other Bank(s). Banks should scrupulously ensure that their branches do not open
Current Accounts of entities which enjoy credit facilities (fund based or non-fund based from the banking system
without specifically obtaining a No-Objection Certificate from the lending bank(s).
Cash Deposit in Non-Home Maximum Limit for deposit of cash at Non Home branch is Rs.2 lakhs per day.
Free up to Rs.60 lacs or 12 times
Upto Rs.25000/- per day : Upto Rs.15.00 Lacs per day :
Cash Deposit in Home Br. Free Free
of last QAB whichever is higher,
p.m.
P’ Segment – Rs 50,000/- for self. ‘SME’ Segment – Rs 1,00,000/- for self.
Cash Withdrawal in Non-Home
No cash payment to third parties. No cash payment of CAG/MCG/CMP cheques.
RTGS /NEFT Charges Normal Free Free
Business Debit Card Pride Pride Premium
Cheque Book 50 leafs Free 200 leafs Free 1000 leafs Free
Features Power Jyoti Power Jyoti (PUL)
Monthly Average Balance Rs. 50000/- Rs. 50000/-
Rs. 1000 + GST Rs. 1000 + GST
MAB
Fee Collection Facility For Institutions Through Our Core Banking Branches
 Cheque book facility not available. The Institution can transfer the required balance through authorization /
sweep.
 Charges Per Transaction is Rs. 60 + GST, which may be reduced by circle CGM to Rs.20 + GST.
Account Keeping Charge Rs. 550 + GST (P.A.) Rs. 550 + GST (P.A.)
INB Facility Not Available Available
Features STDR TDR RD
Rs. 50/- (For Rural)
Minimum Deposit Amount Rs. 1000/- Rs. 1000/-
Rs. 100/- (For Others)
Term Length 6 Months to 10 years 7 Days to 10 years 1 Year to 10 Years
Deposits of less than Rupee Deposits of less than Rupee
Retail Deposit One Crore One Crore
Not Applicable
Bulk Deposit Rupee One Crore or more Rupee One Crore or more Not Applicable
ROI As applicable to time deposit. Announced by the bank from time to time
Loan against deposit To the extent of 90% of the deposit + accrued interest thereon
For retail Term Deposits up to Rs 5.00 lacs, the Premature withdrawal allowed
and for this, rules for TDR/STDR
prepayment penalty will be ‘NIL' provided the is applicable
deposits have remained with the bank for at least 7
days. Penalty charges for non-Deposit
Premature Closure Penalty of monthly installments:
For Term Deposits above Rs 5.00 lacs but less A/c term For 5 years & less
Rs. 1.50 per Rs. 100/- per month
than Rs 1 crore, the prepayment penalty will 1% A/c term For above 5 years-
for all tenors Rs. 2.00 per Rs. 100/- per month
TDS TDS Applicable TDS Applicable
Facility of Term Deposits for Girl Child is also available as a Special Scheme for receiving contribution/grant from
State/Central Government or other Govt. bodies in the name of newly born girl child. The period of deposits under this Scheme
is upto the maximum age of 18 years of the girl child.
Interest on a Term Deposit is ordinarily payable to the depositor quarterly from the date of issue or at maturity along with
principal. But on request from the depositor, interest may be paid at half-yearly or monthly intervals. However, Monthly interest
will be payable at a discounted rate.
The maximum amount to be accepted in Term Deposits on behalf of a minor, without guardianship, will be restricted to Rs
2.00 Lacs (With Guardianship Max- Rs. 20 Lacs)
For RD Account: wherein there is default in payment of three or more consecutive installments and the account has not been
regularized. A service charge of Rs.10/- will be levied on such accounts at the time of payment at or after maturity.
In case six consecutive installments are not received, the account should prematurely be closed and balance paid to the account
holder
Back to Index
Features SBI Flexi Deposit Annuity Deposit
Minimum Deposit Rs. 5000/- (in multiple of Rs. 500) Rs. 25000/- (minimum annuity Rs. 1000/-)
Maximum Deposit Rs. 50000/- Per Years No Limit

Minimum- 5 Years
Tenure Maximum- 7 years
3 Years / 5 Years / 7 Years / 10 Years
TDS Applicable Applicable
Premature Closure Penalty of 1% in ROI Permitted only in case of Death

Penalty for default in payment of Minimum
Penalty for Default Deposit per Financial Year Rs 50/-
Not Applicable
Interest Compounding Quarterly ****************
Features SBI Tax Saving Scheme

Minimum- Rs. 1000/-
Deposit
Maximum- Rs. 150000/-
Minimum- 5 Years
Tenure
Maximum- 10 years
Nomination Available but no nomination shall be made in respect of a term deposit applied for
and held by or on behalf of a minor
Others No Loan Facility and deposit cannot be held as security against any loan as well.
In case of Joint A/c, only First Account holder will get tax benefit.
Features Non-Callable Term Deposit Scheme

Minimum- Rs. 1.00 Crore
Deposit
Maximum- No Limit
Minimum- 181 Days (For Domestic Deposit) & 1 Year (For NRE Deposit)
Tenure of Deposit
Maximum- 3 years
 Only Demand Loan is allowed against the deposits aligning repayment with the residual
period of deposit.
Loan  Non-Callable Deposits should not be used as security/ margin money for (LC/BG) and
any other credit facility or purpose.
 Overdraft strictly not allowed
 No premature withdrawal allowed even in death of depositor. the legal heir may be allowed to
Premature Closure
avail Demand Loan subject to completion of legal formalities
Features Insta Digital Savings Bank (YONO)
a) This account is only for new to Bank customers.
b) Indian residents of age above 18 years with a valid Aadhaar Card.
c) The Aadhaar to contain the same mobile no. which the customer is presently using as
Eligibility
OTP would be triggered at this same number only.
d) OTP based Aadhaar (e-KYC) verification service has not been used before to open account
with any other Bank/FI
Mode of Operation Single
Nomination Mandatory
The account can be opened with zero balance. The requirement of monthly average balance as
Min Balance
applicable to Savings Bank accounts will be applicable to this product also.
Max Balance Rs. 1 Lac
The limit has been capped at Rs.49,999/-(Rupees Forty Nine Thousand Nine Hundred and
Transaction Limit
Ninety Nine only ) per transaction
Facility
Full KYC needs to be completed within 12 months of account opening else the account will get
closed and amount will be parked in Banker's cheque account
A basic Rupay card will be issued to the customer.
Others
The aggregate of all credits in a financial year shall not exceed Rs. Two Lakhs only
Cheque book will not be issued to the customer.
No Cash transaction services will be allowed in the branch
Back to Index
Home Loan (General Rules)
No. of Co-Borrowers:
Restricted to maximum 3 including spouse/children/parents/siblings. However, AGM (Region)/AGM (Branch) can
relax maximum number of coborrowers provided the repayment is made through an account with Bank in the joint
names of all the borrowers.
In cases where the co-applicants are unrelated to each other, the DGM (B&O) may permit the relaxation for
acceptance of non-related co-borrowers, provided the repayment is made through an account with Bank in the name of
all borrowers
EMI/NMI Ratio (for Normal HL and Hamara Ghar Also)
Net Annual Income EMI/NMIRatio

<= Rs. 1.20 lac 20%
>Rs. 1.20 lac &<= Rs. 3 lacs 30%
>Rs. 3 lacs &<= Rs. 5 lacs 55%
> Rs. 5 lacs &<= Rs. 8 lacs 60%
> Rs. 8 lacs &<= Rs. 10 lacs 65%
> Rs. 10 lacs 70%
The loan limit sanctioned for SBILife premium must not be taken into account for arriving at LTV ratio on HL.
Loan to Value (LTV) ratio
Upto Rs. 30 lacs 90%

Above Rs. 30 lacs and upto Rs. 75 lacs 80%
Above Rs. 75 lacs 75%
Inclusion of Stamp Duty, Registration Charges and other Documentation Charges in project cost of dwelling unit not
exceeding Rs. 10 lacs Stamp Duty, Registration Charges and other documentation charges has been permitted to be
added to the cost of the house/dwelling unit for the purpose of calculating LTV Ratio in cases where the total project
cost of the dwelling unit does not exceed Rs.10 lacs.
Maximum loan amount will be lowest of loan amount assessed on the basis of
a) Permissible EMI/NMI ratio
b) Maximum permissible LTV ratio
c) Loan amount applied for
Adding cost of furnishings/interior to the cost of house/flat: (For Normal HL)

10% of the cost of the house/flat or Rs. 25 lacs, whichever is lower
Adding cost of furnishings/interior to the cost of house/flat: (For HL to Non-Salaried Person)
10% of the cost of the house/flat or Rs. 50 lacs, whichever is lower
Maximum Loan for repairs / renovations

The maximum loan amount should not normally exceed Rs 10 lacs. Such loans exceeding the above ceiling amount
require prior administrative clearance from the GM of the network.
Reimbursement of investment in housing, made during the preceding 12 Months
Discretionary powers to Circle for interest concessions

Authority Home loan of Rs10 lac & above
DGM (B&O) Upto 5 bps, subject to floor rate of 50 bps above 1 year MCLR
GM (Network) Upto 10 bps, subject to floor rate of 50 bps above 1 year MCLR
CGM Circle Upto 15 bps, subject to floor rate of 50 bps above 1 year MCLR
The above mentioned discretionary powers will be available for MCLR linked Floating Interest Home Loan of Rs. 10
lacs and above. The discretionary power will not be available under Hamara Ghar Scheme (Fixed Interest).
No penal interest should be charged for Home Loans upto Rs.25,000/- (Above this 2%)
Appropriate Authorities for approving concession in Home Loan Processing fee in respect of bulk proposals from
employees of PSUs/Government Organizations /reputed Companies Approving Authorities Discretionary Powers
General Manager (Network) Concession upto 50%
Chief General Manager, Circle Concession upto 100%
Managing Director (NBG) Concession upto 100% for launch of different Campaigns
If a borrower remits any amount for credit of his/her Home Loan Account in a Branch other than the Home
Branch, either by way of cash, local cheque or Multi-City cheque, drawn on any Bank, the same may be
accepted without collecting Non-Home Branch charges
Back to Index
CERSAI registration charges
Loan Amount Registration Charges (per loan account)
Upto Rs. 5 lacs Rs. 50/- plus applicable Service Tax
Above Rs. 5lacs Rs. 100/- plus applicable Service Tax
Collateral security
Provision of accepting other immovable properties as security in lieu of mortgage of house/flat financed The
realisable market value of the residential property (should not be a vacant plot of land) should be at least 125% of the
value of the Home Loan sanctioned.
Pari-passu/ Second Charge
Discretionary power for administrative approval for acceptance of pari-passu charge /second charge over property
shall be as under:
(a) For loans upto Rs. 30 lacs in case of loans given by reputed employers. - -AGM (Region) /AGM (Branch)
(b) For loans above Rs. 30 lacs -GM (Network)
The sanction of a home loan will be valid for 3 months (including PAL) from the date of sanction.In case the
loan remains undisbursed during the validity period, the applicant will be required to seek revalidation of
sanction. 50% of the applicable processing fee will continue to be recovered for each revalidation of sanction.
Discretionary Powers for approval of deviations in respect of Credit Card for ‘Accounts in default’as per the
aforesaid criteria or ‘Write-off’:
(a) Overdue amount upto Rs.10,000/-

Sanctioning authority not below the rank of a Chief Manager
(b) Overdue amount above Rs.10,000/-

For loans sanctioned by RACPC and other CPCs – AGM of the CPC
For loans sanctioned at branches – AGM(RBO)
For loans sanctioned by Committees - Sanctioning Authority
Discretionary Powers to approve deviation for any default/write-off appearing in CIBIL in respect of non-
Credit Card dues:
Overdue Amount Empowered Authority
Upto Rs.10,000/- AGM (Branch)/(CPC)/(RBO) or concerned Credit Committee
Above Rs.10,000/- & upto Rs.50,000/- DGM (B&O) for sanctions upto the rank of AGM or the concerned
Credit Committee
No deviation will be permitted in cases where the default/write-off/settled amount exceeds Rs.50,000/-
Home Loan limit upto Rs. 10 lacs: Report from CIBIL.

Home Loan limit above Rs. 10 lacs: Report from two credit bureaus i.e. CIBIL & CRIF High Mark Credit
Information Services Pvt Ltd.
Turn Around Time (TAT):

RACPC/RASMECCC
Different scenario Sourcing entities Processing entities Total TAT for sanction
Under builder tie-up (same centre) 2 4 6
Under builder tie-up (other centre) 2 10 12
Out of Builder tie-up (same centre) 2 10 12
Out of Builder tie-up (other centre) 2 14 16
Documentation and disbursement 2 2 2
The ‘in-principle’ approval shall be valid for 30 days from the date of issue.
Option to avail loan other than the place of construction:

(i) either at the place of construction, or
(ii) place of employment/profession/business activity, or
(iii) at a place of residence, or
(iv) at a Branch located at other centre where he/she has ongoing relationship for last two years, by securing the loan
repayment through check-off facilityor by obtaining post-dated cheques/ECS/S.I. as per extant instructions. However,
this option should be extended only on a selective basis, in respect of loan proposal of businessmen/industrialists etc.,
keeping in view the apparent risks involved in this regard
Repayment period
Maximum 30 *years (or) up to the age of 70 years (the age by which the loan should be fully repaid) of the borrower,
whichever is early
For Home Loan Borrowers falling under Commercial Real Estate (CRE) and Individuals engaged in business
maximum loan tenor will be 25 years.
Back to Index
Moratorium period (Repayment holiday)
Current moratorium period of 18 months may be considered adequate up to 7 floors for each tower. Beyond that we
may consider additional 6 months for each 7 floors subject to a maximum period of 36 months. Moratorium may be
fixed for each tower separately, if the whole project comprises more than one tower as under:
No. of floors Maximum Permissible Moratorium

Upto 7 floors 18 months
>7 floors and <=14 floors 24 months
>14 floors and <=21 floors 30 months
More than 21 floors 36 months
For Mega/Integrated Township projects (approved by our Bank under the Builder Tie-up arrangement), General
Manager (Network) is permitted to approve a longer Moratorium Period of upto 48 months irrespective of the number
of floors in the residential project
No moratorium under SBI Realty.
Interest applied during the moratorium period should be recovered.
Baloon Payment is termed as Part Payment
Post Dated Cheques (PDCs)

Where check-off facility/ECS/RECS (Debit) are not available, post-dated cheques (complying with CTS-2010
standard formats)is obtained, each cheque being equal to the amount of the EMI fixed (Minimum 48 PDCs)
Waiver of Pre-Sanction Process

In case of Defence/Para Military Personnel / employees of Corporates/Establishments/PSUs,, verification/pre-sanction
survey of work-place and residence will be waived in respect of existing customers maintaining salary accounts
minimum for last one year under Defence/Para Military Salary Package provided the salary has been credited to the
account regularly
Disbursement in Home Loans should be made through NEFT/RTGS directly in the account of Builder. However, in
case of resale property, the disbursement should be made through Account Payee IOI, duly incorporating the seller’s
account number and name of bankers.
Certified Copy of Title Deeds: Norms regarding obtention of certified copies of Title Deeds directly from the
office of the Sub-registrar is waived for Home Loans upto Rs. 50.00 lacs
TIR in respect of POA Sales/Gift Deed will invariably be obtained from two empanelled advocates, irrespective
of loan amount
Scrutiny of Gift Deed and POA by Bank’s Law officer will be waived in respect of loans upto Rs. 1.00 crore.
Post disbursement inspection (Standard Account) within 15 days in respect of all loans disbursements, thereafter
every quarter for the first year to ensure mortgage formalities have been completed, Bank’s charge on propertynoted
and possession of of the property is taken by the borrower. The 2nd and 4th inspection should be carried out by a
different official. Thereafter, inspection to be carried out once in every 3 year. If repayments are in arrears for two
successive months, inspection should be conducted immediately. In case of NPA, Inspection at Half-Yearly
interval.
Classification under Priority Sector Advances w.e.f. 23.04.2015

Purchase/construction of a dwelling unit per family Rs. 28 lacs with project cost not exceeding Rs. 35 lacs
(Metro centres with population above 10 lacs)
Purchase/construction of a dwelling unit per family Rs. 20 lacs with project cost not exceeding Rs. 25 lacs
(Other centres)
Repairs to damaged dwelling units per family Rs. 5 Lacs

(Metropolitan areas)
Repairs to damaged dwelling units per family Rs. 2 Lacs

(Other areas)
Purchase of house /flats which are more than 15 years old: Administrative Clearance should be obtained from the
next higher authority except expected longevity of the structure, as certified by an empanelled structural engineer /
architect (or unexpired lease period, in case of lease hold properties) is at least 5 years more than the loan tenor.
Back to Index

Ceiling for migration of NPA to SAMBs & SARBs
(a) Migration to SAMBs: NPAs with outstanding of Rs.10 Cr. and above shall be migrated to SAMBs.
(b) Migration to SARBs: NPAs with outstanding of Rs.10 lacs and less than Rs.10 Cr. shall be migrated to SARBs.
NPAs should be migrated to SAMG immediately, but in any case within a maximum period of 180 days from the date
of NPA with the approval of the Controllers of the Branches.
All existing AUCAs of Rs.10 lacs & above in NBG have to be migrated to SAMG
Branches as well as RACPCs should carry out post-disbursement inspection within 7 days of disbursement in all
Rephasement of loan cases.
Lenders’ liability: Bank should return the securities documents to the borrower within 15 days of closure of loan
account subject to Bank’s final claim settlement. In case of delay, Bank to pay @ Rs. 100/ per hay beyond 15 days
subject to maximum of Rs. 5000/.
Cut-off Ranges under both model:

Score Grade Action
>80 grade-1 clear sanction
71-80 grade-2 clear sanction
66-70 grade-3 clear sanction
56-65 grade-4 overrides required
40 & Below grade 7-10 Decline
Commercial Real Estate (CRE) :

If an individual owns two or more houses, singly or jointly then the exposure for the third house onwards/purchase of
plot will be treated as CRE Home Loans maximum number of Home Loans in the name of an individual, including the
existing loans and the proposed one will be restricted to 5 (five) Home Loans (excluding closed accounts) under
Home Loan Scheme in P-Segment.
Repayment of Home Loan even after 70 Years of age:

Home Loan can be repaid after 70 years of age by borrower subject to the co-borrower must be below the age of 50
years and having steady and sufficient income and legal hier i.e. daughter / son / spouce.
Near relatives will cover Father, Mother, Spouse, Son, Daughter, Real Brother & Real Sister.
PMAY-CLSS (URBAN) MODIFICATION IN EXISTING CLSS (EWS/LIG) SCHEME
Loan Amount:- Minimum- NIL
Maximum: In case I.T Return, Form-16, Salary Slips / Certificates / Audited Balance Sheet are not available:
Maximum Limit will be Rs 5.00 lakhs only.
 Home Loan accounts sanctioned up to Rs 5.00 lacs under PMAY-CLSS (Urban)-EWS & LIG, will be covered
mandatorily under CRGFTLIH, if eligible, as per terms and conditions of CRGFTLIH scheme.
Back to Index

Home Loan- (Products & Features)
Term /
Products Age Minimum Maximum Facility Collateral Others
Repayment
Home Loan Variants

 INB & Chequebook available
 No ATM provided
Min-18 Max-  HL for Rs. 20 Lac & above & SB/CA
Maxgain Yrs
Min-20 Lacs
No Limit
Overdraft Existing EM
with Min Rs. 5000/- are eligible
 Conversion from HL to Maxgain
conversion fee- (Rs. 2000+GST)
Min-18
Min- 3 Lacs No Limit Facility = TL & Maxgain LTV= for Salaried
Yrs 2 Years work experience in  Upto75 Lac-80%
India or abroad. Above 75 lacs-75%
Repayment-30 Years or 60 years of age

2 years minimum job  Non-Salaried
contracted and completed  Upto75 Lac- 75%
NRI Home of borrower which is earlier.
6 months on that job. Above 75 lacs-70%
Loan TAT: Security E.M.  No Paripassu Charge
NRI Home Loans, where proposed Non-BPR branches will  The maximum loan amount should be
property is under Builder Tie-up (12 continue to source NIR normally limited to Rs.10 lacs. Loans
day) Home Loan proposals. exceeding this amount require prior
NRI Home Loans, where proposed However, processing will be administrative clearance from the GM
property is not under Builder Tie-up (16 done Only in LPCs. of the network
day)
Maximum period for
Min-18 Max- Maximum of 10Years. construction of house: 5 years
Min-5 Lacs TL only
Yrs 15 Crore No moratorium from the date of first
disbursement of the loan.
Purchase of a residential plot
located within the municipal/
corporation area of
SBI Realty EMI/NMI %
Urban/Metro Centres with
>3 Lacs <= 5 Lacs = 40% LTV %
population of 1 lac & above.
>5 Lacs <= 8 Lacs = 50% Loan up to Rs. 75 Lacs = 70%
However, GM (Network) will
>8 Lacs <= 10 Lacs = 55% Loan above Rs. 75 Lacs = 60%
be empowered to approve
> 10 Lacs = 60%
sanction of loans under SBI
Realty Scheme in the towns
with less than 1 lac population
Category-1 (Min- 2 Lacs; Max-50 Lacs) Max Top-Up
Existing HL Limit
Category-2 (Min-2 Lacs; Max-5 Crore) eligibility
Repayment- 15 years or Residual period of existing Housing
Loan
10% of existing
Facility – Dropline OD / Term loan If, Loan up to Rs. 75 Lacs HL
Extension of E.M. is not needed on Loan up to Rs. 5 Lacs If, Loan above Rs. 75 Lacs 15% of existing
SBI Home Top- NAI – Rs. 3 Lacs HL
up Max 2 Top-up can be at a time (2nd loan one year after 1st one)
OD= Min 5 Lacs; Max- 2 crore

TL= Min 2 Lacs; Max- 5 crore EMI/NMI %
LTV %
>3 Lacs <= 5 Lacs = 55%
Loan up to Rs. 20 Lac = Only TL Loan up to Rs. 75 Lacs = 80%
>5 Lacs <= 10 Lacs = 60%
Above 20 Lac up to 2 Cr. = TL / Loan above Rs. 75 Lacs = 75%
> 10 Lacs = 70%
OD
Above 2 cr. = Only TL
No Mortgage of land Loan Amount = Salaried (36 X NMI)
Min Age- 21 years, Max- 60 years Business (2 X Average of 3 years NAI)
SBI Tribal Plus Repayment- 15 Years (For salaried before retirement & for Eligibility: Salaried (5 Years completed service)
businessman before attaining 65 years of age)
Margin- For construction /purchase- 15% Business (5 years experience + Having Average
For Renovation /Repairs- 20% Balance of Rs. 5000/- for Last 2 Years)
EARNEST Shorterm loan up to 100% of the application money with a maximum of Rs.10 lacs (For apply to development
authority)
MONEY
One person can be financed only for one application at any point of time.
DEPOSIT 2 PDCs (one for Principal & 2nd for 6 months’ interest) Age- Minimum 21 Years
(EMD) Facility- Demand Loan (N0 Minimum income stipulated)
SCHEME Repayment- Not more than 12 Months from date of disbursement
Age of First Borrower = 60 years (Account can be Single or Jointly with Spouse having minimum age of 58 years)
Title verification and search report for a period of 30 years will be required
Residual Life of property = Should be at least 20 years in case of single borrower and
25 years in case of spouse being below 60 years of age.
Reverse Second Marriage NOT allowed
Mortgage Loan Tenure of Loan = Up to 68 Years of Age = 15 Years (Either Single or Jointly)
Above 68 Years of Age = 10 Years
LOAN Amount : Min 3 Lacs; Max- 1 Crore (subject to 90% of the realizable value of property)
The loan shall become due and payable only when the last surviving borrower dies or opts to sell the home, or
permanently moves out of the home for to an institution or to relatives
Back to Index
PAL will be available only at the RACPCs (Finally Loan can be availed only where PAL has been
sanctioned from): Minimum limit amount under this facility would be Rs. 10 Lacs
Sanction of pre-approved Home Loan limit will be advised to the borrowers through a “Pre-approved
Pre-Approved Loan Arrangement Letter (PLAL) Validity = 3 Months
Limit (PAL)
If the time gap between the date of this letter and the date on which the details of the property are
submitted by you in the specified format, is more than one month, the Bank will obtain a fresh Credit
Information Report.
To fund SBI Life Premium
Equivalent to amount of SBI Life Premium
SBI Suraksha
Nil Margin & Processing
Disbursement- In 5 Annual Installments
Age for Entry- 18-62 Years (Maximum Age for cover 70 Years)
Rin Raksha Moratorium – 3 Months to 24 Months
Sum Assured – Minimum Rs. 10000/- (Max- No Limit)
For Full or Part Interest during Moratorium paid by the builder.
Pre-EMI The approval for offering this facility in select approved projects will be accorded by GM (Network).
Interest by Builders/groups with minimum experience of 5 years and should have successfully completed atleast 2
Builder projects involving minimum aggregate number of 200 units during the last 5 years.
Minimum Project cost - Per unit/flat will be Rs. 25 lacs and minimum loan amount Rs. 20 lacs.
In place of YUVA Home Loan
NMI = No Minimum NET ANNUAL INCOME (as per master circular updated upto 30.04.2017)
Age- 21-45 Years (All salaried with 2 years experience)
Minimum loan amount Rs. 20.00 lacs. (ONLY – Term Loan)
Loan amount 1.2 times (120%) of the loan amount calculated as per the normal method
Loan tenor : Minimum 25 years and maximum 30 years.
SBI
FLEXIPAY Start-up/Moratorium Period :
HOME LOAN For ready to move in properties: upto 36 Months.
For under construction properties: upto 36 months plus remaining construction period (i.e. from the
date of sanction to the expected date of completion), subject to a maximum moratorium period of 60
months.
Repayment Period : During Moratorium Only Interest
Next 36 Months 100% of EMI
Next 36 Months 105% of EMI
Government of India under the aegis of the Ministry of Housing and Urban Poverty Alleviation
PMAY (MoHUPA) has launched ‘Credit Linked subsidy Scheme (CLSS)’ for Urban Areas under the ambit of
(Pradhan Mantri Awas Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana
Yojana) EWS LIG (Lower Income
CLSS (MIG-I) CLSS (MIG-II)
(Economic Weaker Section) Group)
Maximum Household Above Rs. 6.00 Lacs Above Rs. 12
Income per annum
Upto Rs. 3.00 Lacs Upto Rs. 6.00 Lacs & Upto Rs. 12.00 lacs &
Lacs Upto Rs. 18 lacs
Maximum carpet Area of
house 30 Sq. Mtr 60 Sq. Mtr 120 Sq. Mtr* 150 Sq. Mtr*
Max- LOAN Up to Rs. 6 Lacs Up to Rs. 6 Lacs Up to Rs. 9 Lacs Up to Rs. 12
Lacs
Maximum tenor of loan
on which subsidy will be 15 Years 20 Years 20 Years 20 Years
calculated
Maximum Subsidy Amount
Payable Rs. 2.20 lacs Rs. 2.68 lacs Rs. 2.35 lacs Rs. 2.30 lacs
Subsidy Percentage (%) 6.5% 6.5% 4% 3%
*Source: https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/wealth/personal-finance-news/centre-increases-carpet-area-of-houses-under-pm-awas-
yojana/articleshow/61674876.cms
Home Loans under these schemes will continue to be made available only by way of term loan (no maxgain facility) with a maximum
tenor of 30 years, subject to liquidation of the loan outstanding before the borrower reaches the age of 70 years
NO Processing Fee.
Segment (SME / C&I) DSRA (Debt Service Reserve
(Corporate Entity Should be in the line of business for at least 3 years with net Account)
profit) Amt. equivalent to 3 EMIs will be
obtained in the form of STDR and
SBI Corporate Loan : Minimum – Rs. 1 crore, Max- No cap to meet any short term mismatch in
Repayment : 15 years TERM LOAN ONLY cash-flow and a lien in favour of
Home Loan
LTV % = 75% the Bank will be noted on STDR.
Processing = Min 50000/ (Max- 10 Lacs + GST) Amount towards DSRA will be
Moratorium: Upto 3 months in case of purchase of ready-built house and recovered at the time of first
maximum 36 months in case of under-construction house. disbursement of the loan.
A new Affordable housing loan product
Fixed Interest rate for 2 years
HAMARA Maximum loan Rs 30 lacs, LTV ratio upto 90%
GHAR Facility = Term Loan
The Government of India is also providing interest subvention upto Rs. 2.20 lacs under Pradhan Mantri Awas
Yojana (PMAY) for affordable housing to all eligible borrowers.
Back to Index
Facility = TERM LOAN Only
Loan Amount = Min- 10 lacs; Maximum = Rs. 7.50 Crore subject to
(a) At Non-BPR urban centres: 1 crore,
(b) At other BPR centres: Rs. 2 crores
(c) Within the Municipal Corporation areas of NCR, Mumbai, Pune, Chennai, Ahmedabad, Bangalore and
Hyderabad centres: Rs. 7.50 crores,
(d) Place of Rural /Semi urban or Place with population less than 1 lacs = NO Loan Permitted *
PERSONAL Loan Tenure = Min 5 Years; Max- 15 Years
LOAN Minimum Net Monthly Income of Rs. 25,000/ (or Rs. 3 lacs per annum). Post-Disbursement Inspection- Yearly
AGAINST Minimum CIBIL Score of 700
PROPERTY EMI / NMI %
(P-LAP) LTV %
>3 Lacs <= 5 Lacs = 50%
Loan up to Rs. 1 Crore = 65%
>5 Lacs <= 10 Lacs = 55%
Loan above Rs. 1 Crore = 60%
> 10 Lacs = 60%
*Properties located in Semi Urban areas i.e. places with population above 10000 and upto 1 lac will also
be eligible for finance under the Scheme in Goa and Kerala only, subject to__
 Maximum Loan amount will be capped at Rs 1.00 crore only at such centres.
 LTV will be 55%.
Repayment upto the 75 years of age.
SBI Privilege Home Loan: Employees of Central / State Governments (including PSBs, PSUs of Central
Government, and other individual(s) with pensionable service
SBI Shaurya Home Loan: Defense Personnel belonging toArmy, Navy and Air force
Age- 18-75 Years TERM LOAN only
SBI Loan : Minimum – Rs. 10 Lacs, Max- Rs. 50 crore
PRIVILEGE (EMI / NMI % ) Where age of the eldest salaried borrower is up to 45 years ( >Rs. 3 Lac &<= Rs. 5 Lacs - 55%)
HOME LOAN (EMI / NMI % ) Where age of the eldest salaried borrower is above 45 years (>Rs. 3 Lac &<= Rs. 5 Lacs - 50%)
& EMI / NMI %
SBI SHAURYA >5 Lacs <= 8 Lacs = 65%
HOME LOAN >8 Lacs <= 10 Lacs = 70%
> 10 Lacs = 75%
Minimum: 60 months; Maximum: 360 months or upto the age of 75 years
Moratorium : Age up to 55 Years – same as normal HL NO PROCESSING FEE
Age above 55 Years – Only 18 Months
Where age of the eldest salaried borrower is above 45 years (During Moratorium = Only interest to be served)
Loan : Minimum – Rs. 50000/-, Max- Rs. 50 crore
LTV same as Normal HL In case of Business Man :
Business should be 3 years old and having profit in
Loan up to Rs. 20 Lac = Only TL last 2 years.
Above 20 Lac up to 3 Cr. = TL / OD
Home Loan to Above 3 cr. = Only TL Minimum Risk Grade is 3 (on a scale of 1 to 10) under
Non-Salaried Minimum Net Annual Income is Rs. 3 lacs, Bank’s Risk Scoring Model
Repayment same as normal HL
Cost of furnishings/interior to the cost of house/flat: 10% of the cost of house/flat or Rs. 50 lacs, whichever
is lower
Minimum Rs. 20 lacs, Maximum: Rs. 2 crores
The Net Monthly Income of the applicants, as per their latest salary slip or ITR, should be atleast 150% of the
expected repayment towards interest on Bridge Home Loan.
LTV Ratio of the existing housing property will be calculated based on Valuation Report not more than 3 months
old.
Bridge Two Title Search Reports and Valuation Reports should continue to be obtained from two different empanelled
Advocates/Valuers in cases where loans are above Rs. 1 crore.
Home Loan Loan Tenor : Maximum 2 years.
Processing Fee: 0.35% of the loan amount plus applicable service tax, minimum of Rs. 5,000/-.
Loan will be sanctioned at Non-BPA only by LPC (Branches at non-BPR centres will not sanction)
Post-Sanction Inspection should be carried out once immediately after 1st disbursement and thereafter before
every disbursement. After 100% disbursement once in a year.
Minimum CIBIL Score of 700
Eligibility:
(a) Minimum Home Loan Limit of Rs. 20 lacs with INB facility
(b) Minimum residual tenure of Home Loan of 5 years,
(c) Satisfactory track record of 3 years or more
(d) The customer should not have any live Home Top-up Loan
(e) No instance of the Home Loan account slipping to RG-3 or further in the past,
(f) CIBIL Score of 700 or higher
(g) Maintaining Saving Bank Account linked with CIF of Home Loan.
Pop-up conveying the Insta Home Top-up Loan offer will be shown to the selected customers when they access their
account through INB.
Insta Home Validity of Offer: 30 Days
Top-up Loan Loan Amount: 5% of the Home Loan Limit subject to ( Minimum Rs. 1.00 lacs, Maximum: Rs. 5.00 Lacs )
Facility - Overdraft (with reducing drawing power).
Processing fee : Flat Rs. 2000 + GST
Tenure : Residual Maturity of underlying Home Loan Tenure of Insta Home Topup Loan
Above 60 months but upto 120 months 60 Months
Above 120 months 120 Months
At any point of time, only one `Insta Home Top-Up Loan’ will be permitted. Second Insta Home Top-up Loan will
be permitted considered only after a gap of one year from the date of opening of the previous “Insta Top-Up Loan”,
subject to the condition that the 1st loan is closed.
 No Moratorium
Back to Index
Type: Drop-line OD Facility (With No FACILITY FEE)
LTV: Immovable property- 60% of the realizable value
Repayment: 1 to 7 Years (12 months to 84 months)
Minimum Loan- Rs. 50 Lacs,
Maximum Loan- 100 Cr. for Mumbai, New Delhi, NCR, Chennai, Hyderabad, Bangalore & Pune
50 Cr for Other centre.
SBI ASSET
For funding at NBG, project size should be maximum of Rs.500 crores &
BACKED
Rs.1000 crores for Sole Banking arrangement and Consortium / Multiple
LOAN FOR
Banking arrangement respectively.
RESIDENTIAL
Margin should be minimum 25% of the deficit as per Project Cash Flow Property mortgaged needs
HOUSING
to be within the corporation / Municipal limits of centres with population of 1 lac and above but
(ABL-RH)
within a radius of 25 km from the Branch, wherein account is maintained. (Sanctioning authority
not below CCC-I may decide going beyond 25 km on case to case basis).
(Purpose:
Penal Interest: 2% of outstanding amount, if overdue by >7 days
Creation /
Cash flow statement on Quarterly basis. (May / Aug / Nov / Feb)
Acquisition of
Inspection: Quarterly inspection of the property and project coinciding with receipt of the actual
Residential Real
cash budget.
Estate.)
Renewal/Review: No Renewal. Review has to be carried out annually and put up to the anctioning
authority under whose powers total / aggregate exposure to the borrowing unit / entity falls.
Restitution / enhancement in limits not permitted.
In case, at the time of review, unit’s internal rating is SB 10 and below, interest benefit under ABL-
RH will be withdrawn and CRA linked pricing will be applicable from the date of CRA validation
or 1st October of each year whichever is earlier.
Credit Risk Guarantee Fund Trust for Low Income Housing in Urban Areas (CRGFTLIH) has been set-up by the
Government of India and the National Housing Bank (NHB) has been nominated to manage the operations of the Trust.
Under CRGFTLIH, default guarantee cover will be available to the Bank for eligible Home Loans upto Rs. 5 lacs granted
to the borrowers in the EWS/LIG categories in Urban Areas.
Home Loans upto Rs. 5.00 lacs for construction or purchase of new or old dwelling units and extension of existing dwelling
units to the borrowers in the EWS (Annual income upto Rs. 1,00,000/-) or LIG (Annual income between Rs. 1,00,001/- to
Rs. 2,00,000/-) categories in Urban Areas
Back to Index
Other P-Segment (Products & Features)
Xpress-Credit
Xpress Credit
Features Xpress Credit Teaching & Non-
Non Permanent Employees
Teaching
NMI Rs. 5000/- Rs. 10000/- ***
12 times the average of last 6
months’ salary credit in the
Term Loan: (a) For Teachers & Staff of
account but not more than last Government Schools who are
Minimum: Rs.25,000/-
Maximum: 24 times NMI month’s salary credit in the employees of the State Govt:
subject to maximum of Rs 15 lacs. account subject to 24 times NMI
Loan Amount Minimum : Rs.50,000/- (b) For Teachers & Staff of
Overdraft:
Minimum: Rs. 5 lacs Govt Aided /Semi-Govt
Maximum: 24 times NMI Maximum : Schools :12 months Gross
subject to maximum of Rs 15 lacs. (a) For NMI Income below Rs. Salary
50,000/- : Rs.2.00 lacs [Max ceiling of Rs 15 lacs]
(b) For NMI Income of Rs.
50,000/- and above : Rs.5.00 lacs.
EMI / NMI % 50% 40% 50%
Non-Permanent Employees :
36 months.
60 months or residual service 60 months or residual service
Repayment period whichever is less
Contractual employees: 36
period whichever is less
months or the remaining period
of expiry of Contact, whichever is
lower.
Facility DL / OD with Reducing DP Demand Loan Demand Loan
71 & Above – Clear Sanction 71 & Above – Clear Sanction 71 & Above – Clear Sanction
Scoring Model > 51 & upto 70 – Deviation > 51 & upto 70 – Deviation > 51 & upto 70 – Deviation
50 & below – Decline 50 & below – Decline 50 & below – Decline
CIBIL- 700 or above
Salary a/c should be with our
Processing fee:- 1% of Loan +GST
branch for last 12 months
Rs. 250/- waived in processing fee, if These Private Schools and
Should be working in same
borrower provides, PAN, AADHAR Colleges should be at least 15
organization for last 3 years.
& Mobile simultaneously. years old and should be
Contract employee should have
Penal Interest: 2% additional on ROI affiliated to CBSE/
residual service of 1 year to avail
No Security the facility.
ICSE/UGC/AICTE
Renewal of loans will be allowed These Private Schools and
Other Third Party Guarantee Required Colleges must have 5 years of
after 24 months.
Conditions Only Metro & Urban Branches are banking relationship with us.
Review of loan will be done yearly. allowed
Provision for 2nd Loan: Second Loan The number of employees
In case of co-operative society (teaching and non-teaching) of
can be sanctioned after 1 year of (a) Should be in existence from last
disbursement of the 1st loan such Institutes should not be less
5 years than 50.
provided the 1st loan has been
(b) No. of employees – At least 50 No Security
satisfactorily conducted and is (c) Salary a/c of 50% employees
regular atthe time of sanction of 2nd with our branch.
Loan
As per circular no. NBG/PBU/PL-XPRESS/28/2017 – 18 dated 28.09.2017.

The Competent Authority has now waived the mandatory requirement of physical verification of the residence and office
address of the applicant (PSS) in case of all Xpress Credit Loans subject to the following stipulations:
a. The Loan is sanctioned under full Check-off category.
b. Aadhar Card/eAadhar Card number to be mandatorily obtained and linked to salary account, if not already linked.
c. Aadhar Card credentials to be verified and recorded.
Back to Index

Xpress Credit – ELITE
Features Xpress Credit - IT Employees
(for Senior Officials)
Senior Officials working in Central/ State Govt
All Employers in IT/ ITeS industry who are
establishments, Quasi Government Bodies,
member of NASSCOM
PSUs, Defence, with Gross Monthly Salary
Eligibility Employees with a minimum of 6 months length
above Rs. 1,00,000/-
of service & should have salary accounts with
There is no compulsory requirement of him/ her
SBI.
maintaining salary account with the Bank
NMI / GMI NMI- Rs. 25000/- Gross Monthly Income- Rs. 100000/-
18 times NMI 24 times NMI
Loan Amount Minimum: Rs.50,000/- Minimum: Rs. 3.00 Lacs
Maximum of Rs 10 lacs. Maximum of Rs 20 Lacs.
EMI / NMI % 50% 60%
36 months is permissible under the Scheme
subject to CIBIL ≥ 800 and third party guarantee
60 months or the residual service,
Repayment from a person working in the same company or
whichever is lower.
spouse.
Otherwise 12 Months Only
Overdraft (Reducing DP) Overdraft (Reducing DP)
Facility (NO CHEQUE BOOK) [With cheque book facility]
Review of loan to be done if 3 months’ Review of loan to be done if 2 months’
Review of Loan
installments are overdue installments are overdue
Security No Security No Security
& Margin Nil Margin Nil Margin
 Minimum CIBIL- 600
 Top up loan can be sanctioned after 1 year of

disbursement of the 1st Loan, provided the 1st Loan
Other Conditions Pre-Payment charges 3% of pre-paid amount is being satisfactorily conducted and is regular at the
time of sanction of Top up Loan. There cannot be
more than 2 Xpress Elite Loans standing in the
name of a borrower (Subject to overall EMI/NMI
60%)
Purpose: To offer to pre-selected Xpress Credit loan customers on Internet
Banking (INB) Platform.
Eligibility: (i) Minimum existing Xpress Credit loan limit = Rs. 1 Lac
(ii) Minimum Residual period of Xpress Credit loan = 1 Year
Xpress Credit Scheme: (iii) Satisfactory Repayment record of at least = 1 Year
SBI Insta Credit Card (iv) Customer should not have any existing top-up loan
Validity of offer: The offer fro pre-selected customers on our INB platform will
(Product: 6551-4217) be valid for 03 months from the date of activation of offer.
Loan Amount : 20% of Existing Xpress Credit Limit (Min-20000, Max-3 Lacs)
Circular No: Facility : Overdraft (With Reducing DP)
NBG/PBU/PL-Xpress/46/2017-18
Dated: 26.12.2017
Tenure: Loan residual period is 12 months to 35 months = 12 Months (1Yr)
Loan residual period is 36 months to 48 months = 36 Months (3Yrs)
At one point of time Only One Insta Credit Top-up will be allowed.
Maximum repayment period will be for 3 years.
Processing Fee: Rs. 500/- + Applicable tax (will be deducted before disburse)
PERSONAL GOLD PERSONAL LIQUID GOLD LOAN

Features LOAN GOLD LOAN BULLET REPAYMENT
Bank's existing customers can avail the loan by pledge of gold ornaments including gold coins sold by
Purpose Banks. gold coins (weight of coins not to exceed 50 grams per customer)
Facility Demand Loan Overdraft Demand Loan

Age: 21 years and above Profession: Anybody with Steady source of income including: Bank s Employees.
Eligibility Pensioners
Security Pledge of Gold ornaments made of not less than 18 carrot gold.
Min- Rs. 20000/- Min- Rs. 20000/- Min- Rs. 20000/-
Loan Amount
Max- Rs. 20.00 Lacs Max- Rs. 20.00 Lacs Max- Rs. 20.00 Lacs
36 Months (Interest to be serviced on 12 Months
Repayment 36 EMIs monthly basis. Principal to be paid at (Both Interest and Principal to be
the end of the term). paid at the end of the term).
Facility of PAN registration should be completed within 7 days.

Back to Index
Loan to Coal-Mine Pensioners
 Loan Amount = Minimum = Rs. 25000/-

 Loan Amount = Maximum = 18 times NMP (Net Monthly Pension) , subject to Max- Rs. 3.00 Lacs
 EMI / NMI = 50% Top-up loan (2nd loan) can be sanctioned to Pensioner and Family pensioner
 Max Entry Age- 65 years after 1 year of disbursement of the 1st loan provided the 1 st loan has been
 Margin – Nil satisfactorily conducted, subject to overall EMI/NMI % should not exceed 50%
 Facility – Demand Loan
 Repayment – 5 years (i.e. in 60 EMIs)
 PPO (Pension Payment order) should be cross checked with PPO of DHANBAD Branch
 Third Party Guarantee of a person good for the loan amount who has been maintaining a satisfactorily
 conducted account with the Bank; preferably spouse/son/daughter of the pensioners.
SBI PENSION LOAN

SBI Pension Loan to SBI Pension Loan to
Features Jai Jawan Pension Loan
Regular Pensioner Family Pensioner
Loan
Rs. 25000/- Rs. 25000/- Rs. 25000/-
Minimum
Maximum of 36 months’ pension
with a ceiling of Rs. 14.00 lacs for
Maximum of 18 months’ pension Maximum of 18 months’ pension pensioners up to 56 Years.
with a ceiling of with a ceiling of
(a) Rs. 14.00 lacs for pensioners (a) Rs. 5.00 lacs for pensioners Maximum of 18 months’ pension
Loan up to 72 Years of age. up to 72 Years of age. with a ceiling of
Maximum (b) Rs. 12.00 lacs for pensioners (b) Rs. 4.50 lacs for pensioners (a) Rs.14.00 lacs for pensioners
from 72 upto 74 years from 72 upto 74 years up to 72 Years of age.
(c) Rs. 7.50 lacs for pensioners (c) Rs. 2.50 lacs for pensioners (b) Rs.12.00 lacs for pensioners
from 74 up to 76 years from 74 up to 76 years from 72 upto 74 years
(c) Rs.7.50 lacs for pensioners
from 74 up to 76 years
Facility Demand Loan Demand Loan Term Loan
EMI / NMI 50% 33% 50%

Up to 56 years Age = in 7 Years
(full repayment upto 63 years age)
(full repayment upto 77 years age) >56 upto 72 years of age = 5 years
>72 upto 74 years of age = 4 years
>72 upto 74 years of age = 4 years
Repayment (full repayment upto 78 years age)
(full repayment upto 78 years age) >72 upto 74 years of age = 4 years
> 74 up to 76 years of age = 2
> 74 up to 76 years of age = 2 years
years
(full repayment upto 78 years age) > 74 up to 76 years of age = 2
years
No provision of 2nd loan. Fresh
Top-up loan (2nd loan) can be sanctioned to Pensioner and Family
Loans can be taken after
Others pensioner after 1 year of disbursement of the 1st loan provided the 1st
liquidating the first loan only
loan has been satisfactorily conducted.
after 12 months
Loan against Mutual Fund

 Loan Amount = Minimum Rs. 25000/-
Maximum (a) Equity / Hybrid / ETF – Rs. 20 Lacs
(b) Debt / FMP - Rs. 5 crore
 Margin = (a) Equity / Hybrid / ETF – 50%
(b) Debt / FMP - 15%
 Facility – Overdraft (With Cheque book, INB & ATM)
 Age for Entry- 18 years (Excluding NRI); Max Age- No Limit
 For Equity / Hybrid / ETF = Only D-MAT form
 Debt / FMP = Both Physical as well as D-MAT form
 67 Branches in 40 cities are authorized
 Yearly review in individual Loan
Back to Index

Education Loan (Products & Features)
(As per Master Circular no. NBG/PBU/PL-EDUCATION/14/2017 -18 dated 10.07.2017)
Facility Particulars
Jointly with Student & Parent / Guardian
(PAN card is mandatory, however, no loan should be
refused on the grounds of non-producing of PAN)
Loan Rs. 10.00 Lacs for Study in India & Rs. 20.00 Lacs in Abroad.
Moratorium = Course period + 1 year, or 6 months after getting job, whichever is earlier.
Repayment = 15 Years from starting of repayment date. (i.e. after moratorium)
Margin : Up to Loan of Rs. 4.00 Lacs = Nil
Above Rs. 4.00 lacs = (a) Study In India – Margin 5%
(b) Study in Abroad – Margin 15%
Central Subsidy provided to the family having Annual Income up to Rs. 4.50 Lacs only.
Collateral Security: Up to Rs. 7.50 Lacs = Nil (Only Guarantee of co-borrower)
Above Rs. 7.50 lacs = Tangible Security + Guarantee of co-borrower
Subsidy amount will be the amount as interest applied in moratorium
i.e. course period + 12 months / 6 months from getting job
Additional 1% Interest subvention on the entire loan outstanding, if interest served promptly during
moratorium period.
TAT (Turned Around Time) = 15 Days
During moratorium period- Only Simple Interest & after moratorium period, compounded
Cost Reimbursement: Reimburse 1st semester cost within 6 month of admission.
Without receipt: Only Max 20% of tuition fee payable for the entire course period, will be payable.
For Education Loan, No voucher/ receipt required for the expenditure in relation to education,
purpose (end use) need to be self-certified. Such expenditure not to exceed 25% of the loan amount
(upto a lumpsum amount of max Rs. 1 Lac).
Cost of a two-wheeler upto Rs. 50,000 can be included in the expenses considered eligible for finance
SBI Student Loan
where the loan amount is secured by a suitable third party guarantee and/or tangible collateral
security.
As a measure of de-risking the Education Loan portfolio, every effort must be made that the students
who are availing Education Loans above Rs. 7.5 Lacs from the Bank should be suitably covered by
Life Insurance Policy.
Foreign Travel Card: Purchase of Foreign travel card (FTC) by students availingeducation loans for
studies abroad is mandatory as part of loan process by default.
All those students who approach us for an education loan of above Rs. 4.00 lacs and upto Rs. 20.00
Lacs for studies abroad, will be required to make a deposit of Rs.5000/- If the applicant avails the
loan, the amount of Rs. 5000/- will be adjusted against the contribution of margin money by him. If no
margin is payable by him, the amount may be adjusted against the interest payable on the loan
If the applicant does not avail the loan within a period of 4 months of sanction ofthe loan, the amount
will be appropriated and credited to Commission A/c.
Penal interest @ 2% to be charged for loans above Rs. 4 lacs for the overdue amount and overdue
period.
No loan proposal should be rejected on the basis of “Out of Service/ Operational Area”.
If the student is not able to complete the course within the scheduled time, extension of time for
completion of course may be permitted for a maximum period of 2 years.
Increase in repayment period, for loans upto Rs. 7.5 Lacs, is applicable to all existing as well as fresh
loans.
Sanction/ rejection will be communicated within 15 days of receipt of duly completed application with
supporting documents.
Rural branches are not Authorised to sanction the facility. However, GM (Network) May allow.
SBI-HPCL Quantum of Loan: Total cost of studies (India/ Abroad) Margin:- NIL
EDUCATION or
LOAN Studies in India: 10 times of Basic+DA of HPCL employee at the time of sanction; provided max Rs.15 Lacs
Studies Abroad:10 times of Basic+DA of HPCL employee at the time of sanction; provided max Rs. 20 Lacs
(As per circular no.
NBG/PBU/PL- Security:- NIL (Parent/ Guardian will be Co-borrower in all cases)
Education/42/17-18 dated
05.12.2017)
The rebate of 1% in case of the servicing of interest during moratorium period, will not be available /
provided in order to ensure that the net effective ROI is above MCLR.
Moratorium : 1 Year from date of completion of Course
Repayment: Upto maximum of 10 years (including course period and moratorium period of maximum one
year)
Top Up facility during tenure of loan can be given subject to ceiling of the loan under the scheme
All other Terms & Conditions will be as applicable to SBI Student Loan Scheme from time to time.
The loans sanctioned under the scheme will not be covered under Credit Guarantee Fund Scheme for
Education Loans (CGFSEL) or Central Interest Subsidy Schemes for Eeducation Loan.
Nodal Branch for the facility: Lower Parel Branch (3428), at Mumbai.
Back to Index
Category No Collateral With Collateral
*
“AA” Up to 35.00 lacs Nil
“A” Up to 20.00 lacs Up to 30.00 lacs
“B” Up to 20.00 lacs Nil
“C” Up to 7.50 lacs Up to 30.00 lacs

Margin : Up to Loan of Rs. 4.00 Lacs = Nil
Above Rs. 4.00 Lacs upto Rs. 7.50 Lacs = 5%
Above Rs. 7.50 Lacs - Nil
No collateral security up to Rs. 7.50 lacs = Nil

Repayment = 15 Years from starting of repayment date. (i.e. after moratorium)
Moratorium / Repayment Holiday = Course period + 1 year
Penal interest for loans above Rs.4 lacs @2% on the amount of default for the period of default, over
and above the applicable rate if the EMIs remain unpaid for a period of 30 days from the due date, for
any reason, including a bounced cheque.
SBI Scholar Loan  Extension of time for completion of course may be permitted for maximum period of 2 years if the
*
Update vide circular student is not able to complete course within scheduled time.
no NBG/PBU/PL- INTEREST SUBSIDY SCHEME ON EDUCATION LOAN FOR ECONOMICALLY WEAKER
SCHOLAR/41/2017-18
dated 23.11.2017
SECTION (EWS) – CSIS SCHEME The scheme shall be implemented through Canara Bank, which
is the Nodal Bank for theMinistry of Human Resources Development
Under our various education loan schemes, education loans for eligible students for studies in India
upto a maximum limit of Rs. 10 lacs would be eligible for interest subsidy.
As a measure of de-risking the Education Loan portfolio, every effort must be made that the students
who are availing Education Loans above Rs. 7.5 Lacs from the Bank should be suitably covered by
Life Insurance Policy.
The Circle CGM may grant sponsorship of Rs.3 lacs per annum for the main cultural event/
placement sessions/ college magazine of a particular Institute subject to the following
conditions:
 Minimum 40% of the batch size of the Institute should take Education loan from SBI.
 The Institute has to mention SBI name and logo as the Preferred Financer on their application
brochure, advertisements, website, etc. The Institute should insert SBI Education Loan
brochures along with their application forms.
In case of 2nd (Top-Up) loan for Higher Studies: The combined repayment to be shifted to one year
after the completion of Higher Studies, or 6 months after taking up a job whichever is earlier. In cases
where the student is pursuing higher studies by availing Second Loan from some other Bank, there will
be no change in the moratorium period.
The applicant should be an Indian National.
There are no specific restrictions with regard to the Age of the student to be eligible for Skill loan.
However, if the student is a minor while the parent executes documents for the loan the bank will
obtain a letter of acceptance/ ratification from him/her upon attaining majority as in the case of
Education loan.
Loan Amount : Min-Rs. 5000/- ; Max- 1.50 Lacs
For Private Institutions for loans above Rs. 50,000 : Fee structure will be validated by the PBBU of the
concerned LHO.
Collateral : NIL; Margin: NIL; Processing Fee: NIL
Moratorium :
Course Period Moratorium Period
Course upto 1 year 6 Months from completion of course period
SBI Skill Loan Course above 1 year 1 year from completion of course period
Repayment :
Loan Amount Repayment Period
Loan Up to Rs. 50000/- 3 years
Loan above Rs. 50000/- Up to Rs. 100000/- 5 years
Loan above Rs. 100000/- 7 years
In case of Government Institutes: All Branches, except Rural Branches, are eligible for doing Skill
Loans. In case of Private Institutes: PBBU at the concerned LHO will identify a nearby Branch.
In order to boost our Skill Loan portfolio, the Competent Authority has approved a tie-up with
Frankfinn Institute of Air Hostess Training (Centre-Nagpur) for extending Skill Loans to the
applicants enrolling for various courses offered by the Institute.
New Mapped/Designated Branch: Dharampeth Branch, Nagpur (4872)
Back to Index
Loan Amount : Min-Rs. 20.00 Lacs ; Max- 1.5 crore
Repayment = Upto maximum of 15 years after commencement of repayment.
Accrued Interest during the moratorium to be added to the principal and repayment in EMI fixed
Global Ed- Moratorium – 6 Months after completion of course
Vantage Margin = 10% with each disbursement
Loan
Processing fee to be recovered before issuing sanction Letter (Rs. 10000/- per application)
Security: (a) For Liquid Security - 100% of Loan Amount
(b) For land & building - 110% of Loan Amount
Total income from all sources of the employed candidate or his/ her parents/ guardiansin case of
unemployed candidate shall not exceed Rs.6 Lacs per annum.
CREDIT GUARANTEE FUND SCHEME FOR EDUCATION LOANS (CGFSEL)
The maximum loan limit under this scheme is Rs 7.5 lakh without any collateral security and third party
Padho Pardesh
guarantee. However, the Fund reserves the right to revise the loan limit as and when required.
Ministry will reimburse 100 % interest component of the Educational loan availed by a student from Bank
upto moratorium period ( i.e. Course period + one year after completion of course or six months after getting
employment whichever happens earlier).
Other Rules regarding Education Loan
A joint SB account in the name of student borrower and coborrower to be invariably opened at the time of sanctioning of an
education loan.
Student Plus Advantage Card will be based on FD of minimum Rs. 5000/ - for the total period of 3 years plus the study
period and Moratorium period. The interest applicable will be 2.25% per month. Credit Limit will be 70% of FD i.e. minimum
of Rs. 3500. Annual fee of Rs. 500 from 2nd year onwards will be charged only if customer’s yearly spend is less than Rs.
75,000. Recovery of Annual Fee (from 2nd year onwards) will be done by auto debit mode.
Takeover: This scheme is applicable for all the loans sanctioned with adequate collateral security with limits of Rs.10 lacs
and above.
‘Gyandhan’ is a start-up based out of Delhi focusing on education financing platforms in India
INTEREST SUBSIDY SCHEME ON EDUCATION LOAN FOR ECONOMICALLY WEAKER SECTION (EWS) –
CSIS SCHEME: The benefit of the scheme would be applicable to those students belonging to economically weaker
sections with an annual gross parental/family income with upper limit of Rs.4.5 lacs per year (from all sources). The scheme
has been applicable from the academic year 2009-10 starting 1st April 2009.
Under our Education Loan Scheme, 1% interest concession is provided for the borrowers if the interest is serviced during
moratorium for the entire loan tenure. This 1% interest concession would be extended under the Central Scheme of Interest
Subsidy provided Govt. Further, it is clarified that 1% concession in ROI is applicable if and only if the customer has serviced
each of the interest applied in the loan account during the moratorium period (including course period) by the end of the next
month. Example: If the interest is applied on 31.10.2017, the interest should be serviced by the customer by 30.11.2017.
For Subsidy Claim: The claims are submitted to Canara Bank as and when their portal is opened for uploading purpose and
the same is advised to the Circles accordingly. At present, claim for an account is submitted only once for a year.
The interest subsidy is available only upto the end of moratorium period i.e., course duration+12 months (maximum). In case
of extended moratorium period, permitted under special circumstances, such extended moratorium period will not be
considered for the purpose of arriving at the eligible amount of interest subsidy.
SUBSIDY CLAIMS PERTAINING TO SC/ST: IBA has advised that out of the total allocation, the Govt. has provided
15% towards Scheduled Caste and 7.5 % towards Scheduled Tribe.
Dr. Ambedkar Central Sector Scheme of Interest Subsidy on Education Loan for OBC & EBC:
Income Ceiling: Total income from all sources of the employed candidate or his/ her parents/guardians in case of
unemployed candidate shall not exceed Rs.3.00 lakh per annum. For OBC and Rs. 1.00 Lac for EBC (Economic
Backward Classes) The Scheme is applicable for higher studies abroad. The interest Subsidy shall be linked with the
existing Educational Loan Scheme of Indian Banks Association (IBA) and restricted to students enrolled for course at
Masters, M.Phil and Ph.D. level.
Ministry of HRD along with the Department of Financial Services, Government of India has launched a common portal
“Vidya Lakshmi Electronic Platform” for students to apply for education loans and to facilitate tracking and follow-up of
the loan during its life cycle.
The NSDL e-Governance has prescribed Rs. 250/- levy on approved/disbursed applications through Vidya Lakshmi Portal, to
be debited to the Loan account, as per IBA norms.
GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR TYING-UP WITH EDUCATION COUNSELORS/ AGENCIES
Business Target: Minimum 50 applications per counsellor during the year with a minimum ticket size of Rs. 10 Lacs per
each application.
FOR SOURCING LEADS ONLINE THROUGH OCAS
Assignment of leads: In OCAS, these leads will be assigned to the identified branches under SBI Global Ed-Vantage scheme.
These branches will handle the loan proposals under the SBI Global Ed-Vantage scheme and also the proposals under the
normal scheme (with limits of Rs. 10 lacs or more and upto Rs. 20 lacs also).
Submission Of Recommendations For Inclusion In The List Of Approved Institutions (For SBI Scholar Loan) Following
Stipulations are applicable:
 The Institution is ranked among Top 50 Colleges in that particular stream by a reputed Ranking Authority;
 Placement record of the Institution is more than 90% for the entire batch;
 Minimum student intake is 100;
 The fee structure of the Institution, ideally, is more than Rs. 2 Lacs, depending on the courses offered & the loan ticket
size available to the Bank;
Back to Index
Auto Loan (Car Loan) Products
(As per Master Circular NBG/PBU/AL-AUTOLOAN/12/2017 – 18 dated 09.10.2017)
Facility Particulars
High Value Cars = Rs. 20 Lacs to Rs. 1.00 Crore; Super Luxury Cars = Above Rs. 1.00 crore
Max. Loan Amount 85 % of the Ex-showroom price, with no upper Limit. DGM (BO) will have the
Super Luxury discretion to reduce the margin by 5% in deserving cases.
Imported Car Minimum Income Criteria = As applicable to Normal Car Loan
Min: CIBIL For Salaried & Person of Pvt. Unlisted Co.= 650,
For Other / Business / Self Professional= 700
Capacity = 500 Cubic Capacity (CC); Facility = TL / OD EMI / NMI %

Super Bike Loan The young upwardly mobile youths who buy these bikes are in the age
(Age:- 21-65 Years) bracket of 18 to 40 years. NAI Up to Rs. 10 Lacs = 50%
Net Annual Income = Rs. 6.00 Lacs; Min Loan = Rs. 3.00 Lacs NAI Above Rs. 10 Lacs = 60%
(No Takeover Permitted) Repayment = 5 years
Margin= 15% of ex-showroom price (For CSP Margin 10%) Penal Interest as per Car Loan
Loans will be sanctioned to the existing customers under the following

categories.
(a).Permanent employees of State/ Central Govt, PSUs, Corporations, and
 (i) Min. Income- NMI = 12500/-
Listed Pvt Sector companies maintaining salary accounts.
Modified SBI Two  (i.e. NAI = Rs. 150000/- )
(b).Professionals/ self-employed & other IT assesses maintaining
 (ii) EMI /NMI = 50%
Wheeler Loan SB/CA/Time Deposit with satisfactory conduct for minimum 1 year.
 (iii) Loan amount:
Scheme (c).Persons engaged in Agriculture with SB/CA/Time Deposit maintaining
 Min- 30000/-, Max: < 3 Lacs
satisfactory conduct for minimum 1 year.
 (iv) Margin- 25% of On-road price
(d).Existing borrower customers with satisfactory repayment history may
be considered selectively.
Loans will be sanctioned at home branches only.
Only existing SME borrowers are eligible for this facility.

SME Retail Car
Loan Amount = 2.5 Times NAI; Repayment = 7 Years
Loan
* Finance = 85% of On-road price; Gross Taxable Income = Rs. 4.00 Lacs;
(Sanctioning
Margin = 15% (S.A.* may relax maximum upto 10%, i.e. after relaxation Margin only 5%)
Authority)
EMI / NMI = 50% (Sanctioning Authority may relax upto 60%)
Minimum NAI = Rs. 2.00 Lacs (Net monthly income of applicant(s) should be at least 2 times of
SBI Certified EMI)
Pre-owned Age of the vehicle: Not more than 8 years old
CAR LOAN Repayment Tenure: 8 years minus the age of the vehicle, subject to a MAXIMUM TENURE of 5
years
(Age:- 21-65 Years) Financing of old vehicles on the basis of Duplicate Registration Books will NOT be entertained.
Loan Should be Maximum Number of ownership: The ownership vehicle which is put up for sale under certified pre
liquidated upto the age owned should not have changed more than 2 times.
of 70 years Loan Amount : Min- 1.00 Lac; Max- 5.00 Lacs (2.5 X NAI) i.e. 30 times Net Monthly Income
EMI/NMI = 50% Margin = 20% i.e. (LTV = 80%) Inspection: As Normal Car Loan
Combo Loan  Purchase of a Car and a Two Wheeler taken together. No overdraft
(Age:- 21-65 Years) For Both Vehicles LTV 85% of on-road price (90% in case of CSP)
Takeover of loans is NOT PERMITTED under the SBI Combo Loan Scheme
(Purpose-For Reimbursement of cost of vehicles is NOT PERMITTED under SBI Combo Loan scheme
purchase of a Car and Minimum NAI
a Two Wheeler taken – For Salaried = 2.50 lacs
– For Others = 4.00 lacs EMI/NMI %
together. Term Loan
Up to Rs. 5 Lacs = 50%
will be sanctioned by Loan Amount : Above Rs. 5 Lacs & Up to Rs. 10 Lacs = 60%
the Bank. No overdraft – For Salaried 48 X NMI Above Rs. 10 Lacs = 70%
will be available under – For Others 4 X NAI
the Scheme.) – For Agriculturist 3 X NAI Note: Both loan should be disbursed within 1 month
Assured Car Loan Min Age- 18 Years Max- No Age limit;
(Age- Min 18 Years) Minimum Income- No limit (Only Declaration basis)
Loan Min- Rs. 2.00 Lacs; Max Loan- No Limit, Facility- Term Loan
(Purpose-To facilitate Repayment : 3 to 7 years
customers who do not PSS – Waived if earlier & present address is same.
have income proof Maximum Joint Account holder can be – 2
documents, by keeping 100% of TDR/STDR can be given as loan for vehicle of on-road price
lien on the deposits. CIBIL Score – 600, Scoring Model- Not Applicable
Max Loan = 18 X NMI or 1.5 X NAI; (Based on Income)
EMI/NMI % :- NAI Up to Rs. 10 Lacs = 50%
NRI Car Loan NAI Above Rs. 10 Lacs = 60%
(Age:- 21-65 Years) Obtaining of Collateral Security is waived.
Loan Should be NRI should be employed for 2 years and maintaining NRI account atleast for 1 year ave. bal.
liquidated upto the Rs 50000 or New Account with USD 5000/- or equivalent.
age of 65 years Resident Indian who is the guarantor to the loan should be a close relative (as defined in
Section 6 of the Companies Act 1956) of the NRI borrower.
Minimum NMI = $1000 or NAI = $ 12000 Margin = 15% Repayment = 7 Years
Back to Index
Housing loan borrowers of SBI, & Satisfactorily serviced the loan for at least 1 year
Loyalty Car Loan after moratorium period. Minimum Income = Rs 2.00 Lacs
The new product is made applicable to all car loan scheme variants, viz (a) Car Loan Scheme,
(Purpose-To facilitate (b) Combo Loan Scheme, (c) NRI Car Loan Scheme and (d) Certified Pre-owned Car Loan
our housing loan Scheme.
borrowers to avail Car 100% on-road finance subject to 75% of present market value of the house property less
Loan at concessional present outstanding in the Home Loan account and Home Equity, if any
rate of interest and Repayment = 7 Years; Margin- NIL (i.e. 100% On-Road finance)
processing fee to No need to extension of Equitable Mortgage for Loan up to Rs. 10.00 Lacs, only a letter
purchase new/old car, from borrower is required that title teed will be in possession of the bank till the loan is
MUV & SUV) fully liquidated.
Takeover of loans is NOT PERMITTED under the Scheme
Minimum Net Annual Income = Rs. 2.50 Lacs (As declared in application form)
LTV = 75% of on-road price
SBI CAR LOAN Maximum Loan = Rs. 4 Lacs
LITE Repayment: 5 Years
(Age- 21-65 Years) EMI / NMI= NAI Up to Rs. 10 Lacs; 50% &
Above Rs. 10 Lacs- 60%
(Purpose: The product Scoring Model: Score 55 & above- Clear sanction (i.e. below 55 decline)
has been developed to Processing Fee: 0.50% of Loan Amount
enable the Circle to Other Conditions:
book quality loan (a) Minimum 3 years at the current residence
proposals emanating (b) Must have a CIBIL score of 700 & above, if not residing in own/ parental House and 650
from Businessmen, & above if residing in own/parental house.
Professionals & Self- (c) Applicant must be carrying on activity for 5 years in case of businessmen and for 3 years
employed and in case of professional & selfemployed.
Agriculturists who do (d) CIBIL= No overdue at the time of application.
not have required Must have a CIBIL score of 700 & above, if not residing in own/parental House and 650
income documents) & above if residing in own/parental house. In cases of No hit in CIBIL or poor score
including 0,-1, 1 to 5, report from other CICs will be considered, provided it scores 650
orabove.
Post – disbursement inspection of vehicles must be carried out by the operating unit for auto loans within 15 days from the date of
disbursement.
Back to Index
Auto Loan (Car Loan) General Rules
(As per Master Circular NBG/PBU/AL-AUTOLOAN/12/2017 – 18 dated 09.10.2017)

01 Prescribed age for Car Loan (For Sanction of Loan) is___ 21-65 Years
02 Maximum age for repayment of Car Loan is____ 70 Years
Minimum Income: Net Annual Income of (SALARIED) applicant and/or co-
03 Rs. 2.5 lacs (Salaried)
applicant, if any, together should be Rs. ____p.a. and above.
Minimum Income: Net Profit or Gross Taxable income of Rs. ____p.a. as per
04 ITRs after adding back depreciation. Income of co-applicant can be clubbed Rs.4 lacs (Businessman)
with that of the applicant for Selfemployed, Professionals and Businessmen.
Minimum Income: Net annual income of applicant and/or co applicant
05 together to be Rs. _____.The Net Annual Income will be arrived at based on the Rs. 4 Lacs (Agriculturist)
nature of the activity, land holding, cropping pattern, yield etc.
Auto Loans may be granted for purchase of old/used, Car not more than
06 5 Years
___years old
The person whose income is included will join as a co-borrower. The maximum
07 2 (Two)
number of applicants should be restricted to ___.
Salaried = 48 X NIM
08 Maximum Loan amount for Regular Car Loan is restricted up to Rs._____ Business = 4 X NAI
Agriculture = 3 X NAI
EMI / NMI Ratio:
09 Net Annual Income : Upto Rs. 10 Lacs----------- EMI / NMI Ratio = 50%
Net Annual Income : above Rs. 10 Lacs---------- EMI / NMI Ratio = 60%
EMI /NMI ratio for car loan applicants who have availed Home Loans with our Bank including SME Retail
Car Loans product:
10 Net Annual Income : Upto Rs. 5 Lacs--------------------------------- EMI / NMI Ratio = 50%
Net Annual Income : above Rs. 5 Lacs Upto Rs.10 Lacs---------- EMI / NMI Ratio = 60%
Net Annual Income : above Rs. 10 Lacs------------------------------ EMI / NMI Ratio = 70%
15% of on-road price
11 Margin for Regular Car Loan, irrespective of the Annual Income is___
(i.e. loan 85% of on-road price)
The concessionary margin of ______ will continue in case of customers 10% of on-road price
12
under salary package/ tie-up irrespective of income amount. (i.e. loan 90% of on-Road price)
The maximum cost of accessories, extended warranty and total maintenance
13 should not exceed 5% of the ex-showroom cost of the vehicle or Rs. Rs. 50,000/-
___whichever is lower.
14 Car Loan as Overdraft Minimum Loan: Rs. ____ Rs. 3.00 Lacs
To get foothold into high value and luxury car loans and get good high net
worth customers into our books, the competent authority has approved
15 Rs. 20 Lacs and above.
discretionary powers for concession in pricing for all Auto Loan products
including SME Retail car loans of Rs._____.
Stipulated Conditions for concession in pricing in MCLR linked Car Loan products:
 Applicable to auto loans of Rs 20 lacs and above.
16  Applicable to auto loans to purchase new cars.
 Age of the borrower should be 35 years and above.
 CIBIL Score must be minimum 700
In terms of Concession in ROI: The Bulk business will be minimum of 20
17 Car Loans with gross value of Car Loans amount of Rs_____, emanating from Rs. 1.00 Crore & above
a single source of entity i.e. from organization / unit etc.
While generally the Equated Monthly Installment need not be changed with
every change in the interest rate, should the borrower seek an EMI reduction
18 consequent to a rate reduction the same may be permitted if the account is a Rs. 5 lakhs
Standard Asset and the loan outstanding is at least Rs. _____and the interest
rate reduction is of 1% or more.
For Car Loans upto Rs 5 Lacs, CIBIL score must be 700 & above and for car loans above Rs.5 Lacs, CIBIL
19
and 2nd CIC score (each) must be 700 & above.
20 Penal interest on irregular auto loan should not be charged for loans up to Rs.25,000/-.
For irregular auto Loans above Rs.25000/- , if the irregularity exceeds EMI or
Installment amount, for a period of one month , then penal interest would be
21 2%
charged @__% p.a.(over and above the applicable interest rate) on the overdue
Amount for the period of default.
For Penal Interest, Floor ceiling of Irregular loans of Rs. 25000/- may be Deputy Managing Director
22
increased beyond Rs. 25000/-. Such authority has been given to___ & Group Head (NBG)
All branches with incumbency of Scale III & above, all PBBs, District Head Quarter branches, Project Area branches
and other Branches authorized by the RMs (RBOs) to process, sanction and disburse car loans.
The non-authorized branches other than those mentioned above, will source the car loan applications and get them
processed and sanctioned through respective Loan Processing Cell (LPC) in non-BPR centre and through linked
RACPC/RASMECCC in BPR centre.
Back to Index
CirMac may decide to suspend sanctioning powers of car loans in branches
23 1.50%
with higher NPA in car loans (say ___%)
To effectively counter the competition in Auto Loans, the Bank has taken a
series of new initiatives including entering into tie-up with _______as our
SBICAP Securities Ltd.
24 Corporate Agent for marketing of our Auto Loans and related products. 19
(SSL)
Necessary Agreement has been executed by us with SSL on 29th April 2015
for a period of 3 years.
The ALC (Auto Loan Counselors) will play the role of a Direct Sales
Executive of car dealers for booking Car Loans and he/she will be paid an
25 0.20%
incentive of ___% of the car loan amount for the proposal sourced and
sanctioned with no fixed remuneration.
The customers desirous of applying for a Auto loan can apply through online
26 link available on the Home page in our Bank’s website and also on loan https://onelineapply.sbi.co.in.
scheme web pages. Alternatively they can apply for the loan through web link
For existing customer, Pre-sanction survey and KYC can be waived if the address of the customer has not
changed and he is a;
 Home/Personal Loan customer with minimum one year’s satisfactory track record. Or
27  A car loan customer with a satisfactory track record, who wants to avail another car loan, Or
 Customer having satisfactory deposit account with average balance of Rs. 50,000/ - & above and
banking with us for at least one year. Or
 Under Corporate Tie-ups where check-off is available
The RACPCs/Sanctioning branches may utilize the services of verification Address or employment
28
agencies which have been empanelled for the purpose of ___ only. verification.
Verification Agencies Applicability : The Scheme will be applicable to all
P- segment loans above Rs.________ including Home Loans, Auto Loans and
29 Rs. 10,000/-
all other P-segment loans (including Personal Loans and Education Loans). It
is clarified that the scheme is applicable for both BPR and Non-BPR centres.
TAT: The verification agencies should submit all the reports covered under
their scope of services, within ______from the time of receipt of
30 48 hours
communication from the Bank. However, for the income verification of the
borrowers in rural/semi-urban areas, an additional 24 hours may be allowed.
Penalty for Non-maintenance of TAT by Verification Agencies:
31 For each day of delay beyond the prescribed TAT of 48 hours, the agencies 25%
should be charged ___% of its fees per day of delay per case.
Processing Time: The maximum time schedule for receipt of application and
32 2 (Two) Days
sanction/disbursal of the Auto loan is ____days
33 Under Auto Loan Form-29 refers to Form of Notice of Transfer of Ownership of a Motor Vehicle
34 Under Auto Loan Form-30 refers to Report of Transfer of Ownership of a Motor Vehicle
Application for making an entry of an agreement of Hire Purchase
35 Under Auto Loan Form-34 refers to
Lease / Hypothecation subsequent to Registration.
36 Under Auto Loan Form-20 refers to Application for Registration of a motor vehicle
Disbursement is made in CBS by transfer if dealer has account with us and through NEFT/RTGS only, where
dealers are not having account with us.
37 To have clarity and uniformity, OP& SP Department at Corporate Centre have suggested to use BGL A/c
‘98516’ System Suspense Banker Cheque to be Issued A/C’ to route the transaction till the functionality for
remitting amount through RTGS/NEFT directly from auto loan account is developed in CBS.
Reimbursement of costs of car purchased by own sources: We may also
38 reimburse finance for the cars purchased out of own funds which are not more 3 (Three)
than ____month old.
39 EMI Change facility can be provided ___ times during the currency of loan. Only ONCE
40 Scoring Model: Proposal having score of ___ is considered for sanction. 86 & Above
The verification of vehicle registration details from the website ‘vahan.nic.in’
41 30 Days
should be made in all car loans after ___days from the date of disbursement.
If the borrower fails to get the vehicle registered, with hypothecation charge in
favour of the Bank, within _____days from the date of disbursement Or
Bank’s hypothecation charge is vacated before liquidation of the loan, charge
42 120 Days
of Rs. 5000/- (+ Service Tax) per month to be recovered from borrower till
Bank’s hypothecation charge is noted by RTO, after sending due notice to the
borrower.
Rs. 50/- (Only fee without
43 The charge for each vehicle search in Vahan.nic.in is fixed at___
any tax)
44 The maximum payment limit for the portal Vahan.nic.in is to be set as Rs. _/- Rs. 500/- or less
Procedure for recovery/payment of vehicle search charges and penalty for non-registration of vehicle.
45  Vehicle search Charges 61/- (Revised including Service Tax)
 Penalty for Non-Registration/Non-Hypothecation 5700/- (Revised including Service Tax)
Back to Index
46 The default user id & password for Vahan.nic.in is ____ sbibbbbb (e.g. sbi15488)
47 BGL Head for Vehicle Registration Verification Charges- BGL-4599284
A copy of Insurance policy for 1st year to be obtained and retained with the loan documents. Borrower is
expected to keep the vehicle insured. But for the subsequent years, copy of insurance policy with Bank’s
interest as hypothecatee may not be obtained for Loan below Rs. 20 Lacs. Operating officials may endeavour
48
to obtain the same if account becomes NPA.
The above relaxation in instruction pertaining to insurance is not applicable to auto loans for Rs. 20
Lacs and above.
While doing staff accountability exercise when the account becomes NPA
49 Activation of SI
and/or fraud, delay in ______if any should be examined.
GITC have also increased the chase period from existing 30 days to ___ days.
50 32 Days
The extra days of chase will help the system to process at least two SIs.
Rs.500/- (+ GST) for EMI
51 Failed EMI / S.I. Charges should be recovered from borrower.
Rs.250/- (+ GST) for S.I.
If the EMI/Installments (s) is not credited in the loan account of the borrower
52 within ___ days from the date of ECS/SI/PDCs, Rs 500/ + GST will be 7 (Seven) days
recovered.
For Standard Asset accounts periodical inspections will be waived after the
initial inspection. However, if there is a default of 1 monthly installment,
53 Twice (i.e. Half-yearly)
inspection would be required. In case of NPA accounts inspections would
be made ____ a year.
In BPR centres migration of the auto loan documents along with above PDDs
54 to respective RACPCs and RASMECCs to be effected within ____ months 2 Months
from the date of disbursement.
Processing fee: In case of Auto Loan, where sanctioned on / after 29.05.2017 Up to- 6 Lacs = 1000+GST
55
(For All new Car Loan) Above- 6 Lacs = 1500+GST
CIBIL Consumer Credit Information Report (CIR) contains repayment history
56 of up to ____ months in each loan/credit facility availed by the borrower from 36 Months
the CIBIL member institutions.
CIBIL indicates number between 300 and 900, the higher the numerical value of the score, lower is the risk
57
profile of the individual. Scores higher than 800 indicate low risk, and score less than 600 indicates high risk.
Individuals who do not have any loan record in CIBIL database are assigned a default score of -1, whereas a
58
score of ZERO is assigned to the individuals with less than six (6) months of credit history.
59 Expand “DPD” in terms of CIBIL Day-Past-Due
For Auto Loans Rs. ______the extant instruction that at least 2 credit
60 Above Rs. 5 lacs
agencies’ report need to be obtained.
Report of Equifax which was taken earlier for Agriculturist in Auto Loans will be replaced by CIBIL and in
61
case of “No Hit” in CIBIL, report of Experian may be treated as Primary Report for such cases.
Proposed preferred primary & secondary CICs (Credit Information Company)
62 CIBIL & Experian
in case of auto loan are___
____score will be required, if Aadhaar Number is submitted and verified as e-
63 No CIBIL cut off
KYC in case of a salaried person.
64 For others salaried, CIBIL Score is required Minimum at___ 650
For Businessman, Professionals & self-employed (other than Physicians /
65 Doctors/ CA/CS/Cost Accountants/ Architects) and Agriculturist CIBIL Score 700
is required ___
While scrutinizing e-filed income tax return (Form ITR-V) we find 15 digits Acknowledgement Number
66
which is generated after it having been filled successfully. Last 6 digits are date of e-filing of the return.
Discretionary Powers for approval of deviations in respect of ‘Accounts in default’:
Disputed amount Present Authority
Upto Rs.5,000/ Sanctioning authority up to the rank of an AGM
67
Above Rs.5,000 and less than or equal to Rs.25,000/ DGM (B&O)
Above Rs.25,000/- GM(Network)
Overdue amount Empowered Authority
Sanctioning authority not below the rank of an
68 Upto Rs.10,000/-
Chief Manager
Above Rs. 10000/- Officer of the Rank of AGM
PBBU Heads would be responsible for ensuring that quick mortality cases are
examined from fraud angle within ____days of being flagged and a status
69 60 Days
report of the same has to be put up in the Circle P-review under advise to
Corporate Centre.
Back to Index
Takeover of car loans will be considered where the vehicle is not more than
70 2 (Two) Years
__ years old.
In case of the takeover of the car loans of Rs.____, from other banks/NBFCs
the DGM (B & O) and Network Head can give discretion to waive processing
71 Rs. 5 lakhs and above
charges up to 50% and 100% respectively. (However, this discretion will not
be available during the concessionary offer)
Car Loan: The INSPECTION FEE of Rs. ____ will be recovered by the
72 inspecting branch by raising a debit on the financing branch and credit it to its Rs. 750/-
commission account.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) ON SEIZURE AND SALE OF VEHICLES
Before Possession
On the first non-receipt of instalment on the due date notice to the customer giving 7 days’ time
1st Notice
reckoned from the date of service of notice to clear the due amount
On the Second non-receipt of instalment on the due date similar notice to be issued to the borrower
giving seven days’ notice drawing attention of the borrower to the terms of the agreement entitling the
lender to recall the entire loan. (If the authorized officer has reasons to believe that the borrower or his
2nd Notice
agent is avoiding the service of the notice or for any other reason the notice could not be served, a copy
of the demand notice may be affixed on the outer door or at a conspicuous part of the house or building
the borrower or his agent resides or carries on business.)
On non-receipt of the instalments after the 7 day period stipulated in 2nd notice, another notice should
be issued intimating the borrower that the loan is recalled and entire amount with interest becomes
payable within 7 days.
When the third notice is also ignored the bank has the right to repossess the vehicle. The authority
empowered to sanction the loan would be the authority to take a decision on repossession of the vehicle.
3rd Notice In other words, Branch Manager /CPC Head/ Head of the Recovery Cell is authorized to take decision to
repossess the vehicle for which no approval from Controlling Authority is required. An approved
Resolution Agent will be entrusted with the job of repossession of the vehicle. The Bank can take
possession based on the Hypothecation Agreement or through the provisions of SARFAESI Act (where
the value of the security is above Rs.1 Lakh). Please note that under the provisions of SARFAESI Act,
police protection during repossession can be sought for. A comparative chart of two approaches for
seizure of vehicles.
A notice to be sent to the borrower to handover the vehicle along with its original Registration
Certificate as well as papers relating to insurance policy to Resolution Agent. Such notice should
invariably mention the number and date of the earlier notices sent and also the name of the Resolution
Agent.
4th Notice
In case the customer does not hand over the vehicle as requested in our fourth notice, the repossession
should be resorted to by Resolution Agent. Presence of Bank official is not required while repossessing.
Panchnama and Safe Custody: After repossessing the vehicle, in the presence of two witnesses a
Panchnama should be drawn up. The repossessed vehicle should be kept in the custody of RAs.
After Possession
Immediately after the seizure of the vehicle a notice need to be sent to the borrower to pay up the dues to
5th Notice
the Bank along with costs of seizure and storage of the vehicle.
The valuation of the vehicle should be arranged immediately. An authorized service centre of the
Valuation manufacturer, a government approved valuer or an insurance surveyor’s services may be used for
valuation. This will help in fixing the base price for auction.
Fixing of Reserve Immediately after the valuation, the Reserve Price should be arranged to be fixed by the Zonal Office
Price Credit Committee.
6th Notice Before affecting the sale a notice of minimum 7 days to be given to the borrower
All six notices mentioned above should be sent in duplicate, one copy by courier/ ordinary post and the second copy
by Registered Post.
Notice to Demand notices to guarantors may be served only in cases where the guarantor has provided securities
Guarantor to the Bank. In other cases a copy of the notice may be sent to the Guarantor for information.
The sale of the vehicle would be carried out as per the law and in a transparent manner. The Bank will
have right to recover from the borrower the balance due if any after the sale of the vehicle. Excess
amount obtained if any on the sale of the vehicle will be returned to the borrower. The authorized officer
Sale of the Vehicle
may sell the vehicle either by public auction, by inviting tenders from public, by inviting quotations
from parties dealing in vehicles. In case of Public auction, the notice of auction should be published in
two leading newspapers one of which should be in vernacular language.
After receipt of the sale price, authorized officer shall issue a Certificate of Sale which shall be the prima
Sale Certificate
facie evidence of the title of the purchaser.
Opportunity for
The bank will hand over the possession of the asset to the borrower any time after repossession but
the
before concluding the sale transaction, provided the Bank dues are cleared in full or a compromise
borrower to take
back the vehicle
settlement has been reached between the borrower and the Bank.
Action for seizure of vehicles can be initiated in terms of case of Seizure
73 under Loan Agreement: After dishonour of ___ or default in repayment of 2nd cheque(PDC) or 2 (Two)
___ instalments.
Back to Index
P-Segment & SME Advance (General Rules)

Vehicle Registration No.- Verify by sending SMS to VAHAN_RC No. of
01 7738299899
Vehicle to number___ and on https://vahan.nic.in
All the accounts where mortgage has been created has to keyed in the
02 system within____ days failing which Rs.5000 has to be paid an additional 30 days
fee.
03 Fixed Rate loans beyond ___ are exempted from Base rate / MCLR. 3 Years
A need was felt for automate the process of following up of delinquent customers for collection and recovery
of due amount in 'P' Segment loans. As such, a centralized Loan Collection System (LCS) for ‘P’ Segment
04
loans has been launched during the month of March 2017 to bring about remarkable improvement in follow-up
mechanism and effective recovery.
When loan is to be granted against the security of a LIC policy, which
05 Assignment
charge is to be created___
In case of mortgage of immovable property as collateral security, a search
06 30 Years
report from legal counsel is insisted upon for_ years
07 Specific gravity of pure gold is___ 19.3
The sanctioning authority can allow max of ____ such DLs (so long as the
08 sum total of the limits of all DL A/cs is within permissible limit of DL Max-4, AGM can permit 5th
against TDR/STDR.). In special cases AGM/RM can permit ___ loan.
09 Usually a Demand Loan is repaid fully within _____ months. 36 months.
Generally Term loans are sanctioned for a period beyond __and up to __
10 3 years & 8 Years
years
Generally the currency of usance bill shall not exceed __months from the
11 6 Months
date of discount.
12 Performance guarantee attracts the CCF of…....% 50%
The objective of the Stand Up India Scheme is to facilitate bank loans
13 Rs. 10 lacs and Rs. 1 crore.
between____
Legal Entity Identifier (LEI) for large corporate borrowers is applicable for
14 Rs. 50 Crore & above
total exposures of Rs. ___
15 i-Probe is mandatory for all loan applications of___ Rs. 10 Lacs & above
16 The new CRA have 2 (Two) models, named___ Simplified & Regular
Rs. 50 Lacs & above with
scoring model and
17 Simplified Model covers accounts with exposure of___
Rs. 25 Lacs & above without
scoring model
18 Regular Model covers accounts with exposure__ Above Rs. 5.00 Crore
CRA Model is mandatory for all accounts with Aggregate Exposure
19 of___for both Non-Trading Sector (C&I, SME and AGL segments) and Rs.50 Lacs and above
Trading Sector (including Services), with scoring model.
Wherever scoring models are not in place, CRA has to be carried out for
20 Rs.25 lacs and above
exposures from______, as hitherto.
21 CRA is validated on the basis of ___ Audited Balance Sheet
22 Simplified Model has __________rating Borrower’s Rating only
23 Regular Model has __________ratings Borrower’s & Facility Rating
Units with CRA of _______are supported by a statement of assets &
24 SB-8 and below
liabilities in a sworn affidavit format.
CRA rating has been based on audited financials not older than 6 (Six)
25 months and validated as per laid down guidelines. CRA review carried out Half-Yearly
at _____intervals for units rated SB10 or below.
26 The Rating Scale under Borrower Rating has been expanded to _ Grades SB1-SB16
27 The Rating Scale under Facility Rating has been expanded to ___ Grades FR1-FR16
28 Hurdle Grade under Borrower Rating is __ & under Facility Rating is BR10 & FR10
Genuineness of financial statements submitted by borrowers enjoying fund
29 based limits of Rs._____ are verified by making an independent reference to Rs. 1 crore and above
the Chartered Accountant who has signed the balance sheet.
30 Country Risk Ratings are circulated by___ Foreign Department (FD)
What are ‘Entry Barriers’ under Non-Trading Sector Compliance of Environmental Regulations
31
(Regular & Simplified)? Integrity
32 What is ‘Entry Barrier’ under Trading Sector (Regular & Simplified)? Integrity Only
Back to Index
33 Validity of ECR (External Credit Rating) 15 Months
34 ECR is applicable on exposure of ___ Rs.10 Cr. & Above
35 Under SME, Letter of Arrangement SME-1
36 Under SME, Agreement of Loan cum Hypothecation SME-2
37 Under SME, Guarantee Agreement SME-3
38 For Limit enhancement, SME Document SME 4
39 For Creation of Equitable Mortgage, SME Documents- SME 5 & 6
40 For Extension of Equitable Mortgage, SME Documents- SME 7 & 8
41 SME, Revival Letter SME-11
42 SME, Link Letter SME-12
43 Break even point refers to___ No profit No Loss
\44 Formula for Break Even Point (BEP) calculation is__ Fixed Cost / Contribution*
45 *Contribution refers to__ Sales – variable cost
Various factors such as bank's lending policy, exposure norms, industry
46 related risk factors, list of defaulters etc. are examined to determine the Prima facie acceptability
_________ of a Term Loan project
Estimates of sales, cost of production and net profit furnished for the project
47 Commercial Viability
are subjected to a thorough and critical examination during assessment of __
_____ of a project is examined to determine the conduciveness of economic
48 parameters to setting up the project and their impact on the scale of Economic Viability
operations.
_____ of a project is analyzed to determine the accuracy of cost estimates,
49 suitability of the envisaged pattern of financing and general soundness of Financial feasibility
the capital structure
In a Term Loan proposal, if the project involves a new process or new
50 Technicial feasibility
technology, a ______ report by a competent outside agency is essential.
51 Higher level of DSCR will indicate that the element of risk is on the __ side Lower Side
52 In a Term Loan proposal, IRR stands for. Internal Rate of Return
53 Net cash Accrual refers to___ Profit after tax + Depreciation
54 Tangible Net worth refers to___ Net worth – Intangible Assets
Minimum Eligible Working Capital limits Under Turnover 25%
55
Method, Enhanced to__ for MSE. (Assessment at 31.25% less 6.25% as margin)
Minimum Eligible Working Capital limits Under Turnover 30%
56
Method, Enhanced to__ for MSE that transacts Digitally. (Assessment at 37.50% less 7.50% as margin)
57 Credit Conversion Factor (CCF) for Financial Guarantee is- 100%
58 Crystallization means________ Conversion of Forex liability to INR liability
Method of working out working capital requirement of
59 Cash Budget Method
seasonal industries –
Assessment of working capital for exposures up to Rs. 5
60 Nayak Committee (Turn-Over Method)
Crore, Method__
61 Assessment of working capital for exposures above Rs. 5 Crore, Method__ Projected Balance Sheet
62 Margin money kept for LC and Bank Guarantee is considered as___ Current Account
63 At the Bank level, Non fund based limit can be maximum ___% of FBL. 100%
64 DSCR, Break-Even analysis & Sensitivity Analysis are carried out for Term Loans
Take-over is applicable for all the loans sanctioned with adequate collateral
65 Rs. 10 lacs and above.
security withlimits of Rs.____.
SME, For loans with credit limit upto Rs.50,000/- , waiver of legal action
66 General Manager
may be permitted by a committee headed by an officer not below the rank of
______ is a tablet based application to conduct Pre and post sanction
67 DIVA-SME
Inspection of SME Advances.
To improve asset quality in SME, under the _____our Bank is revamping its
credit underwriting process to move away from the traditional balance sheet
68 PROJECT VIVEK,
based underwriting, and towards revised financial modules and balance
sheet, augmented by cash flow recast from multiple sources.
_____is a Tab and Mobile based application for recording inspection of
SME units as a process of digitization of pre sanction/ post sanction
Digital Inspection Application
69 processes of SME units. Our Bank also records collateral security, location
(DIA-SME):
of the properties and place of business with photograph and geo-cordinates
(date and time) through this Digital application.
Back to Index
70 LOS (Loan Originating Software) is applicable for advances__ Up to Rs. 50 Lacs
71 LLMS (Loan Life Cycle Management System) is applicable for advances__ Above Rs. 50 Lacs
Our Bank realized the need for doing banking the Smart way early on. In its pursuit as an enduring value
creator towards becoming the ‘Banker to Digital India’, our Bank has been putting significant efforts to
72
upgrade its technology to the best in class on an on-going basis, and the capability to offer near JIT (Just in
Time) service delivery environment across its delivery channels.
To further widen its reach through multiple and sustainable channels, our
Bank joined as a lead partner Bank with ASSOCHAM, to launch an online
loan application portal__________, wherein MSMEs can register and apply
73
for loans. They can also upload KYC/Financial documents, after which the
www.myloanassocham.com
application moves to the Bank’s nodal officers at various circles for
evaluation, processing and sanction.
Whereas TCL (TransUnion CIBIL Limited), ECICIPL, and CHMISPL are
offering CIRs (Credit Information Reports) under Consumer and
74 Consumer
Commercial, ECISPL is offering only ______ related CIR’s and not
Commercial CIRs.
Payments for Credit Information Reports (CIRs) pulled out through LOS/ LLMS are made at Corporate
75 Centre and the payments for reports pulled outside of LOS/ LLMS using IDs and passwords provided to
Circles by the CIC’s directly as per their indent, are to be paid at the Circle level.
76 Reporting Authority for Project Vivek Representatives and Network Champions, is DGM (CCO) at LHO
77 Clarification on Metal Gold Loan: whether it is covered under Project Vivek? No (It is not covered)
Proposals for sanction of ad-hoc limits are processed based on_____, hence cannot
78 Cash Budget Method
be processed under Project Vivek.
79 Project Vivek, proposals are renewed on basis of ___ Cash flow
80 Under Project Vivek, existing bureau report is valid upto __ for consideration One Month
81 Expand “KRI” Key Risk Indicator
The borrower risk is assessed by the daily score generated by the EWS system. The score ranges from 0 to 100 and is
divided into three categories, where 100 means highest level of Risk.
Sl. Coulour Risk Category Score
(i) Green Low Risk 0.00 to 37.49
(ii) Amber Medium Risk 37.50 to 42.49
(iii) Red High Risk 42.50 to 100
An alert is also forwarded to the Branch Head and relationship Manager whenever the borrowers fall into SMA1 and
SMA2 category. In such cases the score may be less than 42.5.
ll borrowing units which are in operation need to submit their ABS (Audited Balance Sheet) to the Bank with
82 in 6 (six) months of close of the Financial Year, i.e., last date for submission of ABS will be 30th September, if
FY closes on 31st March.
SBI has entered into a tie-up with Shriram Automall India Ltd. (SAMIL) on the 10 th of October, 2017.
SAMIL is a national player functioning as a Resolution Agent (RA), who can provide us end to end solution
for NPA resolution, i.e, parking and warehousing, safe custody, valuation, refurbishment, auction, search of
83
the title and insurance documents, etc. The agreement is valid for three years and would be reviewed
thereafter. SAMIL already has existing tie-ups with the PBBU and ABU within State Bank of India. This is a
separate agreement with SME-BU.
Branches to search Bank’s lien on RC by login to website “vahan.nic.in” as is being done in case of vehicle
84
Loans within 15 days of disbursement of loan.
Branches should ensure by verifying the RC book within a period of 30 days from the date of disbursement of
85
the loan or reported delivery of the tractor/vehicle to the borrower(s), whichever is later.
In all case of takeover, branches should ensure ccompletion of proper documentation and other formalities
86
within a period not exceeding 90 days or as approved by the authority, to protect the interests of the bank.
Audited balance sheet (ABS) should not be older than 12 months. If ABS is older than 9 months, provisional
87 financials not older than 6 months are to be obtained and analysed so as to satisfied that the activity level and
profitability, liquidity and solvency ratio are broadly in alignment with the estimates / projections.
Taken over accounts above Rs.5 crores are to be reviewed under Loan Review Mechanism (LRM) of I&MA
88
Department.
89 Generaly, e-DFS schemes are reviewd by our Bank in 2 Years.
Dealer information Sheet is sent to the SCFU (Supply Chain Finance Unit) Operations SME ShivNagar Estate
90
Branch (Code-11689) for each & every dealer at the time addition of new dealer to the system of e-DFS
Back to Index
Title Investigation Report (TIR) As per circular no. CCO/CPPD-ADV/70/2017 – 18 dated 25.09.2017
Obtention of two TIRs:
Point-1: If our exposure is collaterally secured by the following types of properties, a satisfactory Title Investigation
Report (TIR) from two different empanelled advocates should be obtained, irrespective of amount in all segments
(including Housing Loans):-
i.) Properties offered by third party guarantors whether individual or non-individual.
ii.) Properties acquired through Gift deed.
iii.) Properties sold by Power of Attorney holders to our borrower/guarantor.
Point-2: In case of Housing Loans where properties do not fall into the abovementioned categories, a satisfactory Title
Investigation Report (TIR) from two different empanelled advocates should be obtained in the following cases:
i.) In respect of Housing Loans where the RERA registration is available and Loan amount is above Rs.5 crores
ii.) In respect of Housing Loans where RERA registration is not available and Loan amount is Rs.1 crore & above.
iii.) Second Sales and Loan amount is Rs.1 crore and above.
In respect of all cases where the loan amount is less than Rs.1.00 crore, the advocate has to make search of the title of
the property for not less than 13 years if it establishes clear and marketable title. However, if the flow of title is not clear
or in the event of any ambiguity about the title after search for 13 years, the Advocate may make search for not less than
30 years.
In respect of all cases where the loan amount is Rs.1.00 crore and above, the advocate has to make search of the title of
the property for not less than 30 years irrespective of the fact that clear and marketable title is established by a shorter
search of 13 years.
In case of Builder Tie Ups (in case of Home Loans), for approval of the project search of the title for not less than 30
years is mandatory.
Similarly professional fees/expenses charged by the advocate should be paid by the Bank directly to them and recovered
from the concerned customer.
The Advocate / Solicitor /Law Firm shall within 10 days (except in case of Housing Loans) furnish to the Bank the title
certificate and search verification report after receipt of the entire papers in respect of property
Registration of EM with ROC / CERSAI:
Particulars of Equitable Mortgage created by companies/LLPs must be registered with the Registrar of Companies
within 30 days of their creation as prescribed by the Companies Act. This should be supported by appropriate
resolutions of the corporate.
Title deeds along with related mortgage documents to be kept separately from other documents.
Valuation Report shall not be kept along with the title deeds. However, TIR has to be kept along with the Title deeds
In respect of properties already mortgaged to the Bank, Encumbrance Certificate (EC) has to be obtained (in states/UTs
where available) every year at the time of renewal of limits, irrespective of the exposure. If the account is reviewed
(continuation of limits is permitted), then also EC has to be obtained invariably. However, this is not applicable in case
of Housing Loans / P-segment loans. (i.e. Encumbrance Certificate is not required in HL case)
Henceforth, a letter would be sent to all the borrowers/guarantors, who had mortgaged their properties with the Bank,
stating that the borrower/guarantor has to collect the original title deeds within 60 days of full and final payment of
Bank’s dues (Loan). In case they do not collect the original title deeds within the prescribed time limit, applicable Safe
Custody Charges would be levied. Waiver of these charges on a case to case basis shall be vested with the Branch
Managers not below Scale-IV incumbency / AGM (Controller).
As per Bank’s Risk Rating Policy, higher risk borrowers or problem exposures, must be subject to more frequent review.
To implement the policy, framework for Dynamic Review Of Internal Ratings was introduced in Nov 2014.
 This framework covers all borrowers having total exposure of Rs. 10 Crores & above for trigger based review and
Rs.500 crores and above for non-trigger based review and it is applicable for all Business Groups including IBG.
 Dynamic Review of CRA is “purely subjective”, based on both qualitative and quantitative information.
Under the Differential Rate of Interest Scheme (DRI Scheme), banks provide finance up to ₹15,000/- at a concessional
rate of interest of 4 percent per annum to the weaker sections of the community for engaging in productive and gainful
activities.
The eligibility criteria under DRI that size of land holding should not exceed 1 acre of irrigated land and 2.5 acres of
unirrigated land are not applicable to SCs / STs. Members of SCs / STs satisfying the income criteria of the scheme can
also avail of housing loan up to ₹.20,000/- per beneficiary over and above the individual loan of ₹.15,000/- available
under the scheme.
Category of Branches (as SME Intensive Branches): Large / Main Branches having separate SME division headed by
an official not below the rank of Chief Manager “or” having 10 or more accounts handled by RMME (posted at the
Branch)
Back to Index
SME Advance- Products & Features
Margin / Term / Stock
Products Minimum Maximum Facility Collateral Others
LTV Repayment Statement
 LTV 50% of realizable
SBI ABL value
 FB + NFB (Both Facility)
Drop
10 Lacs 20 Crore 50% Nil 1-15 Years Quarterly  Minimum 25% cash
line OD
(Inspection- margin for NFB facility.
Half-yearly)  Immovable property
(SARFAESI enabled)
LTV=50%
of Realisable
Value *
Above (Fund-based) 1-6 Years Maximum Limit
50 Crore Tier-I= 50 Cr
Rs. 10 Lacs & Drop Cash flow statement
SBI Asset (Tier Nil Tier-II & III = 20 Cr.
* 25% Cash line OD (i.e. 12-72 for Builder finance
Backed Loan wise) Tier-IV,V,VI= 5 Crore
(Modified) Margin for Months) on Quarterly basis.
for NFB (May/Aug/Nov/Feb)
Commercial  Prepayment penalty-
Real Estate – 2%
(Modified) Higher interest rates
Commercial  Facility Fee- NIL
Purpose:- Creation/acquisition of real estate such as office buildings, retail to be levied if
Projects  ECR is not required
variation is more
(ABL- space, industrial or warehouse space, multiplex, hotels, restaurants,  Processing Fee- 1%
than 25%.
CRECP) gymnasium, amusement parks, cold storage etc. where the prospect for of the limits (Upper
repayment would generally be lease or rental payment or sale of asset. & Cap: Rs.10 Lacs)
(Inspection- For both working capital (including pre-operative expenses) and fixed asset  Penal Interest-
Half-yearly)
Inspection- 2% of outstanding
Enhancement: Can be considered subject to the following: Halfyearly
SB-8 or better and conduct of account is amount, if overdue
fully satisfactory. by >7 days
sheet
date.
 10 times of average monthly
balance in current account in
previous 12 months
 Existing business for at least
Simplified
5 years in the same location
Small Business
 Minimum average monthly
Loan (SSBL) More than Less than 25 Drop
10% 40% 1-5 Years Quarterly balance of more than Rs. 1
10 Lacs Lacs line OD
lac in last 12 months
(Inspection-
 Unit is situated within a
Quarterly)
radius of 5 km from the
financing branch
 Health Insurance 2 Lacs
Mandatory
Simplified
 In addition, Standby Line of
Cash Credit
Credit (SLC) to the extent of
Facility
15% of the CC Limit will
(SCCF) C.C.
> 5 Crore 20 Crore 25% 30% 12 Monhs Monthly also be sanctioned
(FB)
 CRA: SB-9 and better
 ECR: BB & better
(Inspection-
 Only Manufacturing Unit
Quarterly)
Primary : Hypothecation of
stock in trade, receivables,
machinery, office equipment
Collateral :
SME Credit SSI – No collateral is to be
Card Upto insisted upon
25000-Nil CC- 3 years Yearly
*** 10 Lacs Above
CC / TL *** (To be covered under
TL- 5 Years 28 feb
(Inspection- 25000-20% CGTMSE)
Quarterly) SBF—For loans more than
Rs.25000/- charge over
movable / immovable
Property / third party
guarantee
 Min CRA SB9 & above
To meet unforeseen  Max 12 times in a year the
expenditure/ bulk scheme can be availed with
orders / tax /repairs – the gap of 15 days.
SME Credit 20% of FBWC 20%
*** Max-25 Lacs No cheque book to be 2 Months ***  Standard for 2 years.
Plus FBWC
issued -  Customers of High standing
Clean Cash Credit - and integrity.
EM to be extended.  Existing security to be
extended
 Promoters age 18-65
SME Smart
Mfg- 50 Lacs  Min-Score 60
Score CC-25% CC- 2Years
5 Lacs Trade-25 CC / TL *** Monthly (50 in each parameters)
(Inspection- TL-33% TL-5 Years
Lacs  Annual Review 2 years
Quarterly)
 TL (Moratorium-6 M)
Doctor Plus  Including Moratorium-1Y)
Covered
(Inspection-  Only for Allopathic
10 Lacs 5 Crore 15% TL under 5 to 7 Years ***
Halfyearly)  Loan upto 2.00 Cr. No Tangible
CGTMSE
Security
Back to Index
Margin / Term / Stock
Products Minimum Maximum Facility Collateral Others
LTV Repayment Statement
Medical  Including Moratorium-6M)
 Loan upto 2.00 Cr. No Tangible
Equipment Covered under
10 Lacs 20 Crore 15% TL 3 to Years Security
Finance Scheme CGTMSE
 Min- CRA Rating SB-9
 (Inspection-Halfyearly)
 Inspection Quarterly
NBG-50 Cr. 30% &
Lease Rental 10 years or  Review- Annually
NBG-10 Lac MCG-500 Cr. for
Discounting TL 143% residual  DSCR Upto Rs.50 crores = 1.20
MCG-50 Cr. Maals-200 Malls-
(LRD)Scheme lease period  DSCR above Rs. 50 crore =
Cr. 50%
1.10
15%, SA
can
reduce
5%,
Max Loan-  EMI/NMI – 50%
SME CAR LOAN NAI- 4 Lacs AGM - TL Nil 7 Years
2.5 X NAI 5% (S.A. may relax to 60%)
Min reqd
margin-
5%
 CCC-1 can reduce the collateral
requirement to 15%
 CRA of SB 9 and above
 Retail CIR score of each of the
With Minimum 25% promoters is above 680
CONSTRUCTION Coll-10% TL / collateral.  Disbursements within 6 months.
Min- 25
EQUIPMENT Max- 10 Cr. Dropline (Incase, the loan 5 Years  No commitment charges
Lacs
LOAN Without OD is covered under  Min 3 Years experience
Coll-15% CGTMSE/CGSSI  Gross DSCR for last year is
above 1.25 %, in case of
existing units
 Processing fee in case of Micro
Ent. Is NIL
Margin:
WCDL/ RDL (under tie-up) = 25% of Markt P. Repayment: Security-

WCDL / RDL (CWC / SWC):=30% of M. price WCDL = 12 Months Primary-Stock
CC = Repayable on demand Collateral- Personal Guarantee
For For CC (under tie-up)= 35% of market price
RDL = when the produce is sold
For Sugar Commodity Only- 15% margin for within the validity of WHR or 12 Facility-CC (For limit 1 cr & more)
Sugar commodity in the State of Maharashtra month period, whichever is earlier Or WCDL or Revolving Demand Loan
for existing customers availing finance against
WHR backed by sugar.
 Purpose of The Scheme: The scheme is being extended to finance traders/owners of goods/manufacturers for
own processing against Warehouse Receipts issued by Collateral Managers (C.M) with whom we have tie-up
COMMODITY (presently NBHC, NCML, Star Agri). The tie-up with Collateral Managers will be valid for a period of 3 years
BACKED and reviewed by us thereafter. Further, WHR issued by CWC / SWC would also be eligible for WHR finance.
WAREHOUSE  Penal Interest: WCDL / RDL / CC: 5.00 % per annum on the irregular portion for the period of irregularity
RECEIPT  Inspection: Quarterly. However, if the conduct of the account is not satisfactory / irregular / SMA category,
FINANCING
inspection should be done at monthly intervals.
 Stock Statement: Not required from the borrower for those accounts where Collateral Manager is under tie-up.
However, monthly statement should invariably be obtained from the Collateral Manager under tie-up.
 CRA: CRA to be done for loan of more than Rs. 25 lacs. However, CRA will not be linked with pricing.
 Other Condition: The margin shall be topped up on a fortnightly basis. However, it should be topped up
immediately in case the price of commodity moves by more than 10%, in opposite direction, since last top up.
The margin may be topped up either by cash-payment resulting in reduction in outstandings or by providing
additional commodity within 3 working days. In case, the account is not regularised within 3 working days
called as the “cure-period”, it will be treated as a trigger for disposing the underlying commodity and
recovering Bank’s dues.
 Primary security to be revalued based on current market value and the same to be incorporated in the system
latest by 15th of every month.
 Min 3 Years experience
 Fleet operator having existing fleet of
minimum 10 vehicles
SBI FLEET
Repayment:  Requirement of minimum 10 new vehicles
FINANCE
Scores between 50% to less than or minimum loan amount Rs.50 Lacs
SCHEME Term
Min- 50 Lac Max- 10 Cr. 60%: Max 60 months.  Collateral-Up to Rs. 1 Cr: No collateral
Loan
Scores 60% and above: Max 66 security. Loans will be covered under
(Inspection-
months Repayment in EMI basis CGTMSE.
Quarterly)
 Above Rs 1 Cr: Min 20% tangible collateral
including unencumbered vehicles in the
existing fleet
Account of the dealer will be  Sanction Validity 12 Months
Margin- Cash
m-DFS Min- 50 Lac Max-5 Crore inactivated after 120 days from  Collateral- 75%
10% Credit
the date of debit, if unpaid.  Stock Statement- Quarterly
 Collateral Minimum 25% of the loan amount
 Dealers who availed of a limit of Rs.100 lakhs and above under e-
25% of the existing e-DFS /
Drop-line OD for Dropline Repayment- DFS & m-DFS
m-DFS limit subject to a
e-DFS & m-DFS OD 36 Months  No additional collateral is necessary, provided the existing
maximum of Rs.5 Cr
collateral for the e-DFS is 25% and m-DFS account is 150%
 Inspection- Quarterly
No Security- 100% stock
e-VFS 100% Finance ** ***
Margin Collateral- 25%
Back to Index
 Stand By Line of Credit (SLC)
 Collateral Minimum 25% of the
Margin- facility
Cash
Min- 1 Lac Max- 25 Lacs  Loan Limit is 2 to 3 times of
SBI Nil  SLC will be: 25% of the limit
Credit
(average net sales of last three
"e-SMART SME" under e-Smart SME loans.
months
e-COMMERCE (Total exposure of the borrower
 Collateral: Loan up to Rs. 10 Lacs (Covered CGTMSE)  DP to be updated quarterly as
LOAN including SLC should be below
 Stock Statement: Quarterly advised by Corporate Centre.
Rs. 25 Lacs)
(2 to 3 times of average of last 6
(Snapdeal, Flipkart  Inspection: Loan up to Rs. 10 Lacs- Yearly  SLC can be availed for a
months net sales
& Shopclues) Loan above Rs. 10 Lacs – Quarterly maximum of 2 months at a
Revision in DP= Quarterly
 Validity – 1 year time; Can be availed a
maximum of 4 times in a year
 Purpose: To provide financial assistance to registered sellers of eCommerce portal engaged in selling products
through online portal of e-Commerce companies.
 Facility: Cash Credit, Validty: ONE Year Loan : Min- Above Rs. 50 Lacs Max- Up to Rs. 500 Lacs
 Eligibility: (a) Sellers registered on e-Commerce portal for selling products online with at least 6 months track
record on any of the following major e-Commerce player i.e. Flipkart, Amazon, Snapdeal, Paytm, Shopclues,
Myntra, Jabong.
(b) Minimum contribution of online sale must be 1/3 rd of the total turnover in the immediate last 12 months.
SBI “e-Comm  Collateral: 35% (Minimum), Margin : 20%, Stock-Statement- Quarterly, Inspection: Quarterly
INSTA LOAN  Limit Assessment: 25% of the turnover done in the immediate previous 12 months through all accounts
maintained by the unit
Other Conditions: ➢RMSE to contact the applicant and provide the checklist within 48 hours of lead mapping
➢ Analysis of account statement and calculation of eligible loan amount to be done using PACE tool in LOS
➢ In-principle sanction letter to be shared within 5 working days after receiving of account statements
➢ For sanction a TAT of 14 days need to be maintained in case of collateral other than land and building and 21
days in case of collateral in form of land and building
 Tie-up with- OLA, UBER &
OLA- Minimum: Need based
Repayment: ECORENTACAR
Maximum: Rs. 50 lacs
OLA- 3 to 5 Years  Loans will be covered under
UBER- Minimum: Needbased CGTMSE.
Maximum: Rs. 10 lacs UBER- 5 Years  Collecting 12 post-dated
Taxi (Repayment will start After 3
ECORENTACAR: Term Loan cheques upfront from drivers as
Aggregator months of Moratorium) means of security
Minimum: Need based
* ECORENTACAR- 4 Years  CIBIL Score more than 600 is
Maximum: Rs. 50 lakh required.
(On-road price of individual car to be limited to
(Repayment will start After 3
months of Moratorium)  CIBIL Score of (-1) and CRIF
Rs 20 Lakh)
Scor (0) is also acceptable.
Margin /
Products Minimum Maximum Facility Collateral & Term / Repayment Stock Statement & Others
LTV
Both manufacturing and Repayment- Generally 5 yrs.
services enterprises: 20% of Margin-  CRA rating of SB8 & above, or
Open Term Loan Term Loan (Sanctioning Authority may
total limit sanctioned with a 25% ii) ECR of BB & above
maximum of Rs. 5 crores extend upto 7 years.)
Repayment- Generally 3 yrs.  Eligibility:
General Purpose Min- 25 lac & above; Margin- Existing SSI borrowers should
Term Loan (Sanctioning Authority may
Term Loan Max- 50 lacs 25% have a CRA rating of SB 7 and
extend upto 5 years.) above
Repayment:  Age- 18-60 years
Min- 25000/-;
DL- 36 months (1 month  BC should be attached with
Max- 2.50 lacs
Moratorium) Bank for at least 01 year
Loan to BCs  providing Banking Services
Amount Limit to be fixed at 6 Margin- TL-60 Months (1 month
(Business DL/TL/OD under Financial Inclusion and
times of the average Nil Moratorium)
Corresspondence) should be residing in his / her
commission earned during the OD- 12 Months area of operations for more than
last 12 months or max. of Rs. Processing: Upto`50000- Nil 3 years
2.50 lacs, whichever is lower. Above ` 50000 = 0.50%  Collateral- NIL
Margin Upto Rs.25000/- NIL
Weaver Credit Max- 2.00 TL / Repayment : 3 years for both
Over Rs.25000/- and upto Rs.2  Collateral- NIL
Card Lacs CC TL / CC
lacs 20%
Margin : Upto Rs.25000/- NIL
ARTISAN Max- 2.00
Over Rs.25000/- and upto Rs.2 CC CC- Renewal in 3 years  Collateral- NIL
CREDIT CARD Lacs
lacs 20%
 Eligibility:
 All non-farm entrepreneurial
CC- Renewal in 3 years credit extended to “Individuals,
General Credit
Max- 5.00 Lacs Margin-20% TL/ CC which is eligible for
Card
TL repayment – 5 years classification Under Priority
Sector guidelines
 Collateral- NIL
TARUN : 5 lacs to Rs. 10
SHISHU : Upto 50,000, Daily Cash/POS KISHORE : 50,000 to Rs. 5 lakhs, lacs,
withdrawal limit : 10,000/15,000 Daily Cash/POS limit : 15,000/25,000 Daily Cash/POS withdrawal
limit : 20,000/30,000
 Stock Statement : Yearly as on 31st December every year
MUDRA Loan  Validity WC / TL to be reviewed annually
 Inspection Half Yearly
 Repayment =/ TL - In 3 - 5 years including a moratorium of upto 6 months. However, WC on Demand
 Upfront fees / Processing Fees NIL for SHISHU i.e. upto Rs. 50,000/-
For KISHORE / TARUN - 0.50% of Loan Amount (i.e. Above 50000/- Upfront fee 0.50%)
 Margin for SHISHU-Nil & KISHORE / TARUN-10% (i.e. Above 50000/- Margin-10%)
Back to Index
 Objective: To facilitate loans to at least 1 SC/ST and 1 Women borrower per branch.
 Loan amount Min-More than 10 Lacs, Max- 1 Crore
 Type of facilities Composite Loan (Working Capital facilities / Term Loan
 Repayment for Term Loans Maximum of 7 years (including moratorium period upto 18 months)
Stand-up India
 Margin Minimum mandatory margin is 10%. Max. Margin money on composite loan would be upto 25% which
will be reduced through convergence with Central / State schemes.
 Inspection CC Limits / Term Loans – Quarterly However, if the account becomes irregular, inspection to be
done on monthly basis.
 To provide working capital assistance to Commission Agents or Arthias, who have experience of last 3 years
 Loan Amount: Min:-Above Rs. 10 Lacs; Max:- Rs. 2 Crore
 Facility : Cash Credit; Validity: 1 Year
 Margin= Stocks (30%); Receivables (Less than 6 Months): 40%
 Collateral : Above Rs. 10 lacs to Rs. 200 lacs:
ARTHIAS a) Existing Accounts (for renewal at existing level):
PLUS
-SBP Accounts: 100% of advance value
SCHEME
-ABs Accounts: 200% of advance value
b) Enhancements in existing accounts/ New Connections/ Takeovers: 200% of advance value for all accounts
 Inspection & Stock Statement both: Quarterly
 CIBIL = Minimum 650 (for Individual)
 The scheme may be restricted to Mandi/Market branches only located within 25km from the Mandi/Market
 As per NBG/SMEBU-ADVANCES/45/2017 – 18 dated 10.10.2017
 Purpose: After interaction with some of the customers, operating functionaries, Chartered Accountants of the
units we find that some of the MSME units are facing liquidity issues because of teething issues in GST
implementation, increase in GST rates, delay in input credit realisation and upfront payment of GST for
interstate movement of stocks etc. Consequently, many MSME units are experiencing difficulty in meeting
working capital requirement.
 Sanctioning Authority: Loan up to Rs. 50 Lacs = CM of SME Branch
Loan up to Rs. 1 Crore = AGM of SME Branch / RBO / SMEC/ RASMEC
SME ASSIST Above Rs. 1 Crore = As per existing delegation of financial powers
 Facility: WCDL (Working Capital Demand Loan)
The product is  Loan Amount: Maximum 20% of the existing fund based working capital limit or 80% of Input tax claim due
valid till on purchases, whichever is lower.
31.03.2018  Collateral : NIL Processing Fee: Flat Rs. 2000/-
 Repayment: The ad-hoc limit to be repaid in next 6 months after initial moratorium of 3 months:
a) Initial 3 months moratorium period.
b) The ad-hoc amount shall be repaid either in one bullet payment or in 6 equated monthly instalments in next 6
months after moratorium period is over.
c) Drawing power to reduce in line with equated monthly instalments every month after moratorium period is
over.
d) Interest to be serviced every month.
e) Input claims of exporters have to be escrowed to our Bank account.
 For purchasing goods through Flipkart;

 Minimum Loan = Rs. 5000/-
 Maximum Loan :
For Silver Category = 25000;
For Gold category = 50000;
For Diamond & Platinum = 75000
Back to Index
Agriculture Advance- Products & Features
Kisan Credit Card (Revised)
(as per circular no. NBG/ABU/PDM-KCC/25/2017–18 dated 15.09.2017)
Collateral:-
Upto Rs. 1 Lacs – NIL
> Rs.1 Lacs – Mortgage of land (E.M. / Registered Mortgage)
Collateral security is waived forKCC limit up to Rs.3 lacs for loans with tie-up arrangement
Loan Amount : No Minimum; No Maximum; Age- 18-70 Years

Short Duration (say up to 12 Months); and Long Term (say 12-18 Months)
Scoring Model:- 71 & above (Clear Sanction); 26 to 70 (May be considered); But score less than 26-Decline (i.e. score
25 and below should not be considered)
Facility – ACC (Agriculture Cash Credit) Margin – NIL
Marginal Farmer = Rs. 10000 to Rs. 50000 as flexi KCC based on land & crop pattern + small TL investment
Other than Marginal Farmers = loan based on Maximum Permissible Limit (MPL)
Validity = KCC Limit is valid for 5 years, subject to annual review. Branches shall, therefore, ensure to obtain revival
letters before expiry of 3 years.
Rate of interest for KCC account is based on the Maximum Drawing Limit
Security document if loan limit above Rs.1.00 lakh
KCC is in the nature of revolving cash credit. Credit Balance in the account is eligible for receipt of interest at Savings
Bank rate
Simple interest will be applied on due date or for one year whichever is earlier
In case of non –payment of loan within the prescribed repayment due date, interest will be applied at card rate, beyond the
repayment due date, compounded at half yearly rests
The present outstanding’s even if not renewed / reviewed be covered by the Future Crop grown in the same piece of land
by the farmers. Valuation of crop loan security (135% of the KCC limit may be taken as value of crops) is to be done by
BM/FO at the time of renewal/ review annually.
TAT = 3 days from completion of all documents
Service Area Concept will not be applicable; Margin is included in (SOF-Scale of finance)
Concession in rate of Interest @ 0.50% if Loan above Rs. 3.00 Lacs
Personal Contact to the farmer, if KCC remains overdue above 3 days.
DLTC = District Level Technical Committee
SLBC = State Level Banker’s Committe
Processing charges, inspection charges and other charges should be recovered based on Maximum Drawing Limit (MDL)
(and not on Maximum Permissible Limit) for each year
Processing Fee: (as per circular no. NBG/ABU/PDM-KCC/25/2017–18 dated 15.09.2017)
KCC Limits up to Rs. 50,000/- : NIL
Limits Rs. 50,000/- to Rs.1.00 lakhs : Rs.100+ GST
Limits above Rs,1.00 lakh to Rs.3.00 lakhs: Rs.100+ GST per lakh or part thereof
Limits more than Rs.3.00 lakhs: 0.30% of loan limit
Repayment due dates based on cropping pattern are as follows

Cropping patter Repayment due date
Kharif (April to September) Monocrop Date fixed by SLBC/DTC or 31st January
Rabi crop ( October to March ) Monocrop Date fixed by SLBC/DTC or 31st July
Short Term (Multi Crop) Date fixed by SLBC/DTC or 12 Months from the date of SANCTION
Long Term crops (one crop) Date fixed by SLBC/DTC or 12 Months from the date of SANCTION
Maximum Loan = Rs. 1.00 Lacs Validity = 3 Years (annual review)
No Security ; No Margin
KRISHAK UTTHAN Facility for tenant farmers, landless farmers, share croppers and oral lessee, who don’t have
YOJANA recorded land.
Disbursement : 20% instant on sanction & rest 80% after ensuring end use of funds.
Migratory tillers are not eligible under the scheme.
Back to Index
Purpose: To meet the short term crop production needs of farmers.
Loan can be granted against the security of specially minted gold coins sold by SBI/e-ABs
weighing up to 50 grams per customer only.
Facility = DL / CC / OD LTV % = 75% i.e. (Margin = 25%)
Repayment = CC/OD = 3 years; & DL:- 2 or 3 months after harvesting but upto 1 year
Processing Fee = Upto Rs. 25000 = Nil & Above Rs. 2 Lacs = 0.30% of loan limit
Collateral value = 135% of Advance value (Value of Ornaments always be 135% of
outstanding)
GOLD Retention Limit is reviewed by competent authority every year in JANUARY
Agri Gold Loan Gravity Test Formula :- 19.3= X / (X-Y) (Gravity of 24 Caret Gold is 19.3)
Assessment upto Rs. 50000/- generally done by Cash Officer; above Rs. 50000/- by reputed
(As per circular no. Gold appraiser. In Hyderabad/ Chennai / Kerala circle it is beyond Rs. 1.00 Lacs
NBG/ABU/PDM-AGRI-G/35/2017-18
Dated 04.12.2017 Quality / purity of Gold rests with : CASH OFFICER
Weight / No. of items of Gold Ornaments rests with : JOINT CUSTODIAN
The Cash Officer is expected to hand over / take over on an average of 200 to 250 accounts
per day by verifying the quality / quantity of Gold ornaments and the respective documents.
Interest Rate: Loan Up to Rs. 3 Lacs (7%) & on prompt repayment additional subvention of
3%
Interest Rate: Loan beyond Rs. 3 Lacs (One Year MCLR rate + applicable spread.)
Auction of Gold Loan: Branches should put in a system to declare every 3rd Friday of the
month for conducting monthly auction for sale of gold ornaments to realize and recover the
dues of NPA.
To help farmers avoid distress sale of their produce & to enable prompt repayment of crop
loan dues and provide liquidity to farmers to meet contingency needs
LOAN = Max. 50 lacs (Repayable within 12 Months)
Margin = 40% in all case (except WHR issued by Collateral Managed warehouses)
No Cash Disbursement for loan beyond Rs. 20000/- (Only to Account)
Inspection: For Loan up to Rs. 25000/- (Once in Two Months i.e. Bi-monthly)
Inspection: For Loan above Rs. 25000/- (Monthly, if stored in own house / warehouse )
Scoring Model = 30/50 (In case score is 25/50, sanction may be granted by next higher
Produce Marketing
authority)
Loan (PML)
The interest subvention @ 2% is available on PML for a period of 6 months for Loan upto
Rs. 3.00 Lacs to Small and marginal farmers having KCC.
Collateral:
(a) Farmers own warehouse: Waived upto Rs. 1.00 Lacs (Above 1.00 Lacs
Mortgage of Land)
(b) Other than above: Waived upto Rs. 10.00 Lacs (Above 10.00 Lacs
Mortgage of Land)
(c) WHR Issued by Collaterally managed Warehouses: Fully Waived
Purpose: To provide hassle free finance to farmers for traditional & modern farm and farm
related activities including emerging and High Tech Agri activities in meeting the short term
production ( Including lease rentals payable to University/Government/Private Institution’s
lands used for cultivation for a period of at least one year )and investment credit.
Loan Amount :
5 times of farm/non-farm Annual Income OR
65% of the value of land/building to be mortgaged whichever is less.
Minimum - Rs. 3 Lacs; Maximum - Rs. 200 Lacs
Facility : Up to Rs. 50 Lacs Only OD &
above Rs. 50 Lacs Drip-line OD
Margin – 15-25% LTV – 65% Interest: 1 Year MCLR + 2%
Collateral Coverage– 155% of Loan amount
EM/RM of SARFAESI Compliant immovable property. Property within the radius of 25
ASSET BACKED KMs. from the branch. Only 1st charge on immovable property.
AGRI. LOAN (ABAL) Processing Fee: 1.00 % of loan amount. Maximum Rs. 2.00 Lacs
(Premium Kisan Gold Card)
Repayment : 1 to 6 years (i.e. 12 to 72 Months) Inspection: Half-yearly
Interest Subvention NOT available.
13(2) notice under SARFAESI to be served at the date of NPA, if not repaid.
Penal Interest: 1% p.a over and above the rate of interest on the balance outstanding if
overdue more than 30 days from the date of default.
CRA is applicable for Loan Limits above Rs.25.00 lakhs
Verification of end-use of funds: Up to Rs.10.00 lakh loan limit, self-declaration from the
borrower can be accepted without insisting for the bills / vouchers.
Above Rs.10.00 lakh loan limit, self-declaration upto Rs.20% of the loan limit can be taken
from the borrower wherever they are not able to produce hills /vouchers due to cash
purchases / payment of labour wages etc and the remaining limit, branches to ensure end use
of funds by verification of assets and collection of invoices/cash receipts within one month
from the date of disbursement of the funds.
Back to Index
For Financing Commission Agents / Arthias against their receivables from farmers.
Facility : Cash Credit (Hypothecation of Book debts not older than 6 months)
Max Loan = Rs. 50 lacs; MARGIN = 40%
ARTHIAS PLUS
Collateral = Up to Rs. 25000/- (1.5 times of the advance as Equitable Mortgage)
Collateral = Above Rs. 25000/- (2 times of the advance as Equitable Mortgage)
Repayment = Max 6 Months
Quantum of Loan: 5 times the annual farm income / 50% of the value of land (to be) mortgaged as
collateral security, whichever is less, with a maximum of Rs. 10 lakh minus term loan outstanding
if any at the time of application.
Max- 10 lacs (Facility - ATL only)
KISAN GOLD CARD
Margin: Investment Purpose: 10% Consumption Purpose: 30%
(KGC) Disbursement: 80% for Investment Credit (Other than Purchase of land, Construction of farm
house and Purchase of tractor & its accessories)
Disbursement: 20% for Consumption Needs, Validity = 1 year from sanction
Repayment = For Normal Activity – 6 to 7 years & For Horticulture – 9 years
Group of 4-10 Members
More than one person from the same family should not be included in the same JLG
NABARD provides grant assistance to Bank for formation, nurturing and financing of new JLGs
Joint Liability Group @ Rs.2, 000 per JLG
Maximum Loan amount of loan may be restricted to Rs.50,000 per individual
Margin = NIL Score = 6/10
NABARD will provide 100% refinance assistance under investment credit.
Facility = ATL, Land Holding= 2 Acre Net Annual Income= Rs. 1.50 Lacs
Margin: Only Tractor= 25% to 50% which is linked to interest rates.
Where implements are also being financed, the margin
For tractor component – 25% to 50% and for accessories- 50%.
Loan Amount: Total Cost (Including everything) – Margin
EMI / NMI = 60% Upfront Fee= 1.25% of the loan amount
Repayment: Maximum 36 months with One month moratorium
Stree Shakti Tractor DSCR= 1.5:1 TAT= 3 Days Inspection: Half-Yearly PDCs = Min- 6
Loan (SSTL) Scoring Model= 56 & Above- Clear Sanction.
(Without Collateral) 40 to 55- May be considered
Below 40 - Decline
Product code- 6430-4162 Penal interest to be charged during the irregularity period 1.00% p.a & Penal interest @
As per circular no. 2% p.a. for failure to get the Tractor/Trolly registered within 1 Month, from date of
NBG/ABU/PDM- TRACTOR / delivery for period of delay.
32/2017 – 18 dated 03.10.2017 Eligibility: The borrower (s) should maintain Savings Bank account with SBI & account
should be at least 6 months old.
Braches should ensure by verifying the RC book within a period of 15 days from the date
of disbursement of the loan or reported delivery of the tractor
Commission to Dealer (.50%) & Comm. To DSEs (.25%) Max-3000/-
While assessing Loan, Not more than 50% of the repayment obligation from custom
hiring should be added while calculating DSCR & Viability.
Facility = ATL, Land Holding= 2 Acre Net Annual Income= Rs. 1.50 Lacs
Margin: 10%
Collateral= 30% of loan limit should be in the form of time deposits/NSCs/Gold
ornaments (as per advance value)
EMI / NMI = 60% Upfront Fee= 0.50% of the loan amount
Repayment: Maximum 48 months with One month moratorium
Stree Shakti Tractor DSCR= 1.5:1 TAT= 3 Days Inspection: Half-Yearly PDCs = Min- 6
Loan (With Collateral) Scoring Model= 56 & Above- Clear Sanction.
40 to 55- May be considered
Product code- 6430-4163 Below 40 - Decline
As per circular no.
Penal interest to be charged during the irregularity period 1.00% p.a & Penal interest @
NBG/ABU/PDM- TRACTOR / 2% p.a. for failure to get the Tractor/Trolly registered within 1 Month, from date of
29/2017 – 18 dated 03.10.2017 delivery for period of delay.
Eligibility: The borrower (s) should maintain Savings Bank account with SBI & account
should be at least 6 months old.
Braches should ensure by verifying the RC book within a period of 15 days from the date
of disbursement of the loan or reported delivery of the tractor
Commission to Dealer (.50%) & Comm. To DSEs (.25%) Max-3000/-
While assessing Loan, Not more than 50% of the repayment obligation from custom
hiring should be added while calculating DSCR & Viability.
Back to Index
Facility = ATL, Land Holding= 2 Acre
Margin: To be kept as TDR with Zero rate of interest for value of 25% of cost of (tractor
+ insurance + registration)
Loan Amount: 100% (cost of accessories excluded)
Scoring Model: 70 & above – Clear sanction
Repayment: If net Loan (Loan-Margin as TDR) = 4 years & If loan in full = 5 years
Tatkal Tractor Loan Collateral : To be kept as TDR with Zero rate of interest for value of 25% of cost of
(Mortgage Free)
(tractor + insurance + registration)
As per circular no. DSCR= 1.5:1 TAT= 2 Days Inspection: Quarterly Upfront= 0.50% of Loan
NBG/ABU/PDM- TRACTOR / Eligibility- Who can purchase tractor with cash.
31/2017 – 18 dated 03.10.2017
Penal interest 1% p.a. is levied on the irregular amount for the irregular period & 2% on
failure to get tractor registered within 30 days.
Interest to be applied on net of Margin ( Bank Loan Amount - Margin Amt. in 0 % TDR )
PAI cover for Rs.4.00 lakh up to 2 farmers for first year by bank
Minimum amount of Rs.1,000 per month per lakh of loan limit should be recovered to
maintain connectivity with the borrower
Facility = ATL, Land Holding= 2 Acre
Margin: 25% of tractor and accessories (including insurance registration charges)
Scoring Model= 56 & Above- Clear Sanction.
40 to 55- May be considered
Below 40 - Decline
Repayment: 5 years
Modified Tractor Loan Collateral : Up to Rs. 1 Lac only hypothecation of Tractor (Nil Collateral)
Scheme (MNTLS)
Avove Rs. 1 lac, Registered/equated mortgage of land for Value not less
Product Code-6430-4161 than100% of the loan amount or third Party guarantee, good for the amount
involved or any other approved liquid security.s
As per circular no. DSCR= 1.5:1 TAT= 3 Days Inspection: Half-Yearly PDCs= Minimum 6
NBG/ABU/PDM- TRACTOR /
28/2017 – 18 dated 03.10.2017 Upfront= 0.50% of Loan
Penal interest 1% p.a. is levied on the irregular amount for the irregular period & 2% on
failure to get tractor registered within 30 days.
Interest to be applied on net of Margin ( Bank Loan Amount - Margin Amt. in 0 % TDR )
Minimum amount of Rs.1,000 per month per lakh of loan limit should be recovered to
maintain connectivity with the borrower. Negotiated Repayment instalments may be fixed
at Quarterly/ Half Yearly /Yearly for the remaining interest and principal amount
synchronizing with cash flows / harvesting period of corps.
In view of the increasing stress levels under the “ New Tractor Loan schemes” due to
TRACTOR LOAN adverse selection of potential borrowers, a new tractor loan product ‘ Tractor Loan under
UNDER TIE-UP (TLT) Tie-up (TLT) “ is designed especially for Corporate Tie-ups with Tractor Manufacturers
(New Product) who shares credit risk in the form of FLDG ( First Loss Default Guarantee) of minimum
2% to drive tractor loan portfolio and enhance market share in tractor finance.
Scoring Model: Land Holding : Minimum 2 Acre DSCR: 1.5:1
Loan Amount :
Only 70 & above will be Cost of Tractor (Insurance + Registration) but EXCLUDED cost of accessories
considered. Minus Margin (@20%) (Min- Rs. 1 Lacs; Max- Rs. 10 Lacs)
Collateral: NIL
Inspection: Half-yearly Repayment period is 5 years. Minimum amount of Rs. 1,000 per month per lakh of loan
limit should be recovered to maintain connectivity with the borrower. Negotiated
TAT- 2 Days Repayment Schedule should be fixed at Quarterly / Half Yearly / Yearly for the remaining
interest and principal synchronizing with the cash flows /harvesting period of crops.
Limit = Rs. 25000 (Max.); Validity = 3 Years (Annual review)
General Credit Card
Revolving CASH CREDIT
Min- Rs. 50000/-; Max- 4 X Corpus of SHG as CASH CREDIT
SHG Credit Card
No Margin; Validity = 3 Years
Minimum Rs. 2.00 Lacs as TERM LOAN
SHG Gold Card
Loan = 4 X the average profit of last 2 years (Maximum Rs. 10.00 Lacs)
Out of Loan of Rs. 10 Lacs, Bifurcation of Finance under:-
(a) Milk House / Society Office = Rs. 2 Lacs
(b) Automatic Milk collection system = Rs. 1 Lac
Dairy Society Plus (c) Milk Transportation = Rs. 3 lacs
(d) Chilling Unit = Rs. 4 Lacs
Margin = 15%
Repayment = 5 Years with gestation /Moratorium period of 6 Months
Collateral = Mortgage of land / Guarantee of Dairy Union
Back to Index
Maximum Age = Less than 65 years
Having Animals LESS than 10 = 0.25 acre land for every 5 animal for growing green
fodder
Having Animals MORE than 10 = 1 acre land for every 5 animal for growing green
fodder (Either Own / lease)
Dairy Plus
Loan Amount = Max- 5 Lacs
Working Capital = Rs. 2500/- per animal per year
Margin = Loan upto Rs. 1.00 Lac = NIL
Margin = Loan above Rs. 1.00 Lac = 10%
Repayment = 5 Years + Gestation /Moratorium period of 6 Months
Having 0.5 acre land for every 5 animal for growing green fodder
Finance for 4 Milch cattle (Without Margin)
Margin = NIL (Only 10% kept as TDR)
New Dairy Products Collateral =Up to Rs. 1.00 Lac= NIL
under Tie-up > Rs. 1.00 lac to Rs. 3.00 Lacs = 20% (10% as TDR + 10% in Others)
> Rs. 3.00 lacs = 35% (10% as TDR + 25% in Others)
Minimum Score : 25 & Above
Repayment = 5 Years (Including 1 Month Moratorium)
PAI of Rs. 2.00 Lacs Mandatory & 5 Years Insurance of New Cattle by Applicant
Schemes &
Combine Harvesters Power Tiller Farm Machinery
features
All
farmers-individuals/Joint
Farmer or Group of Max. 3 farmersborrowers who are owner cultivators
Eligibility New Combine Harvester Only owing land 1 acre (perennially Tenant farmers, Oral lessees and
irrigated land) Share Croppers
SHG & JLG
Facility ATL ATL ATL
Margin 25% of cost + accessories 10% Loan upto Rs. 50000/- NIL
(excluding Reg + Insurance) Above Rs. 50000/- = 10%
Loan Amount 75% of cost + accessories 90% of (Power Tiller + Accessories) ***
(excluding Reg + Insurance)
71 & above – clear sanction 71 & above – clear sanction 56 & above – clear sanction
Scoring Model 26 & above – Deviation require 26 & above – Deviation require 26 & above – Deviation require
25 & below – decline 25 & below – decline 25 & below – decline
Self propelled combine harvesters
Min-8 acres (Irrigated)
Combine Harvesters (as as
Land Holding attachment / equipment) 1 acre (perennially irrigated land) ****
Min-6 acres (Irrigated) (Farmer
should own a tractor of NOT less
than 50 HP)
5 Years (Including Moratorium)
Repayment
9 Years (Including all grace period) Minimum monthly repayment of 7 Years (Yearly / Half-yearly /
in Half-yearly installments Rs. 500/- mandatory and rest Quarterly / Monthly)
amount (Principal +Interest) to be
repaid at Half-yearly intervals
Upto Rs. 1.00 lac = Nil
Upto Rs. 1.00 lac = Nil >1.00 lacs to 2.00 lacs- Upto Rs. 1.00 lac = Nil
Collateral >Rs. 1.00 lacs 50% of loan as 50% mortgage / TPG / 50% Liquid >Rs. 1.00 lacs = Mortgage of land
mortgage / Liquid security security
> 2.00 lacs- only 50% mortgage
DSCR 1.75 : 1 If land is below 1 acre = 1.75:1 1.75:1
TAT 7 days 7 days 7 days
Inspection Quarterly Quarterly Half-yearly
Penal interest @ 2% for period of Failure to get the vehicle registered
default within one month from the date of Insurance waived upto Rs. 25000
Others delivery attracts penal interest rate
(Also in failure to get the C.H. of 2% for the period of default by Upfront fee waived upto Rs. 2 lac
registered within 30 days) the borrower
Loan = 4 X the average profit of last 2 years (Maximum Rs. 10.00 Lacs)
Out of Loan of Rs. 10 Lacs, Bifurcation of Finance under:-
(e) Milk House / Society Office = Rs. 2 Lacs
(f) Automatic Milk collection system = Rs. 1 Lac
(g) Milk Transportation = Rs. 3 lacs
Dairy Society Plus
(h) Chilling Unit = Rs. 4 Lacs
Margin = 15%
Repayment = 5 Years with gestation /Moratorium period of 6 Months
Collateral = Mortgage of land / Guarantee of Dairy Union
Back to Index
Having Animals LESS than 10 = 0.25 acre land for every 5 animal for growing green fodder
Having Animals MORE than 10 = 1 acre land for every 5 animal for growing green fodder
(Either Own / lease)
Dairy Plus Loan Amount = Max- 5 Lacs
Working Capital = Rs. 2500/- per animal per year
Margin = Loan upto Rs. 1.00 Lac = NIL
Margin = Loan above Rs. 1.00 Lac = 10%
Repayment = 5 Years + Gestation /Moratorium period of 6 Months
Having 0.5 acre land for every 5 animal for growing green fodder
Finance for 4 Milch cattle (Without Margin)
Margin = NIL (Only 10% kept as TDR)
Collateral =Up to Rs. 1.00 Lac= NIL
New Dairy Products > Rs. 1.00 lac to Rs. 3.00 Lacs = 20% (10% as TDR + 10% in Others)
under Tie-up > Rs. 3.00 lacs = 35% (10% as TDR + 25% in Others)
Minimum Score : 25 & Above

Repayment = 5 Years (Including 1 Month Moratorium)
PAI of Rs. 2.00 Lacs Mandatory
5 Years Insurance of New Cattle by Applicant
Facility = Both TL / ACC / KCC
Term Loan (for cost of construction / purchase of machinery)
ACC (for cultivation of vegetables / crops)
POLY House Loan Amount = Cost of Project – Margin TAT = 7 days
Margin = 15%; Credit Score = 50 & Above
Collateral = Upto Rs. 1 Lacs – NIL & More than Rs.1 Lacs – Mortgage of land
Minimum Size of Unit = 1000 Square Meters
Loan = 80% of (Cost + Insurance)
Margin = 20% of (Cost + Insurance)
Solar Photovoltaic Subsidy = Upto Max- 5 H.P.
Water Pump Back end subsidy = in form of Zero rate TDR for 3 years locking period
Credit Score = 50 & above
Repayment = 10 Years
Combination of KCC + PML
Max Loan amount = (a) Production Credit - No Upper Limit
(b) PML - Rs. 25 Lacs per borrower
FEEL Margin = (i) Production Credit
(Farmer Easy (a) If Scale of Finance is available – NIL
Empowered Loan) (b) If cost of cultivation is available (Then Above Rs.1.00 Lac) = 15 to 25%
(Krishi Kalyan) (ii) PML = 40%
Repayment = Crop loan to be liquidated out of PML and PML to be liquidated within 12
Months.
Stock Statement = Bi-Monthly
Limit = Rs. 25000 (Max.); Validity = 3 Years (Annual review)
General Credit Card
Revolving CASH CREDIT
Min- Rs. 50000/-; Max- 4 X Corpus of SHG as CASH CREDIT
SHG Credit Card
Minimum Rs. 2.00 Lacs as TERM LOAN
SHG Gold Card
New Farmer – Minimum flock size = 6000 birds
Existing Farmer – Expansion of 6000 addition birds Total 6000 to 12000 birds
Repayment to begin from the 7th month of disbursement (5 repayment cycle in a year)
Moratorium = 6 Months; TAT = 7 days
Broiler Plus under
Facility = ATL; Margin = New (NIL) – Only Cash Collateral 25%
Tie-up
Margin = existing (NIL) – Only Cash Collateral 20%
As TDR with card rate and interest will be credited in loan account (on quarterly basis)
Collateral = 50% of Loan Amount
Credit Score = 25 & above; PAI is mandatory
The farmers should possess adequate land for construction of poultry shed, which should be at
least 500 meters away from any existing poultry farm. Potable water source should be
ensured.
ECONOMIC FLOCK SIZE: The minimum flock size should be 5000 birds. However,
financing can be done for 10,000 and 15,000 birds or part thereof. A model scheme has also
Broiler Plus
been circularized by the Bank New Farmer – Minimum flock size = 6000 birds
Rearing Period of birds : 7 weeks
Repayment = 5 years inclusive of Moratorium of 6 Months
Facility = ATL; Maximum Loan : Rs.9.00 lakh per farmer
Margin = 25%; Collateral = 50% of Loan Amount
Back to Index
To generate self-employment opportunities and livelihood & to finance for-
a) Dairy /Poultry/Fisheries, b) Goat /Sheep/ Piggery rearing, c) Bee Keeping, d) Agri Clinic
Pradhan Mantri
and Agri Business Centers, e) Others (promote livelihood and income generation), etc.
Mudra Yojna (
Corporate, bodies, institutions, SHG, JLG are NOT Eligible
PMMY)- Allied Agri
Maximum Loan : Rs. 10 Lacs DSCR: 1.75:1
(New Product)
Margin: Loan up to Rs. 50000/-= Nil (Above 50000 upto 10 Lacs = it will be 10%)
Processing Fee: Loan up to Rs. 50000/-= Nil (>50000 upto 10 Lacs = .50% + Tax
Inspection: Half-
Collateral: NIL; Repayment: 3 to 5 Years (depending upon activity)
Yealy
The Credit Guarantee Fund for Micro Units (CGFMU) managed by National Credit Guarantee
Trustee Company (NCGTC) provides coverage of loans sanctioned under PMMY up to
Score: 71 & Above-
Rs.10.00 lacs on a portfolio basis i.e. cumulative built up of quarterly outstanding balance of
Clear
eligible MUDRA and PMJDY loans.
26 to 70 = May be
Penal Interest: 1% p.a over and above the rate of interest on the balance outstanding if overdue
25 & Below- Decline
more than 30 days from the date of default.
TAT: 14 days from the date of submission of all the required documents/papers
Agriculture Advances (General Rules)
Agriculture Documents Revolutions

Blue Revolution – Fish
AB-1 – Agreement for Hypothecation
Green Revolution – Food
AB-2 – Guarantee Deed
Red Revolution – Meat
AB-3 – Mortgage Deed
Yellow Revolution – Oil Seeds
AB-4 – Revival Letter (Borrower)
Black Revolution – Rubber
AB-5 – Revival Letter (Guarantor)
Brown Revolution – Cocoa
AB-6 – Notice to Borrower
Rainbow Revolution – Flower
AB-7 – Conversion of Crop Loan to Term Loan
White Revolution – Milk
Cultures Ground Water Level
Aquaculture- Shrimp/Prawn farming White Block – Water uses less than 70% (of ground level)
Apriculture- Mushroom cultivation Grey Block – Water uses 70-90% (of available water)
Apiculture- Bee keeping Dark Black – More than 90% of water used.
Floriculture- Flower production Spacing Norms
Horticulture- Vegetable, fruits, flowers 1 Dug-Well covers area = 90 Meters
Olericulture- Vegetable production 1 Bore well /Tube well covers area = 125 Meter
Moriculture- Mulberry cultivation 1 Pump set covers area = Nil
Pisciculture- Fish farming Then,
Sylviculture- Forest tree cultivation  Space Between Two Dug-well (90+90) = 180 meters
Vermiculture- Rearing of Earthworm  Between Two Dug-well & 1 Pumset (90+90) = 180 meters
Sericulture- Silk Production  Between Two Bore-well & 1 Pumset (125+125) = 250 meters
 Between one Dug-well & one bore-well (90+125) = 215 meters
Tissue Culture- Plant propagation
 Space between 2 Pump sets = (0+0) = 0 Meters
Farmer Type Wet Land Dry Land
Marginal Farmer 1.25 acre 2.50 acre
Small Farmer 2.50 acre 5.00 acre
Agricultural labourer- Land holding up to 0.5 acre of land or having a home-stead; should have income of more
than 50% by way of agricultural wages
 Collateral (Mortgage of land) NOT required for Loan upto = Rs. 1 Lac
 Accordingly Upto Rs. 1 Lacs = AB-3 (Deed of Mortgage) Not needed
 Rabi Season (October to March) = Repayment in 31st July;
 Kharif Season (April to September) = Repayment in 31st January
 Crop Loan Insurance (PMFBY) Branch gets commission @ 4% of the premium
 Crop Loan Insurance (PMFBY), Premium for Kharif- 2% Rabi-1.5% Horticulture- 5%
 Crop Loan Insurance (PMFBY), Cut-off date for premium = 31st July & 31st December
 Cut-off date for uploading soft-copy of the details of individual insured farmers within 15 days after cut-off date of
premium collection.
 RBI has dispensed with obtention of ‘No Due Certificate’ (NDC) from individual borrowers (including SHGs & JLGs) in
rural and semi-urban areas for all types of loans including loans under Government Sponsored Schemes (GSS),
irrespective of the amount involved, unless the GSS itself ask for obtention of NDC.
 In ATL above Rs.2.00 lacs, Atleast 20 PDCs / cheques covering the full / remaining repayment period, whichever is less
 Collateral security waived up to = Rs. 1.00 Lacs
 In tie-up (Contract Farming), Collateral security waived up to = Rs. 3.00 Lacs
 A bank will be eligible for unrestricted refinance by NABARD only if the gross NPA to total loans and advances as at
previous March ended has not exceeded 15%.
Back to Index
Agriculture Advances (General Rules)
 DCB (Demand Collection Balance) register is maintained = 30th June every year.
 Interest Subvention claims are to be submitted Twice in a year i.e. on 30th September & 31st March.
 Additional Interest Subvention (3%) claims are to be submitted yearly i.e. on 31st March. (Applicable for loan upto Rs. 3
Lacs)
 The concept of weaker sections was evolved by Ghosh Committee
 Finance up to a max of 4 times the savings of SHG, up to Rs. 50000/- per SHG member.
The Branches have to submit LBR (Lead Bank Return)
(a) LBR 1- Annual statement showing annual target under the plan
(b) LBR 2- Month wise disbursement under the credit plan
 LBR 3- Half yearly recoveries and outstanding Loans & LBR U1/U2/U3 are submitted by branches located in urban areas
 Hariyali Campaign is pertaing to : 100% KCC Renewal
 Self Help Groups where all members are undertaking SME activities or majority, say, 90% members are taking up SME
activities are to be classified under SME segment.
 Service Area Approach had been recommended by the Ojha committee in 1989. (For Govt Sponsored Scheme only).
 The operational area of the branches for financing under schemes other than GSS, should be:
(a) ADBs/DBDs – Within a radius of 50 km.
(b) Other branches- within a radius of 20 km.
PDCs obtained as per extant instructions (including for all loans beyond Rs.
____sanctioned under ATLs and Government Sponsored Schemes) and held in proper Rs. 2.00 lacs
joint custody duly recorded in prescribed register
Farmers who avail short term production credit above Rs.3.00 lakhs should be charged interest @ 7% for the portion up to
Rs.3.00 lakhs manually and necessary reversal entries, at the time actual repayment or as per terms of sanction
(Maximum within 12 months of date of disbursal) are passed and record thereof is maintained. Such KCC accounts
should be opened under interest sub venation menu so that system will apply interest at higher rate if the account is not
renewed within one year.
A new functionality for conversion of KCC accounts to ATL, in case of natural
calamities declared, has been rolled out in CBS to open new converted ATL account Product Code: 6430-4179
under product code ____.
Advance value of the gold is made available : on SB Times>> Department 2>> Precious Metal.
Auction of Gold Loan: Branches should put in a system to declare every ___of the
month for conducting monthly auction for sale of gold ornaments to realize and recover 3rd Friday
the dues of NPA.
Agri gold loan safe keeping charges: Charges to be charged 30 days after the expiry of
Rs. 843/- Annualy
the prescribed tenure of gold loan, presently 12 months.
Agri Gold loan Documents
SIM-GL/1 refers to Application and appraisal for loan against gold/silver ornaments
SIM-GL/2 refers to Gold Silver Ornaments Take Delivery Letter
SIM-GL/3 refers to Witness Letter
SIM-GL/4 refers to Arrangement Letter
SIM-GL/5 refers to Letter of Authority (not to be stamped)
SIM-GL/6 refers to Letter of Indemnity
SIM-GL/7 refers to Letter to the defaulting borrower
SIM-GL/8 refers to Final notice to the borrower
SIM-GL/9 refers to Memorandum in respect of gold and silver ornaments deposited as security
SIM-GL/10 refers to Gold Loan Ledger
Weaver’s Credit Card PMMY Scheme: The interest subvention has to be claimed within 15 days after the quarter end
and guarantee fee has to be claimed once a year within one month from the date of payment of guarantee fee.
Crop loans under KCC may be rephased in case of declaration of natural calamities by State Level Bankers’
________in each State by obtaining AB-7 Document. Committee (SLBC)
Personal contact: Borrower should be contacted personally if the KCC loan account
30 Days
remains overdue over __ days.
Expand “ELD” External LOSS Data
Expand “FLDG” First Loan Default Guarantee
Service Area Concept will not be applicable in KCC accounts. However, branches should avoid scattered lending as far as
possible. A bench mark of 15 KM radius for normal branches and 25 KM radius for ADBs
All the account holders should be sent intimation to make timely repayment on due date through SMSs well in advance
(say 7 days from due date). 1st three SMSs should be sent alternate days followed by daily thereafter till due date.
Back to Index
Agri Gold loan Documents
If the payments are not made on due date then the Bank’s notice should be served to the borrower in the first week from
the date of default itself. 2nd notice is served to the customer in the 3rd week if required.
Personal contact: Borrower should be contacted personally if the KCC loan account
30 Days
remains overdue over __ days.
Pradhan Mantri Mudra Yojna (PMMY) had been launched to___ “fund the unfunded”
Credit Information Report
When Secured Loan When Unsecure Loan
Up to Rs. 3.00 Lacs = Only ONE CIR Up to Rs. 1.00 Lac = Only ONE CIR
Above Rs. 3.00 Lacs = Two CIR Above Rs. 1.00 Lac = Two CIR
Back to Index
Priority Sector Lending
Targets and Sub-targets for Banks under Priority Sector

Domestic scheduled commercial banks and Foreign banks with less than
Category
Foreign banks with 20 branches and above 20 branches
40% of Adjusted Net Bank Credit or Credit Equivalent
Amount of Off-Balance Sheet Exposure, whichever is higher. *40% of Adjusted Net Bank
Credit or Credit Equivalent
Total Priority Foreign banks with 20 branches and above have to achieve the Amount of Off-Balance Sheet
Sector Total Priority Sector Target within a maximum period of five Exposure, whichever is higher; to
years starting from April 1, 2013 and ending on March 31, be achieved in a phased manner
2018 as per the action plans submitted by them and approved by 2020.
by RBI.
18% of ANBC or Credit Equivalent Amount of Off-Balance
Sheet Exposure, whichever is higher.
Within the 18% target for agriculture, a target of 8% of ANBC
or Credit Equivalent Amount of Off-Balance Sheet Exposure,
whichever is higher is prescribed for Small and Marginal
Farmers, to be achieved in a phased manner i.e., 7% by March
# 2016 and 8% by March 2017.
Agriculture Not Applicable
Foreign banks with 20 branches and above have to achieve the
Agriculture Target within a maximum period of five years
starting from April 1, 2013 and ending on March 31, 2018 as
per the action plans submitted by them and approved by RBI.
The subtarget for Small and Marginal farmers would be made
applicable post 2018 after a review in 2017.
7.5% of ANBC or Credit Equivalent Amount of Off-Balance
Sheet Exposure, whichever is higher to be achieved in a
phased manner i.e. 7% by March 2016 and 7.5% by March
Micro 2017.
Not Applicable
Enterprises
The sub-target for Micro Enterprises for foreign banks with 20
branches and above would be made applicable post 2018 after
a review in 2017.
10% of ANBC or Credit Equivalent Amount of Off-Balance
Sheet Exposure, whichever is higher.
Advances to Foreign banks with 20 branches and above have to achieve the
Not Applicable
Weaker Sections Weaker Sections Target within a maximum period of five
years starting from April 1, 2013 and ending on March 31,
2018 as per the action plans submitted by them and approved
by RBI.
#
Domestic banks have been directed to ensure that their overall direct lending to non-corporate farmers does not fall
below the system-wide average of the last three years achievement.
*The Total Priority Sector target of 40% for foreign banks with less than 20 branches has to be achieved in a phased
manner as under:-
For F.Y. 2017-18 = 36%
The Total Priority Sector as percentage of ANBC or Credit Equivalent Amount of Off-
For F.Y. 2018-19 = 38%
Balance Sheet Exposure, whichever is higher
For F.Y. 2019-20 = 40%
All types of loans, investments or any other items which are treated as eligible
01 for classification under priority sector target/sub-target achievement should also Adjusted Net Bank Credit.
form part of ___.
Individual women beneficiaries up to ₹ ______ per borrower (Comes under
02 ₹ 1.00 lakh
Priority Sector Lending)
Bank loans up to Rs. ___per unit to Micro and Small Enterprises engaged in
providing or rendering of services and defined in terms of investment in
03 ₹ 5 crore
equipment under MSMED Act, 2006 are eligible for classification under priority
sector.
Bank loans up to Rs. ___ per unit to Medium Enterprises engaged in providing
04 or rendering of services and defined in terms of investment in equipment under ₹ 10 crore
MSMED Act, 2006 are eligible for classification under priority sector.
Bank loans up to a limit of Rs. _____ per borrower for building social
infrastructure for activities namely schools, health care facilities, drinking
05 water facilities and sanitation facilities (including loans for construction/ ₹ 5 crore
refurbishment of toilets and improvement in water facilities in the household) in
Tier II to Tier VI centres are eligible for classification under priority sector.
Back to Index
Bank credit to Micro Finance Institutions (MFI) extended for on-lending to
individuals/ members of SHGs/ JLGs for _______ is also eligible for Water and Sanitation
06
classification as priority sector loans under ‘Social Infrastructure’ subject to facilities
certain criteria.
Bank loans up to a limit of Rs._____ to borrowers for purposes like solar based
power generators, biomass based power generators, wind mills, micro-hydel
07 plants and for nonconventional energy based public utilities viz. street lighting ₹ 15 crore
systems, and remote village electrification are eligible to be classified under
priority sector loans under ‘Renewable Energy’.
For individual: Renewable energy households, the loan limit is ₹____ per
08 ₹ 10 Lacs
borrower.
09 What is the loan limit for Education under priority sector? ₹ 10.00 Lacs
Loans to individuals up to ₹ ______ in metropolitan centres (with population of
10 lakh and above) for purchase/construction of a dwelling unit per family, are
10 ₹ 28 Lacs
eligible to be considered as priority sector provided the overall cost of the
dwelling unit in the metropolitan centre does not exceed ₹ 35 Lacs.
Loans to individuals up to ₹ ______ in other centres for purchase/construction
of a dwelling unit per family, are eligible to be considered as priority sector
11 ₹ 20 Lacs
provided the overall cost of the dwelling unit in the other centres does not exceed
₹ 25 Lacs.
Loans for repairs to damaged dwelling units of families up to ₹ ____ in Metropolitan = ₹ 5 Lacs
12
metropolitan centres and up to ₹ _____in other centres. Others = ₹ 2 Lacs
Bank loans to any governmental agency for construction of dwelling units or for
13 slum clearance and rehabilitation of slum dwellers subject to a ceiling of ₹ ____ ₹ 10 Lacs
per dwelling unit.
The loans sanctioned by banks for housing projects exclusively for the purpose
14 of construction of houses for economically weaker sections and low income ₹ 10 Lacs
groups, the total cost of which does not exceed ₹ ____ per dwelling unit.
For the purpose of identifying the economically weaker sections and low income
15 groups, the family income limit of ₹ _____ per annum, irrespective of the ₹ 2 Lacs
location, is prescribed.
Bank loans to Housing Finance Companies (HFCs), approved by NHB for their
refinance, for on-lending for the purpose of purchase/construction/reconstruction
16 ₹ 10 Lacs
of individual dwelling units or for slum clearance and rehabilitation of slum
dwellers, subject to an aggregate loan limit of ₹ ____ per borrower.
The eligibility under priority sector loans to HFCs is restricted to _____% of the
17 5%
individual bank’s total priority sector lending, on an ongoing basis.
Housing loans to banks’ own employees are not eligible for classification under
18 TRUE
priority sector.
Loans not exceeding ₹ _____ per borrower provided directly by banks to
individuals and their SHG/JLG, provided the individual borrower’s household
19 ₹ 50,000/-
annual income in rural areas does not exceed ₹ 100,000/- and for non-rural areas
it does not exceed ₹ 1,60,000/-.
Agriculture
MSM Enterprises
Export Credit
20 Priority Sector includes the following categories:
Education & Housing
Social Infrastructure
Renewable Energy and
Others
Priority sector loans to the following borrowers are eligible to be considered under Weaker Sections category:-
 Overdrafts upto ₹ 5,000/- under Pradhan Mantri Jan-DhanYojana (PMJDY) accounts, provided the borrowers’
household annual income does not exceed ₹ 100,000/- for rural areas & ₹ 1,60,000/- for non-rural areas.
 Small and Marginal Farmers. Self Help Groups. & Person with Disability
 Artisans, village and cottage industries where individual credit limits do not exceed ₹ 1 lakh.
 Beneficiaries under Government Sponsored Schemes such as National Rural Livelihoods Mission (NRLM), National
Urban Livelihood Mission (NULM) and Self Employment Scheme for Rehabilitation of Manual Scavengers (SRMS).
 Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.
 Individual women beneficiaries up to ₹ 1 lakh per borrower.
 Beneficiaries of Differential Rate of Interest (DRI) scheme.
 Distressed farmers indebted to non-institutional lenders.
 Distressed persons other than farmers, with loan amount not exceeding ₹ 1 lakh per borrower to prepay their debt to
non-institutional lenders.
 Minority communities as may be notified by Government of India from time to time.
Back to Index
Bank credit to Micro Finance Institutions (MFIs) (NBFC-MFIs, societies, trusts
etc.) extended for ________ to individuals and also to members of SHGs / JLGs
On-lending
21 is eligible for categorisation as priority sector advance under respective
(i.e. for further lending)
categories viz., Agriculture, Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises, Social
Infrastructure
No loan related and adhoc service charges/inspection charges should be levied
on priority sector loans up to ₹_____. In the case of eligible priority sector loans
22 ₹ 25,000/-
to SHGs/ JLGs, this limit will be applicable per member and not to the group as
a whole.
Investments made by banks in securitised assets originated by NBFCs, where the underlying assets are loans
23
against gold jewellery, are not eligible for priority sector status.
24 Expand IBPCs Inter Bank Participation Certificates
25 Expand RIDF Rural Infrastructure Development Fund
26 Expand PSLCs Priority Sector Lending Certificates
27 All PSLCs will be valid till 31st March and will expire on_____. 01st April each year
There are only four eligible categories of PSLCs i.e. PSLC General, PSLC Small and Marginal Farmer,
28
PSLC Agriculture & PSLC Micro Enterprises.
Foreign banks with less than 20 branches are not allowed to reckon
29 ______towards fulfilment of their incremental target for lending to sectors other PSLC General
than exports beyond the overall target of 32 per cent.
30 The trade summary of PSLC market is available to the participants through the__ RBI’s “e-Kuber” portal
For Farm Credit: Loans to farmers up to ₹ _____ against pledge/hypothecation
31 of agricultural produce (including warehouse receipts) for a period not exceeding ₹ 50 lakh
12 months. (Comes under priority sector)
The Export Credit extended as per the details below would be classified as priority sector.
Foreign banks with 20 branches and Foreign banks with less than
Domestic banks
above 20 branches
Incremental export credit over Incremental export credit over
corresponding date of the preceding corresponding date of the preceding year,
year, up to 2% of ANBC or Credit up to 2% of ANBC or Credit Equivalent
Equivalent Amount of Off-Balance Amount of OffBalance Sheet Exposure, Export credit will be allowed up to
Sheet Exposure, whichever is whichever is higher, effective from April 32% of ANBC or Credit Equivalent
higher, effective from April 1, 2015 1, 2017 (As per their approved plans, Amount of Off-Balance Sheet
subject to a sanctioned limit of up to foreign banks with 20 branches and Exposure, whichever is higher.
₹ 25 crore per borrower to units above are allowed to count certain
having turnover of up to ₹ 100 percentage of export credit limit as
crore. priority sector till March 2017).
The limits for investment in plant and machinery/equipment for manufacturing / service enterprise, as notified
by Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises, are as under:-
Enterprises Manufacturing Sector Trading / Service Sector
Micro Enterprises Up to ₹ 25.00 Lacs Up to ₹ 10.00 Lacs
Small Enterprises Above ₹ 25.00 Lacs Up to ₹ 5.00 Crore Above ₹ 10.00 Lacs Up to ₹ 2.00 Crore
Medium Enterprises Above ₹ 5.00 Crore Up to ₹ 10.00 Crore Above ₹ 2.00 Crore Up to ₹ 5.00 Crore
To ensure that MSMEs do not remain small and medium units merely to remain eligible for priority sector status, the
MSME units will continue to enjoy the priority sector lending status up to three years after they grow out of the MSME
category concerned.
Micro Credit – SHG Bank Credit Linkage
SHG- Self Help Group is a voluntary homogenous group of 10 to 20 individuals. However, in hilly tracks/
32 regions and tribal dominated areas, where communities are dispersed, the minimum size of SHG can be of 5
members. The SHG shall not consist of more than 20 persons.
Books to be maintained by a SHG.- (i) Minutes Book (ii) Savings and Loan register (iii)
33
Weekly/Fortnightly/Monthly Register (iv) Members Passbook.
Using Local Book Writers – Sharing of Expenses: To share the cost of book writing paid to Local book
34
writers engaged in maintaining books of accounts to the extent of Rs.25/- per SHG per month.
Incentives to NGOs: Rs. 750/- per SHG (For this the NGO should be in existence for a minimum period of 3
35 years) 50% of the Incentive of Rs 750/- will be given on formation of SHG and opening of Savings Bank
account with the Bank, and Remaining 50% after three 3 months from the date of credit linking with the Bank.
36 SHG Members should not have multiple membership in two or more SHGs.
Meetings of SHG members should be conducted at regular intervals (at least once in a month) and attendance
37
and participation of members should be satisfactory.
For selection of SHGs for linkage : The group should have satisfactory internal savings and credit activity
38
for at least six months.
Back to Index
Micro Credit – SHG Bank Credit Linkage (Contd…..)
As per operational guidelines issued by NABARD, SHGs may be sanctioned savings linked loans by banks
39 (varying from a saving to loan ratio of 1:1 to 1:4 i.e. 4 times of corpus). However, in case of matured SHGs,
loans may be given beyond the limit of four times the savings as per the discretion of the bank.
Loan amount can be disbursed fully in ‘cash’. All transactions are routed through the Saving Bank Account of
40
the SHG.
Loans to SHGs are unsecured loans. Therefore, other than the branch incumbencies listed below who have
been assigned special discretionary powers, the regular powers delegated for ‘unsecured loans’ will apply as
decided by the respective Circles.
41
MMGS-II-----------1.50 Laccs
JMGS-I--------------0.75 Lacs
JMGS-I (SAB)-----0.50 Lacs
The following guidelines/ chart can be use of for assessing the health of the SHGs.
Sl No. Factors Very Good Good Satisfactory
a.) Group size 15 to 20 10 to 15 Less than 10
Only very poor 2 or 3 not very poor Not many poor
b.) Type of members
members members members
Two meetings in a Less than two
c.) Number of meetings Four meetings in a month
month meetings in a month
Morning between 7 and
d.) Timing of meetings Night or after 6 p.m. Other timings
9 a.m.
e.) Attendance of members More than 90% 70% to 90% Less than 70%
Medium level
Very high level of Low level of
f.) Participation of members of
participation participation
participation
Collection of savings Less than three times a
g.) Four times a month Three times a month
within group month
h.) Amount to be saved Fixed amount Varying amounts ---
Depending upon the
i.) Interest on internal loan 24% to 36% More than 36%
purpose
Utilisation of
Fully used for
j.) saving amount Partly used for loaning Poor utilization
loaning to members
SHG
k.) Loan recoveries More than 90% 70% to 90% Less than 70%
Irregular
Most important
All books are i
registers (minutes,
l.) Maintenance of books regularly maintained and n
savings, loan, etc.) are
updated maintaining and
updated
updating books
Accumulated
m.) More than Rs.5,000/- Rs.3,000/- to Rs.5,000/- Less than Rs.3,000/-
savings
Many members know
Knowledge of the Rules
n.) Known to all the rules. Some have Not known to all
of the SHG
little knowledge of it.
More than 20% of 20% to 30%
Less than 20% know to
o.) Education level members can read and members can read and
read and write
write write.
Most of the members
Knowledge of Govt. All are aware of Govt.
p.) know about Govt. No one knows
programmes programmes programmes
The targets for SHG credit linkage is to be included in Service Area Credit Plan (SACP ) of the branches and
42
the performance of micro credit is to be reviewed at quarterly intervals at all levels.
Back to Index

Back to Index

Promotional Exam

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Promotional Exam

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Promotional Handbook

For promotion from

Updated Up To: 31st December 2017

I am feeling immense pleasure while presenting the sincere efforts made

Let the success be with our aspirants.

Arvind Kumar Gupta

I am feeling privileged in introducing the publication “vkj¨g.k”, an effort of

This time 2nd edition of your favourite publication “vkj¨g.k” is coming in a

I am confident that the aspirants will definitely aquire knowledge for

“I wish you All the Very Best”

Rakesh Kumar Bishnoi

I am confident that readers would continue to response their faith in this

Let the success be with my readers.

All the best

General Awareness about Banking Environment, KYC, Legal Issues 20 10

Product Features- Deposit/ Liability Product 20 0.50 10

Know Your Customers, PMLA & FATF Guidelines ................................................................. 19

Safe Deposit Locker ......................................................................................................................... 25

Settlement of Claim of Deceased Constituents ........................................................................ 27

Legal Aspects of Banking & Information related to Various Acts ..................................... 29

General Banking, Cash System & Procedure and Remittances ......................................... 38

Situation Analysis (Banking Problems) ................................................................................... 48

Any-time Channels, and Technology Products ....................................................................... 54

Prepaid Cards ................................................................................................................................... 75

Core Banking Solution (CBS) ....................................................................................................... 77

Risk Focused Internal Audit (RFIA) ........................................................................................... 82

Government Business & Financial Inclusion........................................................................... 86

Govt. Small Savings Schemes ....................................................................................................... 93

Foreign Exchange ............................................................................................................................ 96

Non-Resident Indian (NRI) Services .........................................................................................103

Loan Policy 2017-18 ........................................................................................................................106

NPA Management ...........................................................................................................................109

Policy Guidelines 2017-18 .............................................................................................................112

Customer Relationship Management (CRM) .........................................................................114

Organizational Structure & Bank’s Financial Results ........................................................115

Important COMMITTEEs of Banks ............................................................................................119

General Rules regarding Liabilities (P-segment) / Deposit Products .............................120

Liability (P-Segment) Products / Deposit Products .............................................................122

Home Loan (General Rules) ........................................................................................................126

Home Loan- (Products & Features) ...........................................................................................130

Other P-Segment (Products & Features) ..................................................................................134

Education Loan (Products & Features) ....................................................................................137

Auto Loan (Car Loan) Products ..................................................................................................140

Auto Loan (Car Loan) General Rules ........................................................................................142

P-Segment & SME Advance (General Rules) ...........................................................................146

SME Advance- Products & Features ..........................................................................................150

Agriculture Advance- Products & Features.............................................................................154

Priority Sector Lending ................................................................................................................163

Sl. No. Questions Answers

AROHAN-2018 Page | 15 Back to Index

39 No frill accounts has been replaced with___ BSBD Accounts

 Deposit of Rs. 5.00 Lacs & more

58 Appellate Authority in case of RTI for branches is___ GM (Network)

88 Lien is defined under Section__ of Indian Contract Act 1872 Section-171

Sl. No. Questions Answers

The surveyor, on receipt of this communication, shall furnish an additional

You are advised by your Manager to-

 e) Not Attached: Future credit will not be attached.

 f) Not Attached: As no amount is owed to Mr. Alok.

 The drawer's death or insolvency can also cause problems.

Sl. No. Questions Answers

AROHAN-2018 Page | 55 Back to Index

Transaction Right No No Yes Yes Yes

Number of CIFs One Multiple One Multiple Multiple

Earning Per Shares (EPS) 13.43% * *

Business Per Employee ` 16.24 Crore * *

Profit Per Employee ` 5.11 Lacs * *